NEPTUNE SOCIETY INC/FL
10-12G, 1999-11-09
Previous: HOTEL RESERVATIONS NETWORK INC, S-1, 1999-11-09
Next: PUTNAM FL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO, 13F-HR, 1999-11-09






                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                     FORM 10



                   General Form For Registration of Securities

         Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of The Securities Act of 1934


                            THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


              Florida                                  59-2492929
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)


100 N. First Street, Suite #205,
      Burbank, California                                91502
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive                        (Zip Code)
        offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (818) 953-9995


        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:



               None                                        None
- ---------------------------------------     ------------------------------------
Title of each class to be so registered     Name of each exchange on which each
                                               class is to be registered

           Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:


                  Common Shares, Par Value of $0.001 per Share
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)


                                 Not Applicable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                           <C>
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS..............................................................................................2

ITEM 2.  SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION.......................................................................16

ITEM 3.  PROPERTIES...........................................................................................23

ITEM 4.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.......................................24

ITEM 5.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.....................................................................25

ITEM 6.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION...............................................................................28

ITEM 7.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.......................................................30

ITEM 8.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS....................................................................................32

ITEM 9   MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS......32

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES..............................................................33

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED..............................................35

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS............................................................35

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA..........................................................36

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.................36

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS....................................................................36

SIGNATURES....................................................................................................40
</TABLE>




                                       i
<PAGE>

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements,  including
without limitation, statements that include the words "anticipates," "believes,"
"estimates" and "expects" and similar expressions and statements relating to the
Company's  strategic  plans,  capital  expenditures,  industry  trends  and  the
Company's  financial  position.  Such  forward-looking  statements  reflect  the
Company's current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain
risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including competition for and availability
of funeral home and crematory acquisitions, the ability of the Company to manage
an increasing number of funeral homes and crematories,  the Company's ability to
retain key  management  personnel and to continue to attract and retain  skilled
funeral home and crematory management personnel,  state and federal regulations,
changes  in the  death  rate or  deceleration  of the trend  towards  cremation,
availability and cost of capital and general  industry and economic  conditions.
Should  one or more of  these  risks or  uncertainties  materialize,  or  should
underlying assumptions prove incorrect,  actual results may vary materially from
those anticipated,  believed, estimated or expected. The Company does not intend
to update these forward-looking statements and information.

     The Company's  management  has included  projections  and estimates in this
Registration Statement,  which are based primarily on management's experience in
the industry,  assessments of the Company's  results of operations,  discussions
and  negotiations  with third parties and a review of  information  filed by its
competitors with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Investors are cautioned
against attributing undue certainty to management's projections.



                                       1
<PAGE>

                               GENERAL INFORMATION

     Unless the context otherwise requires,  (i) "Neptune Society" refers to The
Neptune Society,  Inc., a Florida corporation,  (ii) "Neptune of America" refers
to Neptune  Society of America,  Inc., a California  corporation,  and (iii) the
"Company"  refers  to  Neptune  Society,  and its  subsidiaries  and  associated
entities.

     All dollar amounts are in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated.


ITEM 1.           BUSINESS

Overview

     Neptune Society, a Florida corporation,  is the holding company for Neptune
of America.  Neptune of America is the holding company for all operations of the
Company, which are contained in subsidiary entities. See "History of the Neptune
Society."  Neptune Society's  principal  executive offices are located at 100 N.
First Street,  Suite #205, Burbank California 91502, and it maintains  corporate
offices at 102 N.E. 2nd Street, Suite 777, Boca Raton, Florida 33432.

     The Company's primary business is marketing and administering  Pre-Need and
At-Need cremation services in California, Florida and New York. The Company also
operates a crematory in Los Angeles, California to provide cremation services in
the Los Angeles area. The Company uses the services of  third-party  crematories
in other areas of the United States.

Death Care Industry

     According  to  statistics  provided  by  the  National  Funeral  Directors'
Association,  the  number of deaths in North  America  has risen by 1%  annually
between  1980 and 1998,  and is expected  to continue to grow at a similar  rate
over the next 10-15  years.  The growth in death rate  results  not only from an
increase in the overall  population,  but also from the demographics of an aging
population as the baby boomer generation matures.

     According to the National Funeral Directors Association:

     o    There  are  more  than  22,100  funeral  homes  in the  United  States
          employing  approximately  35,000 licensed funeral  directors/embalmers
          and 89,000 additional funeral service and crematory personnel.



                                       2
<PAGE>

     o    There were  2,294,000  deaths in the United States during the 12-month
          period ending December,  1997, or 8.6 deaths per thousand  population.
          (U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, 1997).

     o    Of more  than  2.2  million  deaths  nationwide  in 1997,  nearly  76%
          resulted in earth burial or entombment and  approximately 24% resulted
          in cremation.

     o    In 1997,  the  average  cost of an  adult  funeral  was  approximately
          $4,800.

     The  Company  believes  that the  popularity  of  cremation  services  will
increase  in  the  future  as a  result  of the  differences  in  costs  between
traditional burial funerals and cremations.  According to a comprehensive survey
of crematory operations conducted by Smith, Bucklin & Associates Market Research
and Statistics Division on behalf of the Cremation Association of North America:

     o    The popularity of cremation varies by geographic location.

     o    In 1997,  cremation  services were chosen for only  approximately  one
          quarter   of  total   deaths  in  the  United   States,   representing
          approximately 500,000 cremations.

     o    The average cost of a cremation in 1997 was $2,200.

     o    The  cremation  market  size in the  United  States  in 1997 was worth
          approximately $1.1 billion.

     A recent survey  released by the Funeral and Memorial  Information  Council
determined that 24% of all American adults have prearranged at least some of the
details of their own funeral or burial.  80% of those interviewed for the survey
believe  prearranging  the  details  of their own  funeral  or burial is a "good
idea",  and 39% indicated  that they may be likely to do so within the next five
years.

Competition

     The death  care  industry  in general is  fragmented,  comprised  of mostly
family  owned  businesses  and small  independently-owned  chains of death  care
service  providers.  Currently,  there are four publicly traded companies in the
death care services  industry  that have pursued  consolidation  and  aggressive
growth  strategies.  The major corporate  competitors in the death care industry
now include  Service  Corporation  International,  Loewen  Group  Inc.,  Stewart
Enterprises, Inc., and Carriage Services, Inc.

     The competitive  factors in the death care service industry include,  among
other things:

     o    inter-family loyalty to established, local death care service
          providers;
     o    consumer price sensitivity for death care services;
     o    consumer demand for personalized service;
     o    demand for qualified personnel and management;
     o    consolidation in the industry;
     o    high fixed costs for facilities; and



                                       3
<PAGE>

     o    regulatory compliance costs.

     Generally,  existing  death care  service  providers  may have  competitive
advantages  based  on  established  local   reputations,   local  ownership  and
management,  brand loyalty and existing capital facilities.  The larger publicly
traded death care service providers  generally compete on the basis of price and
service,  and  dedicate a  significant  amount of their  resources  on acquiring
established death care service providers in local and regional markets. They are
generally well  capitalized and can achieve certain  efficiencies  through their
integrated marketing, management and administration structures.

     The  Company  intends to  compete by  focusing  on the  Pre-Need  cremation
segment of the death care industry. The Company believes that it can effectively
market  cremation  services  on a  Pre-Need  basis  by  offering  a  lower  cost
alternative to burial funerals. The Company does not intend to offer traditional
funeral  services and,  therefore,  does not intend to compete with  traditional
funeral service providers.

     There can be no assurance that the Company will effectively compete against
local existing death care service providers or corporate consolidations. Many of
these competitors offer a full range of death care services, including cremation
services  and Pre-Need service  plans.  Several of these  competitors  also have
significantly  greater  financial and other  resources than the Company and have
long established reputations in the markets they serve.

The Neptune Society Business

     The  Company's   business   strategy  is  to  pursue   revenue  and  growth
opportunities  in the cremation sector of the death care service  industry.  The
Company  operates all locations  under one nationally  branded name, The Neptune
Society,  and offers only cremation  services and related products.  The Company
does not intend to evolve into a traditional  funeral  services company and does
not intend to compete  directly with the larger  corporate  consolidators in the
death care service industry.

Services

     The Company's primary business is marketing and administering  Pre-Need and
At-Need cremation services in California, Florida and New York. The Company also
operates a crematory in Los Angeles, California.

     The Neptune Society Pre-Need Program

     The  Company  started its  Pre-Need  program in 1988.  The  program  allows
individuals to pre-arrange a cremation  funeral  service for a guaranteed  fixed
price.  The  program is  designed  to  eliminate  as much of the  emotional  and
financial burden as possible for the members' heirs and successors.

     At June 30, 1999, the Company had  approximately  52,000 Pre-Need  members.
Approximately  40% of the Pre-Need  services paid by the members is spent by the
Company immediately to cover the cost of merchandise,  which is either delivered
to the member or is stored by the Company until the member's death.  The balance
of the payments  collected on Pre-Need  services paid by the member is deposited
in a trust fund and  administered  by the Company in accordance  with applicable
state regulations. See "Industry Regulation - Pre-Need Trust Fund."



                                       4
<PAGE>

     The Neptune Society At-Need Programs

     The Company also provides  cremation  services to non-members on an At-Need
basis.  These services are generally  less  expensive than burials.  The Company
provides a full range of  cremation  services  and  handles  all  aspects of the
deceased  cremation needs according to the decisions and plans of the decedent's
heirs, including service planning,  optional services for scattering remains and
delivery of remains to family members.

     The Neptune Society Registration Service

     The Company offers a registration service that allows individuals to record
and register  their request to be cremated and maintain a record of  information
necessary for the Company to provide cremation services at the time of death.

     Crematory Services

     The Company operates a crematory in Los Angeles, California for its members
and to facilitate its At-Need business in southern California.

     Other Services and Products

     The Company  believes  that it can  increase  the  revenues of its existing
operations by offering  premium services and products,  including,  for example,
higher quality urns and caskets,  memorialization  options,  and chapel hire for
traditional  memorial services.  Based on the Company's  experience,  we believe
approximately  10-15% of individuals  will purchase a premium urn if a selection
is  available  and  displayed  at  the  time  of  the  purchase  decision,   and
approximately   75%  of  individuals  will  purchase  a  premium  urn  following
suggestion by a counselor.

     With the exception of the office at Fort Lauderdale,  the Company's current
offices do not have the  facilities  to offer  premium or upgraded  services and
products.  The Company  intends to offer the full range of premium  services and
products by  installing  fixtures to display a selection  of urns and caskets in
each office and to build chapels in each of its existing locations.

Pricing

     The  Company  defines  its  pricing  strategy  as a simple,  dignified  and
economical  alternative to traditionally  more expensive and elaborate  funerals
and burials.  The Company's strategy is to maintain a simple product and pricing
structure to assist customer decision making. For example:



                                       5
<PAGE>

     o    The Company's current membership fee for registration is $25.

     o    The Company's  current  basic  cremation  service costs  approximately
          $1,300.

     o    The Company currently  charges 8% interest on outstanding  amounts for
          its extended payment plans.

     o    The Company offers a travel plan to Pre-Need  members for $200,  which
          guarantees service coverage  throughout the continental United States.

     In addition,  the Company offers competitive rates for additional services,
such as burial at sea, rose garden scattering and delivery of cremains to family
members.

     Our  cremation  services are  generally  less  expensive  than  traditional
funeral services.

Facilities

     The  Company's  offices have been  generally  located in clusters  within a
given geographic area. This provides opportunities to share personnel,  vehicles
and other  resources,  effect operating and  administrative  cost reductions and
implement integrated marketing programs.

     The Company currently has locations in the following locations:

     California
     ----------
     Burbank
     San Pedro
     Santa Barbara
     Los Angeles
     Ventura
     San Bernardino

     Florida
     -------
     Miami
     Fort Lauderdale
     St. Petersburg

     New York
     --------
     Long Island
     Westchester

     The  Company  believes  that  it can  acquire  existing  crematory  service
providers with established market presence as an avenue of growth. The cremation
segment within the death care industry is highly fragmented,  and there are many
small  owner-manager  operations  throughout  North  America  which are possible
acquisition targets.

     The Company intends to acquire cremation  services  companies with existing
operational  licenses and offices with At-Need  operations  in States with large
population  centers where cremation rates are 25% to 50%. Based on the Company's
experience, the Company anticipates that very few acquisition targets will have


                                       6
<PAGE>

established  a  prearranged  sales  program,  thus  enabling it to institute its
Pre-Need program.

     The Company also  intends to grow by  establishing  new  offices.  Specific
selection criteria are applied when determining new locations, including:

     o    areas with a higher than average death rate;

     o    forecasted growth in cremation rates; and

     o    favorable trust laws.

     Management  is  currently   investigating  locations  in  Texas,  Illinois,
Pennsylvania,   Michigan,   Indiana,   Connecticut,   New   Jersey,   Ohio   and
Massachusetts.  All of these  States  are  highly  populated  and  have  current
cremation  rates that range from 15% to 25%.  The Company  intends to review and
assess the need for the  construction  and operation of  additional  crematories
based on the demand for cremation services in a particular geographic region. It
is anticipated that the Company's  crematories will have the capacity to service
the Company's own needs and the needs of other agencies,  potentially increasing
the Company's operating efficiencies.

     There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will  acquire any  additional
death care  service  providers  or that  acquisitions,  if any,  will  result in
increased operating efficiencies or revenues to the Company.

Marketing

     The Company  currently markets its services in all locations under the name
"The  Neptune  Society".   The  Company's   marketing  strategy  is  focused  on
maintaining  and further  developing the strength of its brand name and creating
consumer awareness of its death care services and products. The Company promotes
its death care  services  and products  using  targeted  advertising  campaigns,
including, for example:

     o    Biweekly newspaper advertisements in the LA Times, Santa Barbara News,
          San Luis  Obispo  News,  Tampa  Tribune,  St.  Petersburg  Times,  Ft.
          Lauderdale  Sun-Sentinel,  Palm Beach Post, New York Post and New York
          Newsday;

     o    Large  advertisements  in the Yellow  Pages  servicing  the regions in
          which the Company has operations;

     o    Local television and radio advertisements; and

     o    A Web site providing  up-to-date,  on-line  information related to the
          Company's death care services and products.

     The Company markets its Pre-Need  programs using a combination of sales and
direct marketing programs to generate sales.

     Direct Mail:  The Company uses a monthly  direct mail  campaign to generate
leads.  The Company is planning to integrate and improve the  performance of its
marketing  strategy by  introducing  new automated  systems to decrease  mailing
costs and manage increased primary lead generation.



                                       7
<PAGE>

The Company intends to increase its direct  marketing sales force in Florida and
New York.

     Telemarketing: The Company has established a telemarketing center in Tempe,
Arizona,  which is anticipated to be operational in November 1999. The Company's
telemarketing  program  will  initially  target the  unconverted  primary  leads
generated by the Company's direct mail campaigns.  The Company  anticipates that
telemarketing will become an integral part of increased lead conversions.

     Personal Sales:  The Company uses  commissioned  sales  consultants to sell
Pre-Need  contracts.  Each of the Company's  Pre-Need  sales offices has a sales
manager  who  recruits,  trains  and  engages  sale  consultants.   These  sales
consultants  are  provided  leads  generated  from  the  Company's  direct  mail
campaigns,  and they meet with potential  clients  individually to determine the
service needs of the individual.  The sales consultants are paid on a commission
basis  according to the type of plan sold and the method of payment  selected by
the customer.  A majority of the Company's sales consultants perform services in
California and have worked with the Company for over four years.

     Internet  Web Site:  The Company  retained the services of a New York based
consultancy   and  web   development   company  that   specializes  in  building
Internet-based   businesses,  to  assist  the  Company  in  developing  a  fully
integrated and  comprehensive  web site targeted at the baby boomer  generation.
The Company believes that the aging of the baby boomers,  who have only recently
begun to turn 50,  represent a significant  opportunity  to expand its business.
Baby  boomers are one of the fasting  growing  segments of Internet  users.  The
Company  launched its web site on September 30, 1999, and consumers may purchase
Pre-Need plans on-line.  The Company plans to develop other services and content
for its web site to enhance its on-line offerings.


Industry Regulation

Death Care Service Industry Regulation

     The funeral  service  industry is  regulated  primarily on a State by State
basis with all jurisdictions  requiring licensing and supervision of individuals
who provide  funeral-related  services. All jurisdictions also regulate the sale
of Pre-Need  services and the  administration  of any  resulting  trust funds or
insurance  contracts.  In addition,  concerns regarding lack of competition have
led a few jurisdictions to enact legislation  designed to encourage  competition
by restricting  the common  ownership of funeral  homes,  cemeteries and related
operations within a specific geographic region.

     The  Company's  operations  must  also  comply  with  federal  legislation,
including  the  laws   administered  by  the  Occupational   Safety  and  Health
Administration,  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act and the  Federal  Trade
Commission ("FTC") regulations. The FTC administers



                                       8
<PAGE>

the Trade Regulation Rule on Funeral Industry Practices, the purpose of which is
to  prevent  unfair  or  deceptive  acts or  practices  in  connection  with the
provision of funeral goods or services.

     On February 25, 1998, the State of California issued an interim  suspension
order against the operations of the Company's funeral and crematory  business in
California pursuant to California's  Business and Profession Code for failure to
comply with appropriate storage procedures.  On May 6, 1998, the Company entered
into a Stipulation  and Settlement and Decision which ordered that the Company's
then controlling shareholder, Emanuel Weintraub, would sell his interests in the
Company and cease all  management  or control,  directly or  indirectly,  of any
funeral  or  cremation  activities  licensed  by the  State to the  Company.  In
addition, the Company was ordered to have its crematory facilities inspected and
not to  accept  any  cases  beyond  its  ability  to  handle  appropriately.  In
particular,   the  Company  was  ordered  to  demonstrate  compliance  with  the
requirements  for  storage  facilities  pursuant  to the  State's  Business  and
Professions Code and to be subject to random inspections.

     In compliance with the stipulation, Mr. Weintraub sold The Neptune Group of
Companies to Neptune of America and on April 9, 1999, the Company applied for an
assignment of licenses in  connection  with closing of the sale of the business.
California  approved the  assignment,  subject to amending the  Stipulation  and
Settlement and Decision to incorporate a requirement for the Company to complete
audits of the Pre-Need trust funds pursuant to the Business and Profession Code,
to  comply  with all  other  requirements  for  licensure,  and to be  placed on
probation  for a period of three years.  If the Company fails to comply with the
terms  and  conditions  of the  Stipulation  and  Settlement  Decisions  and the
amendments thereto, the State of California retains the right to remove the stay
on the prosecution under the interim order rendered on February 25, 1998.

Pre-Need Trust Fund

     Payments  received by the Company for Pre-Need  services are held in trust.
The trust funds are maintained by financial  institutions in accordance with the
laws of the state in which the Pre-Need  program is sold. At June 30, 1999,  the
balance of the trust fund was  approximately  $3 million with over 50,000 active
members.

     Although  applicable  laws vary from state to state,  typically the Company
can retain a percentage of the proceeds from the sale of each Pre-Need  contract
to defray costs related to the sale, and the balance of proceeds is deposited in
trust.  In most states,  the Company is not  permitted to withdraw  principal or
investment  income  from such  trusts  until the time the  cremation  service is
fulfilled.  Earnings on the trust funds  increase the amount of cash received by
the Company at the time the cremation service is performed and historically have
allowed the Company to adequately  cover the  inflationary  increase in costs of
cremation services.

     While direct  marketing  costs and  commissions  incurred  with the sale of
Pre-Need  programs  are a  current  use of cash,  such  costs are  deferred  for
financial  reporting  purposes  and  recognized  over the  number of years  that
approximates the expected time to fulfilment of



                                       9
<PAGE>

contracts.  Deferred  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  Pre-Need  programs  are not
recognized as revenue until the time the funeral service is performed.

Personnel

     At  September  30,  1999,  the Company  employed  approximately  112 people
comprised  of 60  commission  sales  people,  40  full  time  counselors  and 12
administrative personnel at the Company's corporate offices. Management believes
that its  relationship  with employees is good. None of the Company's  employees
are members of collective bargaining units.

History of The Neptune Society

     Neptune of America was  incorporated  in the State of  California  in March
1999 to acquire Neptune Management Corp. and Heritage Alternatives, Inc. Neptune
acquired  these  companies  on March 31,  1999.  Neptune  Management  Corp.  has
operated in the death care industry since 1973 and is primarily  responsible for
the Company's Pre-Need and At-Need operations.

     The Company operates, through its subsidiary Heritage Alternatives, Inc., a
crematory  located in Los Angeles,  California  that  facilitates the California
At-Need  services.  The Company acquired the business and operations of Heritage
Crematory  located in Los Angeles,  California,  in March 1992.  Pursuant to the
terms of the  acquisition,  the  Company  agreed  to pay to the  vendors  of the
business an amount of $10 to $15 per cremation until March 1, 2003.

     Effective April 1, 1999,  Neptune of America acquired all of the issued and
outstanding shares in the capital of Neptune Management Corp.,  Neptune Pre-Need
Plan,  Inc. and  Heritage  Alternatives,  Inc.  Immediately  subsequent  to this
acquisition,  Neptune Management Corp. and Heritage Alternatives, Inc. acquired,
as general  partners,  all the  limited  partnership  units in  various  limited
partnerships  that  conducted  business as the "Neptune  Society" in California,
Florida and New York (collectively,  Neptune Management Corp.,  Neptune Pre-Need
Plan, Inc., Heritage Alternatives, Inc. and the various limited partnerships are
hereinafter referred to as the "Neptune Group of Companies").

     In consideration for the acquisition of the Neptune Group of Companies, the
Neptune Society paid $1,000,000 in cash,  issued  1,000,000 common shares in the
capital of the  Neptune  Society and  Neptune of America  issued two  promissory
notes  to the  prior  owners  of the  Neptune  Group  of  Companies.  The  first
promissory  note issued by Neptune of  America,  and  guaranteed  by the Neptune
Society,  was in the amount of $19,000,000 (the "First  Promissory  Note").  The
second promissory note issued by Neptune of America,  and also guaranteed by the
Neptune Society, was in the amount of $2,000,000 (the "Second Promissory Note").
Both the First and Second Promissory Notes are further secured by the assets and
business of Neptune Management Corp. and Heritage  Alternatives,  Inc. On August
11, 1999, the Company repaid $4,125,784 of the First Promissory Note.

     As part of the acquistion, the Company entered into a three year consulting
agreement (the "Consulting  Agreement") with Emanuel Weintraub,  the founder and
former  President  and CEO of the Neptune  Group of  Companies.  Pursuant to the
terms of the Consulting  Agreement,  Mr.  Weintraub will be paid $1,000,000 over
the term of the Consulting  Agreement.  See "Certain  Relationships  and Related
Transactions."



                                       10
<PAGE>

     On August  1,  1999,  the  Company  entered  into  agreements  to amend the
repayment terms of both the First and Second  Promissory  Notes and the terms of
payment under the Consulting  Agreement.  In consideration  for the amendment to
the terms of  repayment,  the Neptune  Society  issued  275,000  share  purchase
warrants  exercisable  into 275,000  common shares in the capital of the Neptune
Society for $6.00 per share.  The share purchase  warrants  expire on August 15,
2003  and to  date,  none  have  been  exercised  by the  holders.  Three of the
recipients of these share purchase  warrants are the daughters of Mr. Weintraub.
See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

     The Company has  subsequently  operated its funeral and cremation  business
through  Neptune  Management  Corp.  and Heritage  Alternatives,  Inc.  With the
exception of Neptune  Pre-Need Plan,  Inc.  which is not an active  entity,  the
Company is in the process of  dissolving  its remaining  corporate  entities and
limited partnerships.


RISK FACTORS

     The Company has included  information in this  Registration  Statement that
contains  "forward  looking   statements."  The  Company's  actual  results  may
materially  differ from those projected in the forward  looking  statements as a
result  of risks and  uncertainties.  Although  the  Company  believes  that the
assumptions  made and expectations  reflected in the forward looking  statements
are  reasonable,  the Company cannot assure you that the underlying  assumptions
will,  in fact,  prove to be correct or that actual  future  results will not be
different from the expectations  expressed in this report.  An investment in the
Company's  securities  is  speculative  in nature and  involves a high degree of
risk.  You should read this  Registration  Statement  carefully and consider the
following risk factors.


The  Company's  growth  is  dependent  on the  availability  of  financing,  the
acquisition and integration of business units and the ability to manage growth.

     The  Company's  business  strategy  is  to  grow  through  acquisitions  of
cremation  service  providers.  Although the Company believes it has an adequate
infrastructure to implement its growth strategy,  there can be no assurance that
the Company's current management,  personnel and other corporate  infrastructure
will be adequate to manage future growth, if any. In addition, to the extent the
success of the Company's strategy is contingent on making further  acquisitions,
there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to identify and acquire
acceptable  acquisition candidates on terms favorable to the Company or that the
Company  will be able to  integrate  such  acquisitions  successfully  into  the
Company  without  substantial  costs,  delays or other  operational or financial
problems.  Further,  acquisitions  involve a number of special risks,  including
possible  adverse  effects on the  Company's  operating  results,  diversion  of
management's  attention,   failure  to  retain  key  acquired  personnel,  risks
associated with unanticipated events or liabilities and amortization of acquired
intangible assets,  some or all of which could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's   business,   financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.
Competition in the acquisition market is intense, and prices paid for death care
service providers have increased in recent years.



                                       11
<PAGE>

     There are  several  publicly  held North  American  death  care  companies,
including  Service  Corporation   International,   Loewen  Group  Inc.,  Stewart
Enterprises,  Inc.  and  Carriage  Services,  Inc.,  which  are  leaders  in the
industry.  Each of these  competitors have greater financial and other resources
than the Company, are actively engaged in acquiring death care service providers
in a number of markets.  These competitors generally target full service funeral
homes  and  cemeteries  for  acquisition.  The  Company  seeks to  acquire  only
cremation service  providers,  which limits the number of potential  acquisition
targets available to the Company.  The larger death care companies'  acquisition
strategies  and entry into the  markets may  compete  directly  with the Company
acquisition  strategy and may have a material  adverse  affect on the  Company's
ability to expand its business.

     In addition,  to the extent the Company is required to write-down  goodwill
associated  with  acquisitions  due to a decline  in the value of such  acquired
businesses,  such  write  down  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
operating results of the Company.

     The Company may finance future acquisitions  through the incurrence of bank
indebtedness,  the utilization of cash from  operations,  the issuance of common
stock or other  securities,  or any combination  thereof.  In the event that the
Company's common stock does not maintain a sufficient market value, or potential
acquisition  candidates are otherwise  unwilling to accept the Company's  common
stock or other  securities  as part of the  consideration  for the sale of their
businesses,  the Company may be  required to use more of its cash  resources  or
incur substantial debt in order to finance future  acquisitions.  If the Company
does not have sufficient cash resources,  its ability to make acquisitions could
be limited unless it is able to obtain additional capital through debt or equity
financings.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain
the financing it will need in the future on terms the Company deems  acceptable,
if at all.


Fluctuations  in  operating   results  may  affect  the  Company's   results  of
operations.

     Results for any  particular  period are not  necessarily  indicative of the
results  that the Company may achieve for any  subsequent  period.  Quarterly or
yearly  results may vary  materially  as a result of the timing and structure of
acquisitions,  any write down of  goodwill,  the timing and  magnitude  of costs
related  to such  acquisitions  and  fluctuations  in the  death  rate.  General
economic  conditions,  technology  related to health care that may prolong  life
expectancy  and  trends  in the death  care  services  industry  may also have a
material  affect  on of the  markets  in  which  the  Company  services  and the
Company's  business.  Several of the causes for such  fluctuations  in operating
results  are beyond the  control of the  Company  and may  adversely  affect the
market price its common  stock.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


The loss of the  company's  key  personnel,  on which  it  depends,  may have an
adverse affect on the Company's business.

     The Company  depends to a large  extent upon the  abilities  and  continued
efforts of Marco P. Markin,  President  and a director of the  Company,  Gary R.
Loffredo, a director of the Company and President of Heritage Alternatives Inc.,
and its other senior management. The loss



                                       12
<PAGE>

of the services of the key members of the Company's senior management could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's  continued  ability to compete in the
death care  industry.  The  Company's  future  success will also depend upon its
ability to attract and retain  skilled  funeral  home and  crematory  management
personnel. See "Directors and Executive Officers."


The Company's  business is subject to substantial  regulation,  which may affect
its business and results of operations.

     The  Company's  operations  are  subject  to  regulation,  supervision  and
licensing  under  numerous  federal,   state  and  local  laws,  ordinances  and
regulations,  including extensive  regulations  concerning trust funds, Pre-Need
sales of  cremation  products  and  services  and various  other  aspects of the
Company's  business.  The impact of such  regulations  varies  depending  on the
location of the Company's offices and facilities.

     From time to time, states and other regulatory agencies have considered and
may enact additional legislation or regulations that could affect the death care
industry.  For example,  some states and regulatory  agencies have considered or
are  considering   regulations  that  could  require  more  liberal  refund  and
cancellation  policies for Pre-Need  sales of products  and  services,  prohibit
door-to-door or telephone  solicitation of potential  customers,  increase trust
requirements and prohibit the common ownership of funeral homes and crematoriums
in the same  market.  If adopted in the  states in which the  Company  operates,
these and other possible  proposals could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's  results  of  operations.  See  "Business  --  Trust  Funds"  and  "--
Regulation."


The  Company  may be required  to sell  additional  common  stock or parties may
exercise options and warrants that cause dilution of your shares.

     As of November 1, 1999, the Company had  12,889,999  shares of common stock
issued and  outstanding.  Any substantial  sale of the Company's common stock or
even the  possibility of such sales  occurring may have an adverse effect on the
market price of the Company's common stock.

     In  addition,  an  aggregate  of  approximately  1,800,000  shares  of  the
Company's  common stock are reserved for issuance to  employees,  directors  and
consultants  of the Company  under the  Company's  option  plan.  Holders of the
options when granted are likely to exercise  them when, in all  likelihood,  the
Company  could  obtain  additional  capital on terms more  favorable  than those
provided by the options.  However,  there can be no assurance  that such options
will be exercised.  Further,  while the Company's  options are outstanding,  the
Company's  ability to obtain  additional  financing  on  favorable  terms may be
adversely affected



                                       13
<PAGE>

The Company does not intend to pay  dividends,  which may  adversely  affect the
value of the company's common shares.

     The  Company  has never paid a dividend  to its  shareholders.  The Company
intends to retain its cash for the  continued  development  of its  business and
currently  does not  intend to pay cash  dividends  on the  Common  Stock in the
foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."


Broker-dealers  may be discouraged from effecting  transactions in the Company's
shares if they are  considered  penny  stocks and are subject to the penny stock
rules.

     Rules 15g-1 through 15g-9  promulgated  under the Exchange Act impose sales
practice and disclosure  requirements on NASD  brokers-dealers who make a market
in "a penny  stock." A penny stock  generally  includes  any  non-NASDAQ  equity
security  that has a market  price of less than $5.00 per share.  The  Company's
shares are quoted on the OTCBB and on September 30, 1999, the high and low price
quoted for its shares were $6.375 and $6.312 per share, respectively. Should the
price of the Company's shares decline below $5.00 per share, they will be deemed
penny stock for the purposes of the Exchange Act. The additional  sales practice
and  disclosure   requirements   imposed  upon  brokers-dealers  may  discourage
broker-dealers from effecting  transactions in the Company's shares, which could
severely  limit the  market  liquidity  of the shares and impede the sale of the
Company's shares in the secondary market.

     Under the penny stock regulations,  a broker-dealer  selling penny stock to
anyone other than an established customer or "accredited  investor,"  generally,
an  individual  with net  worth in  excess of  $1,000,000  or an  annual  income
exceeding  $200,000,  or $300,000  together with his or her spouse,  must make a
special  suitability  determination  for the  purchaser  and  must  receive  the
purchaser's  written  consent  to the  transaction  prior  to sale,  unless  the
broker-dealer  or the transaction is otherwise  exempt.  In addition,  the penny
stock regulations require the broker-dealer to deliver, prior to any transaction
involving a penny  stock,  a  disclosure  schedule  prepared  by the  Commission
relating to the penny stock market,  unless the broker-dealer or the transaction
is otherwise  exempt. A broker-dealer  is also required to disclose  commissions
payable to the  broker-dealer  and the  registered  representative  and  current
quotations for the  securities.  Finally,  a  broker-dealer  is required to send
monthly statements disclosing recent price information with respect to the penny
stock held in a customer's  account and information  with respect to the limited
market in penny stocks.


The death care service  industry is highly  competitive,  and the company cannot
assure you that it will be able to compete effectively.

     The death care  service  industry  is  intensely  competitive  and  rapidly
evolving  with the  consolidation  efforts  of the  Company's  competitors.  The
Company's  competitors are small  independent  death care service  providers and
large publicly traded  companies,  including  Loewen which owns or operates more
than 1,100 funeral homes and over 400  cemeteries in the United  States,  Canada
and the United Kingdom, Service Corporation  International,  which operates more
than 3,700 funeral service locations worldwide,  and Stewart Enterprises,  Inc.,
which owns and operates over 700 funeral homes and cemeteries  worldwide.  These
competitors  also  offer  cremation  services  that  compete  directly  with the
Company's services and products. The



                                       14
<PAGE>

Company also competes on the local basis to provide  services in each  community
it serves with service  providers  that have  established  reputations  and long
histories of operations.

     The goal of the  Company  is to expand by  acquiring  additional  cremation
service  providers  in North  America.  In some  cases,  the Company may compete
directly with Loewen, Service Corporation  International and Stewart Enterprises
to  acquire  cremation  service  providers.   Each  of  these  competitors  have
substantially greater financial and other resources than the Company,  which may
make it extremely difficult for the Company to acquire operations in the markets
in which it  intends to  expand.  The  Company's  inability  to expand  into new
markets or effectively  compete in existing  markets may have a material adverse
affect on the Company's business and results of operations.


The Company may encounter  significant costs should its computer software and/or
hardware fail to meet year 2000 compliance requirements.

     The "Year 2000"  issue  concerns  the  potential  exposures  related to the
automated generation of business and financial misinformation resulting from the
application  of  computer  programs  which have been  written  using two digits,
rather than four, to define the applicable  year of business  transactions.  The
Company  completed a review of the potential impact of Year 2000 issues and does
not anticipate any significant costs, problems or uncertainties  associated with
becoming  Year 2000  compliant.  The  Company's  failure or failure of its third
party suppliers,  vendors or other service  providers to adequately  address the
Year 2000 issue could result in misstatement of reported  financial  information
or otherwise adversely affect the Company's business operations.  See "Financial
Information - Year 2000 Compliance."







                                       15
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.   SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     Set forth  below is  certain  selected  combined  financial  and  operating
information of the Company for six month period ended June 30, 1999 and June 30,
1998, and the three years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996. The selected
combined financial  information is derived from the Company's combined financial
statements for such periods.  The  information set forth below should be read in
conjunction with Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations and the Company's Combined Financial  Statements and Notes
thereto.

     The financial  results for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
include  the  acquisition  by Neptune of America of its  operating  subsidiaries
effective March 31,1999. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Conditions  and  Results  of  Operations"  for  additional  information  on  the
acquisition.

<TABLE>
                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                            JUNE 30                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                    ------------------------------    -----------------------------------------------
                                        1999             1998             1998             1997             1996
                                    ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
                                      (in thousands, except per                (in thousands, except per share
                                         share information)                              information)
<S>                                  <C>              <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>
Revenue                              $  5,247         $ 4,076           $  8,438        $  9,757          $ 9,043

Gross Profit                         $  2,882         $ 1,918           $  3,586        $  5,095          $ 4,086

Net Income (Loss)                    $    934         $  (710)          $   (929)       $  1,424          $ 1,651

Net Income (Loss) per share,         $   0.08         $ (0.06)          $  (0.08)       $   0.12          $  0.14
basic and diluted
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
                                                  AT JUNE 30                          AT DECEMBER 31
                                                     1999                         1998               1997
                                       ---------------------------------     ---------------------------------
                                                (in thousands)                        (in thousands)
                                       ---------------------------------     ---------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                            <C>                  <C>
Working Capital                                $      (9,890)                 $     187            $  1,517

Total Current Assets                           $       1,010                  $     835            $  2,008

Total Property and Equipment                   $         289                  $     218            $    267

Prearranged Cremation Contracts                $      32,710                  $  32,055            $ 30,172

Total Current Liabilities                      $      10,901                  $     647            $    491

Deferred Prearranged Cremations                $      32,710                  $  32,055            $ 30,172

Stockholders' equity                           $      10,209                 $    8,201            $  9,290
</TABLE>



                                       16
<PAGE>

Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations

     The Company sells  prearranged  cremation  services and  merchandise  under
contracts  that  provide for the  delivery of the services at the time of death.
Approximately  40% of the contract price is recognized as revenue by the Company
at the  time of  entering  into the  contract  to  cover  the cost of  delivered
merchandise and the contract procurement costs. The remaining 60% is recorded as
deferred  revenue on the Balance  Sheet and  recognized as income at the time of
death or fulfillment.

     The portion of the revenue that is  deferred,  is placed in a trust fund to
be administered  by the Company and released at the time of death.  This revenue
plus trust earnings  covers the cost of performing the services  provided for in
the  contract.  The market  value of the amounts  held in trust is  disclosed as
prearranged cremation contracts on the Balance Sheet.

     Commissions  and  direct   marketing  costs  relating  to  the  prearranged
cremation services and merchandise sales are accounted for in the same manner as
the revenue to which they relate. Where revenue is deferred, the same proportion
of the  commissions  and direct  marketing  costs are deferred and  disclosed as
deferred contract procurement costs on the Balance Sheet. The costs are expensed
in the period when the contract is fulfilled.

     In addition the Company performs  cremations services for non-members on an
At-Need basis. This revenue is recorded at the time of performing the service.

     Additional  revenue earned by the Company includes a management fee up to a
maximum  of  4% of  the  trust  funds  on  prearranged  cremation  contracts  in
California  and an 8% finance charge on  prearranged  contracts  purchased on an
installments plan in California.

     The Company  provides a full range of cremation  services.  In the State of
California  it operates the Heritage  Crematorium  located in Los Angeles  which
handles  all of its  cases  in  southern  California.  In  Florida  and New York
cremations are contracted out to third party cremations.  Volume and contracting
costs dictate when it becomes economically feasible for the Company to establish
its own crematorium in any given location.


Six Month Period Ended June 30, 1999 Compared to the Six Month Period Ended June
30, 1998:

Results of Operations

     Revenues

     Cremations  services  revenues were $4,091,433 for the 6 month period ended
June 30,  1999,  compared  to  $3,523,889  for the same  period  in 1998,  a 16%
increase. The increase in revenues was primarily due to the California locations
being fully operational in 1999. The Department of Consumer Affairs, Funeral and
Cemetery  Division closed these locations during March and April of 1998 pending
an administrative proceeding. See Item 1 "Death Care Service



                                       17
<PAGE>

Industry  Regulation."  Revenue of $525,224  resulting from the liquidation of a
merchandise trust fund included in the 1999 results is a non-recurring item.

     In California,  the Company earns a management fee up to a maximum of 4% of
the trust funds on Prearranged  Cremations Contracts.  In addition,  the Company
earns an 8% finance  charge on Pre-Need  contracts  purchased on an  installment
plan.  Revenues  earned from these  sources  were  $629,924 in 1999  compared to
$551,877 in 1998,  a 14%  increase.  The  increase is  attributable  to a higher
percentage  of contracts  sold on an  installment  basis and the increase in the
value of the trust funds.

     Costs and Expenses, and Gross Profit

     Direct costs and expenses were $2,364,817 for the 6 month period ended June
30, 1999, compared to $2,158,242 for the same period in 1998, a 9.6% increase.

     The Gross profit percentage  (excluding the non-recurring  item) in 1999 is
49.9%,  compared to 47.1% in 1998.  The  reduced  margin in 1998 was a result of
higher than normal  direct  costs due to the effect of  contracting  third party
mortuaries for the  fulfillment of its Pre-Need  contracts  during the period of
closure in California.

     Other expenses

     General and  administrative  expenses  were $838,248 for the 6 month period
ended June 30,  1999,  compared  to $667,355  for the same  period in 1998.  The
primary  reasons  for the  increase  in costs  were  reduced  costs in 1998 when
California  operations  were shut down and an increase in 1999 costs  during the
restructuring period.

     Depreciation  and  amortization  has  increased  to  $157,652  in 1999 from
$26,565 in 1998 due to a charge of $144,187 to amortization of goodwill  arising
from The Neptune Society,  Inc. acquiring the various limited  partnership's and
private corporations operating as the Neptune Society.

     Professional fees of $240,089 in the 6 month period ended June 30, 1999 and
$368,635 in 1998 are not considered  indicative of the Company's  ongoing costs.
The Company  defending itself against  proceedings by the Department of Consumer
Affairs,  Funeral and Cemetery Division incurred  unusually high legal fees. All
such proceedings and actions by the Department have now been settled. See Item 1
"Death Care Service Industry Regulation."

     During the period up to March 31, 1999 the business of the Neptune  Society
was operated as private companies and partnerships.  As such the compensation of
the principal  shareholder and partner was discretionary.  In the 3 month period
to March 31, 1999 these costs  amounted to $513,091 and in the 6 month period to
June 30, 1998  $1,565,418.  As of April 1, 1999 the consulting fee of the former
principal  shareholder  is  $333,333  per annum for  three  years.  This cost is
included in general and administrative expenses.



                                       18
<PAGE>

     Net Income

     Net  income  for the 6 month  period  ended  June 30,  1999  was  $933,641,
compared to a loss of $710,449 for the corresponding period in 1998.


Fiscal 1998 Compared to Fiscal 1997

Results of Operations

     Revenues

     Cremation services revenues were $7,468,853 for the year ended December 31,
1998  compared to  $8,838,854  in 1997,  a 15.5%  reduction.  The  reduction  in
revenues  was  primarily  due to the  California  locations  being closed by The
Department of Consumer  Affairs,  Funeral and Cemetery Division during March and
April of 1998  pending  an  administrative  proceeding.  See Item 1 "Death  Care
Service  Industry  Regulation."  Revenues earned from Trust Fund management fees
was $969,300 in 1998 compared to $918,000 in 1998, a 5.6% increase. The increase
is attributable to the increase in the value of the trust funds.

     Costs and Expenses, and Gross Profit

     Direct costs and expenses were  $4,851,956  for the year ended December 31,
1998,  compared to  $4,661,966  for the same period in 1997, a 4% increase.  The
gross profit  percentage in 1998 is 42.5%,  compared to 52.2% in 1997.  The 1998
result is not considered a true  representation of ongoing  operations since the
Company  incurred  an  unusually  high level of costs in honoring  its  Pre-Need
contract fulfillment's by contracting the services out to third party mortuaries
during the period of closure in California.

     Other expenses

     General and  administrative  expenses  were  $1,645,450  for the year ended
December 31, 1998,  compared to  $1,584,750  for the same period in 1997, a 3.8%
increase.  Professional  fees and  penalties  were  $668,894  in the year  ended
December 31, 1998 and $245,033 the year ended December 31, 1997. The Company was
forced to defend  itself  against  proceedings  by the  Department  of  Consumer
Affairs, Funeral and Cemetery Division in 1998 and incurred unusually high legal
fees and penalties.  All such proceedings and actions by the Department have now
been settled. See Item 1 "Death Care Service Industry Regulation."

     During the years  ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997 the  business  of the
Neptune Society was operated as private companies and partnerships.  As such the
compensation of the principal shareholder and partner was discretionary.  In the
year ended  December 31, 1998 these costs amounted to $2,200,473 and in the year
ended December 31, 1997 to $1,840,984.

     Net Income

     The loss for the year ended December 31, 1998 was $928,620, compared to net
income of $1,424,121 for the year ended December 31, 1997.



                                       19
<PAGE>

Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996

Results of Operations

     Revenues

     Cremations  services  revenues were  $8,838,854 for the year ended December
31, 1997 compared to $8,257,161 in 1996, a 7% increase. The increase in revenues
was primarily due to increasing  sales volume.  Revenues  earned from Trust Fund
management  fees was  $918,000 in 1997  compared  to  $786,000 in 1997,  a 16.8%
increase. The increase is attributable to the increase in the value of the trust
funds.

     Costs and Expenses, and Gross Profit

     Direct costs and expenses were  $4,661,966  for the year ended December 31,
1997,  compared  to  $4,957,001  for the same period in 1997.  The gross  profit
percentage in 1997 is 52.2%, compared to 45.2% in 1996. The high level of direct
costs adversely effected the 1996 gross margin.

     Other expenses

     General and  administrative  expenses  were  $1,584,750  for the year ended
December 31, 1997,  compared to  $1,524,484  for the same period in 1996, a 3.9%
increase.  Professional  fees and  penalties  were  $245,033  in the year  ended
December  31, 1997 and $172,619  the year ended  December  31, 1996.  During the
years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996 the business of the Neptune  Society was
operated as private companies and partnerships.  As such the compensation of the
principal shareholder and partner was discretionary.  In the year ended December
31, 1997 these costs  amounted to $1,840,984  and in the year ended December 31,
1996 to $737,556.

     Net Income

     The net  income  for the year  ended  December  31,  1997  was  $1,424,121,
compared to net income of $1,651,501 for the year ended December 31, 1996.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Equity Financings

     On January 19, 1999, the Neptune  Society  issued,  on a private  placement
2,000,000  common  shares at a price of $0.10 per share.  Attached to each share
was four share  purchase  warrant  for an  aggregate  issue of  8,000,000  share
purchase  warrants.  Each share purchase warrant was exercisable into one common
share in the capital of the Neptune Society at a price of $0.10 per share. These
share purchase warrants were exercised on April 7, 1999. Total gross proceeds to
the Neptune  Society  from the issue of the shares and the exercise of the share
purchase warrants was $1,000,000.

     On July 22, 1999,  the Neptune  Society  entered  into a private  placement
Agency Agreement with Standard  Securities  Capital  Corporation for the sale of
1,166,667 common



                                       20
<PAGE>

shares in the capital of the Neptune  Society at a price of $6.00 per share.  On
August 9, 1999,  the Company  issued  666,666  common  shares  pursuant to those
certain  subscription  agreements  (the  "Subscription  Agreements")  for  gross
proceeds to the Neptune Society of $4,000,000.  On October 12, 1999, the Company
issued 223,333 common shares pursuant to the  Subscription  Agreements for gross
proceeds to the Neptune  Society of $1,340,000.  The final 276,668 of the common
shares subscribed for by the purchasers will be issued by the Neptune Society on
or before  January  31,  2000 for  gross  proceeds  to the  Neptune  Society  of
$1,660,000. Standard Securities Capital Corporation was paid $140,000 on October
12, 1999 in connection with the transaction and will be paid a further  $560,000
commission for the  transaction on receipt of payment for the final issue by the
Company  from the  subscribers.  The  Company  initially  agreed to provide  the
subscribers  with  certain  rights with respect to these  securities,  including
registration  and  reset  rights,   which  were   subsequently   waived  by  the
subscribers.

     The  Company  used  $4,000,000  of the gross  proceeds of the July 22, 1999
private placement to repay part of its promissory notes on August 11, 1999.

     Other Financings

     In consideration for the acquisition of the Neptune Group of Companies, the
Company issued two promissory notes totaling $21,000,000, the terms of repayment
of which is disclosed in the notes to the  financial  statements.  Subsequent to
June 30, 1999 the debt was reduced by  $4,125,784.  The Company is  obligated to
make a payment of $4,874,216 on January 3, 2000 and a payment of  $10,000,000 on
July 31, 2000 in connection  with the promissory  notes.  The Company intends to
procure the funds  required to make the two payments by issuance of  convertible
debt and equity financing.

     On October 20, 1999, the Company  executed a term sheet for the issuance of
$5,000,000  Convertible  Debenture at an interest  rate of 6.5%.  The  debenture
shall be convertible into 833,333 common shares of the Company upon the election
of the investor at any time after nine months from  issuance to five years.  The
financing is subject to due diligence and a fee of $100,000. The proceeds of the
financings  will be used to make  the  payment  due on the  promissory  notes of
$4,874,216 due on January 3, 2000.

     Cash flows from operating  activities was $951,250 for the six month period
ended June 30, 1999. The principal adjustments to net income in arriving at cash
flow from operations is to add back  depreciation  and  amortization of $157,652
and  a  deduction  of  $304,468  for  the  net  increase  in  deferred  contract
procurement costs.

     Cash flows from financing  activities  were  $22,318,195  for the six month
period ended June 30, 1999. In 1999  financing was provided by way of Promissory
Notes for  $21,000,000  in  relation to the  purchase  of the  Neptune  Group of
Companies.  Also,  $1,000,000  was raised through the issuance of capital stock.
Also, unsecured loans amounted to $509,520 at June 30, 1999.

     The Company  expects  adequate  sources of funds to be available to finance
its future operations through internally  generated funds.  Acquisitions will be
financed by issuance of equity securities.



                                       21
<PAGE>

YEAR 2000 DISCLOSURE

     The terms "Year 2000 issue" and "Y2K issue" are general terms used to refer
to the business  implications  of the arrival of the new millennium on operating
and  information  systems  and  equipment.  The Year 2000 issue  arises with the
change  in  century  and the  potential  inability  of  information  systems  to
correctly  "rollover"  dates to the new  century.  To save on  computer  storage
space, many systems were programmed with a two-digit century (i.e.  December 31,
1999 would appear as 12/31/99) assuming that all years would be part of the 20th
century.  On January 1,  2000,  systems  with this  programming  may  default to
01/01/1900  instead of 01/01/2000,  and calculations using or reporting the date
may not be  correct  and  errors may  arise.  To  prevent  this from  occurring,
information systems need to be updated to ensure they recognize the Year 2000.

     Not only can the  millennium  bug  affect  computers  - it can also  affect
countless  microprocessors  that control  systems,  operations  and equipment of
other types, such as telecommunications  equipment.  A non-compliant system - in
other  words,  a system  that will be unable to  correctly  store,  process  and
retrieve  data after the Year 2000 - may shut down,  confuse  commands or, if it
continues  running,   may  make  continual  latent  errors  in  data  entry  and
organization.

     The Year 2000 problem generally includes any problem caused by (i) computer
software  incorrectly  reading the date  "01/01/00"  as the year 1900 or another
incorrect year;  (ii) computer  software  incorrectly  identifying a date in the
year 1999 or any year after that; (iii) computer software failing to detect that
the Year 2000 is a leap year; and (iv) any other computer software error that is
directly or  indirectly  caused by the problems set forth in (i),  (ii) or (iii)
above.

     At the present stage of the Company's  development  and after reviewing the
Company's  dependence  upon and the  complexity of the  Company's  operating and
information systems and equipment, management of the Company is of the view that
the Y2K issue will not materially  affect the Company's  internal  operations or
information systems or equipment.  The Company is unable to assess the Company's
vulnerability  to the state of readiness  or the Y2K issue of third  parties who
are dealing or who may in the future deal with the Company, including suppliers,
contractors and lenders. However,  management of the Company is of the view that
the Y2K  issue  will  not  prevent  the  Company  from  achieving  its  business
objectives in the long term.

     To the date of this  registration  statement,  the Company has  prepared an
inventory of its computer hardware, software and other electronic systems with a
view to identifying  those which may fail as a result of the change of the date,
at midnight on December 31, 1999,  to January 1, 2000 or as a result of the Year
2000 being a leap year.  The  Company  has  received  oral and,  in some  cases,
written  notification  from its engineers,  consultants  and third party service
providers,  that they have taken or are taking steps to ensure the  integrity of
their systems and of their ability to function on and after January 1, 2000. The
Company believes these assurances to be accurate.

     The Company's ability to function normally would be most seriously impacted
in the event of failure of its accounting  and financial  reporting  system.  To
reduce the  probability  of such  failure,  the Company has recently  (May 1999)
upgraded its accounting  hardware and software to the most recent version which,
according  to the  manufacturer's  latest  Y2K  disclosure,  if fully  Year 2000
compliant. The primary computer on which this software is lodged



                                       22
<PAGE>

has also been  upgraded  and has been tested to ensure that it will not fail due
to date changes.  Results of in-house  testing have satisfied  management of the
Company that its accounting  and reporting  system will not fail due to the date
change either to January 1, 2000 or to February 29, 2000. As well, the Company's
routine data back-up  procedures will provide an additional margin of protection
against such failure.  Other computer  systems upon which the Company relies for
its  day-to-day  operations and reporting  provide word  processing and Internet
access  capabilities.  Both the software  utilized for these  functions  and the
computers on which the software  operates are  relatively  new and problems with
them are not anticipated.

     The Company completed tests of each of its systems to ensure that they will
not fail due to either of the  above-noted  date changes and has  completed  its
Year 2000 review.  The Company has also taken remedial action to ensure that all
of its refrigeration units in its holding facilities will maintain working order
in the event  that  there is a power  outage on January 1, 2000 due to Year 2000
issues.  The cost of Year 2000  compliance has been less than $10,000 to date as
the Company currently maintains a majority of its records manually.  The Company
believes that its incremental costs to date and its anticipated  future costs to
upgrade systems to ensure that they will function  normally in the year 2000 and
beyond are not  considered  to be  material.  The Company  anticipates  that the
maximum cost of upgrading or replacing its computer  hardware and software,  and
of replacing  telephone  systems,  so that all systems are Year 2000  compliant,
would be less than $50,000.  Management  of the Company  expects that the actual
costs will be much lower than the maximum if such replacement is required.

     The Company will take such  remedial  action as is necessary to ensure that
its  systems  and  those  of  any  suppliers  upon  which  it  relies  meet  the
requirements  for continued and  uninterrupted  operation into the year 2000 and
thereafter.  In the event of a worst case  scenario,  a complete  failure of the
Company's  internal  computer  system  and the  failure  of third  party  vendor
systems,  the Company intends to replace its internal systems and locate vendors
who are Year 2000  compliant.  The Company  does not  believe  that a worst case
scenario will have a material adverse affect on its business.


ITEM 3.   PROPERTIES

     The Company leases  properties in eleven  locations in California,  Florida
and New York. There are three sales offices in California, three in Florida, and
two in New York.  Two of the  offices  in Florida  have  adjoining  chapels  for
funeral services. The Company also leases two properties for holding facilities,
one of which also stores merchandise  inventory and the other has the crematory.
The Company also leases its corporate offices in Florida and Los Angeles. All of
the Company's  leases are on standard  terms and conditions and the Company does
not rely on any one lease for its continuing operations.



                                       23
<PAGE>

     The operations are currently concentrated at the following locations:


                   Summary of operational locations of Company

Location                      Operation
- --------                      ---------
California
- ----------
Burbank -Corporate            Administration and operations headquarters
Burbank                       At-Need sales and administrative office
San Pedro                     Pre-Need/At Need sales and administrative office
Santa Barbara                 Pre-Need/At-Need sales and administrative office
Los Angeles - Heritage        Holding facility, crematory and viewing room
Ventura                       Holding facility and inventory warehouse
San Bernardino                Inventory warehouse

Florida
- -------
Miami                         Pre-Need/At-Need sales and administrative office
                                and chapel
Fort Lauderdale               Pre-Need/At-Need sales and administrative office
                                and chapel
St. Petersburg                Pre-Need/At-Need sales and administrative office

New York
- --------
Long Island Westchester       At-Need sales and administrative office
Westchester                   At-Need sales and administrative office


ITEM 4.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The Company is not, to the best of its  knowledge,  directly or  indirectly
owned or controlled by another corporation or foreign government.

     The  following  table sets  forth the  Company's  principal  (more than 5%)
stockholders as of November 1, 1999:

<TABLE>
Title of Class                  Identity of Person           Number of Shares Owned       Percent of Class(1)
                                    or Group
- --------------                  ------------------           ----------------------       -------------------
<S>                            <C>                              <C>                           <C>
Common                          CCD Commerce Consulting            990,000                       7.8%
Common                          Officers and Directors             935,027 (2)(3)               13.8%

</TABLE>

(1)  Based on 12,889,999 issued and outstanding shares.
(2)  Directors and named executive officers, as a group, as of November 1, 1999.
(3)  Includes 62,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of warrants.



                                       24
<PAGE>

The following table sets forth the  stockholdings,  direct and indirect,  of the
Company's directors and named executive officers as of November 1, 1999:


Name of Director/Officer
   or Key Employee                                Number of Common Shares Owned
- ------------------------                          -----------------------------
Suzanne L. Wood                                   15,000
Gary R. Loffredo                                  None
Gary I. Harris                                    None
Marco P. Markin                                   250,000
Peter Campbell                                    None
Emanuel Weintraub(1)                              588,424
Jill Schulman                                     81,603(2)
Larry Miller                                      None

(1)  Former CEO and  President of the Neptune  Group of  Companies  prior to the
     acquisition by The Neptune  Society.  Mr. Weintraub is now a consultant for
     the Company.
(2)  This includes  62,500 common shares  issuable on exercise of warrants.  See
     "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

     The Company has no knowledge of any  arrangements,  including any pledge by
any person of securities of the Neptune Society, the operation of which may at a
subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.


ITEM 5.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The  following  table set forth  certain  information  with  respect to the
current directors, executive officers and key employees of the Company. The term
for  each  director  and  officer  expires  in  October  2000.  The  ages of the
directors,  executive  officers  and key  employees  are shown as of November 1,
1999.

<TABLE>
                                                                                Director/
Name                         Position with the Company                      Officer Since          Age
- ----                         -------------------------                      -------------          ---
<S>                          <C>                                            <C>                   <C>
Marco P. Markin              President, CEO and Director of each of           June 1999            35
                             The Neptune Society, Inc.,
                             The Neptune Society of America, Inc.
                             (since October 1999) and Neptune
                             Management Corp. (since  June 1999)

Suzanne L. Wood              Secretary, Treasurer and Director of each        December 1998        42
                             of The Neptune Society, Inc. (since
                             December 1998) and The Neptune Society
                             of America, Inc. (since October 1999)

Gary R. Loffredo             Director of  both The Neptune Society, Inc.      October 1999         38
                             (since October 1999) and Neptune Management
                             Corp. (since April 1999); President and
                             Director of Heritage Alternatives Inc.
                             (since April 1999)

Gary I. Harris               Director of The Neptune Society, Inc.            October 1999         58
</TABLE>



                                       25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                                                Director/
Name                         Position with the Company                      Officer Since          Age
- ----                         -------------------------                      -------------          ---
<S>                          <C>                                            <C>                   <C>
Peter Campbell               Chief Financial Officer of The Neptune           June 1999            43
                             Society, Inc. (since June 1999), The
                             Neptune Society of America, Inc.
                             (since October 1999) and Neptune
                             Management Corp. (since June 1999)

Jill Schulman                Vice President (since February 1991),            February 1991        50
                             Secretary (since February 1996) and
                             Director (since February 1992) of
                             Neptune Management Corp.

Larry Miller                 Senior Vice President of Sales of Neptune        June 1999            53
                             Management Corp.

Karen Melius                 Vice President of Neptune Management Corp.       April 1999           62

Hara Ahrens                  Vice President of Neptune Management Corp.       February 1990        41

Reginald Duran               Secretary and Director of Heritage               June 1999            58
                             Alternatives, Inc.

</TABLE>

     Marco P. Markin - Mr.  Markin joined the Company full time as the Company's
President and CEO in September  1999.  From November 1995 to September  1999 Mr.
Markin was the Executive  Vice  President of TPP  Management  Inc., a Vancouver,
Canada based private investment company focusing on merchant banking, securities
and real estate holdings.  Prior to that time, from January 1987 to October 1992
Mr.  Markin  founder  and the CEO of Markin  Development  Group,  a real  estate
development  company of multi family apartment buildings and commercial offices.
In September 1992, Mr. Markin  co-founded a direct  marketing  company in Canada
that  was  sold  to the  Financial  Post,  one of  Canada's  national  financial
newsmagazines.

     Suzanne L. Wood - Since 1986,  Ms. Wood has been the founder and  President
of Wood & Associate, a Vancouver,  Canada based business that provides corporate
management  services to private and public  companies.  After  graduating with a
Masters of Arts degree from the  University  of British  Columbia in  Vancouver,
Canada in 1980, Ms. Wood joined Revenue Canada Taxation and worked  primarily in
the Business  Audit  Division.  Ms. Wood is currently a director of  Genetronics
Biomedical Ltd., a company listed on The American Stock Exchange and the Toronto
Stock Exchange.

     Gary R.  Loffredo  - Since  November  1998,  Mr.  Loffredo  has  been  Vice
President of  Investment  Banking for Banking for BG Capital  Group.  BG Capital
Group is a venture capital and merchant banking firm with offices in Florida and
Canada.  Prior to joining BG Capital,  Mr.  Loffredo  began his career at Lehman
Brothers in New York and Miami where he worked for 12 years.  In April 1997,  he
founded and served as President for a construction company based in Florida. Mr.
Loffredo  majored in finance,  graduating  from the University of South Carolina
with a Bachelor of Science Degree in 1984.

     Gary  I.  Harris  -  Since  December  1985,  Mr.  Harris  has  been  Senior
Vice-President in charge of the print division at T.V. Fanfare  Publication,  an
international advertising company. He attended both the University of Toledo and
New York University.



                                       26
<PAGE>

     Peter  Campbell - In 1978, Mr.  Campbell  obtained his Bachelor of Commerce
from N.S.W. Institute of Technology in Sydney,  Australia. He was admitted as an
Associate  Member of the Canadian  Institute of Chartered  Accountants  in 1990.
Since  August 1996,  Mr.  Campbell  has  operated a private  practice  providing
accounting,  managerial and  administrative  services to a variety of public and
private  corporations.  Prior to that and from August 1993 to July 1996,  He was
the Corporate Controller for John Fluevog Shoes Ltd., a manufacturer  wholesaler
and retailer of fashion footwear.

     Emanuel  Weintraub - Mr.  Weintraub holds a Bachelor of Science Degree from
the  University of New York and in 1973, he founded the Neptune  Society.  Since
that time has been in the funeral and cremation services business. Mr. Weintraub
is a former  President  and CEO of the Neptune  Group of Companies  prior to the
acquisition  by The Neptune  Society.  Mr.  Weintraub is now a consultant to the
Company.

     Jill Schulman - Ms.  Schulman joined the Neptune Society in May 1992 and in
January 1993  obtained her  California  Funeral  Director's  license.  She has a
Bachelor of Arts degree  from  U.C.L.A.  Ms.  Schulman  is  responsible  for the
administrative aspects of the Company's business.

     Larry Miller - Mr. Miller was  appointed to Senior Vice  President of Sales
of Neptune Management Corp. in January 1992. Mr. Miller holds a Bachelor of Arts
degree  form  Rice  University  in  Houston,  Texas  and  a  California  Funeral
Director's License.

     Karen Melius - Mrs. Melius is the Vice President Operations,  New York. She
joined the Neptune Group of Companies in June 1982.  Mrs.  Melius has a Mortuary
of Science degree from the State University of New York at Farmingdale and has a
New York State Funeral Director's License.

     Hara Ahrens - Mr. Ahrens is the  Company's  Vice-President  of  Operations,
Florida.  He has been with the Neptune Group of Companies  since September 1982.
Mr.  Ahrens has a Bachelor of Arts degree from St.  Thomas  University in Miami,
post graduate  education from  Miami-Dade  School of Mortuary  Science,  Funeral
Director  and  Embalmer  License in Florida  and  National  Board  Certification
through the Funeral Service Examining Board of United States, Inc. Mr. Ahrens is
a member  of both the  Broward  County  Funeral  Directors  Association  and the
National Funeral Directors Association.

     Reginald  Duran - Mr. Duran is the Company's  Vice President of Operations,
California.  Mr. Duran currently is the Executive  Officer of the Association of
California  Cremationists and Oversight Manager at the Heritage Crematorium.  He
has been with the  Company  since March  1998.  Mr.  Duran is also the owner and
President of D&B  Provisions,  Inc.,  company that sells  cremation  products to
mortuaries and crematorium.  Mr. Duran received  certification  for the State of
California  as  Crematorium  Manager and holds a California  Funeral  Director's
License.

     No  executive  officers or key  employees of the Company who are related by
blood,  marriage  or adoption to any  director  or other  executive  officers of
Neptune Society except for Jill Schulman whose father is Emanuel Weintraub.

     There are no arrangements or understanding between any executive officer of
Neptune Society and any other person pursuant to which the executive officer was
selected to serve as an executive officer of Neptune Society.



                                       27
<PAGE>

ITEM 6.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

     The following table sets forth compensation paid to each of the individuals
who were the Chief Executive Officer and the four other most highly  compensated
executive  officers of the Company  (the "named  executives  officers")  for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 and the estimated compensation to be paid to
such named  executive  officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999. The
determination  as to which executive  officers were most highly  compensated was
made with reference to the amounts  required to be disclosed  under the "Salary"
and "Bonus" columns in the table.

<TABLE>
Name and Principal                                                             Other Annual
     Position                     Year           Salary          Bonus          Compensation
- ---------------------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Marco Markin                      1999(4)        $40,000          nil                  nil
President, CEO and
Director of  The Neptune
Society, Inc.,
Neptune Society of
America, Inc. and Neptune
Management Corp.


Suzanne Wood                      1999(3)            nil          nil                  nil
Former CEO, President, and
Director of The Neptune
Society, Inc.


Emanuel Weintraub,                1999(1)(2)         nil          nil             $771,467
Consultant to Neptune             1998(1)(2)         nil          nil           $2,208,849
Society of America, Inc.

Jill Schulman                     1999           $92,000          nil                  nil
Vice President, Secretary         1998           $92,000          nil                  nil
and Director Neptune
Management Corp.

Larry Miller                      1999          $144,000          nil                  nil
Senior Vice President of          1998          $136,000          nil                  nil
Sales Neptune Management
Corp.
</TABLE>

(1)  Mr.  Weintraub  is a  former  President  and CEO of the  Neptune  Group  of
     Companies  prior to the  acquisition  by the  Neptune  Society  (see Item 1
     "History of the Neptune Society").

(2)  In 1998, Mr.  Weintraub  received,  directly or indirectly,  $2,128,473 for
     management fees, $72,000 in payment of legal fees for personal business and
     $8,376 for personal use of automobile.  In 1999, the Company expects to pay
     Mr.  Weintraub,  directly or  indirectly,  $513,091  for  management  fees,
     $250,000 for consulting services and $8,376 for personal use of automobile.



                                       28
<PAGE>

(3)  Ms. Wood was appointed  President and Director on December 28, 1998 and was
     paid  no  compensation  for  1998  and  is  not  expected  to be  paid  any
     compensation in 1999.


(4)  Mr.  Markin was  appointed as an Officer and Director of Neptune  Society's
     subsidiary  companies  in  April  1999.  He was  appointed  as the  Neptune
     Society's President and CEO in October 1999 at an annual salary of $120,000
     per year.


Options and Stock Appreciation Rights ("SARs")

     The  Company  did not grant  any  stock  options  or SARs  during  the most
recently completed fiscal year.

Aggregated  Option/SAR  Exercises  in Last  Fiscal  Year-  and  Fiscal  Year-End
Option/SAR Values

     There  were no stock  options  or SARs  exercised  during  the last  fiscal
year-end and there were no unexercised options or SARs at December 31, 1998.

Long Term Incentive Plans

     The Company did not make any  long-term  incentive  awards  during the most
recently completed fiscal year.

Defined Benefit or Actuarial Plan Disclosure

     The Company  does not provide  retirement  benefits  for the  directors  or
officers.

Compensation of Directors

     The Directors of the Company  received no compensation  for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1998 and are not expected to receive any compensation for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1999.

Employment  Contracts  and  Termination  of  Employment  and   Change-In-Control
Arrangements

     The Company does not have any  employment  contracts  with any of the named
executive officers.

Report on Repricing of Options/SARs

     The Company did not have any  options or SARs  outstanding  during the most
recently completed fiscal year.

Compensation Committee

     The  Company  had no  compensation  committee  (or  other  board  committee
performing  equivalent functions) during the last completed fiscal year. Emanuel
Weintraub, the former



                                       29
<PAGE>

President  and CEO of the Neptune  Group of  Companies,  solely  determined  the
compensation  of the directors and executive  officers during the last completed
fiscal year.

     The entire board of  directors,  elected in October  1999,  will act as the
compensation committee for the fiscal year 1999.

Incentive Stock Option Plan

     On October 8, 1999,  the  Company's  shareholders  approved  the 1999 Stock
Option Plan (the "Option Plan") as approved by the Board of Directors on June 1,
1999.  The Option Plan  provides  for the grant of incentive  and  non-qualified
options to purchase up to one million, eight hundred thousand (1,800,000) shares
of Common Stock to  employees of the Company and such other  persons as the Plan
Administrator  (which currently is the Board of Directors) may select.  The Plan
is intended to help  attract  and retain key  Company  employees  and such other
persons as the Plan  Administrator may select and to give such persons an equity
incentive to achieve the objectives of the Company's shareholders.

     Incentive  stock options may be granted to any individual  who, at the time
the option is granted, is an employee of the Company or any related corporation.
Non-qualified  stock  options  may be  granted  to  employees  and to such other
persons as the Plan Administrator may select.  The Plan Administrator  fixes the
exercise  price for options in the exercise of its sole  discretion,  subject to
certain  minimum  exercise  prices in the case of Incentive  Stock Options.  The
exercise price may be paid in cash,  certified check or cashier's check. Options
will  not be  exercisable  until  they  vest  according  to a  vesting  schedule
specified by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant of the option.

     Options  are  non-transferable  except by will or the laws of  descent  and
distribution.  With certain exceptions, vested but unexercised options terminate
upon the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the option term specified by the Plan
Administrator  at the date of grant  (generally  ten years;  or, with respect to
Incentive  Stock options  granted to greater-than  ten percent  shareholders,  a
maximum of five years); or (ii) the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date
of an employee  optionee's  termination  of  employment  with the Company or any
related corporation for any reason whatsoever.  Unless accelerated in accordance
with the Plan,  unvested  options  terminate  immediately  upon  termination  of
employment of the optionee by the Company for any reason  whatsoever,  including
death or disability.

     As of November 1, 1999, the Company has not granted any stock options under
the Option Plan.


ITEM 7.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Except for the transactions described below, none of the directors,  senior
officers  or  principal  shareholders  of the  Company,  nor  any  associate  or
affiliate  of the  foregoing  have any  interest,  direct  or  indirect,  in any
transaction,  from  January 1, 1998 to date of this Form 10, or in any  proposed
transactions  which  has  materially  affected  or will  materially  affect  the
Company.



                                       30
<PAGE>

     Reginald Duran,  Secretary and Director of Heritage  Alternatives,  Inc. is
the owner of D&B Provisions,  Inc., a company that is in the business of selling
cremation  products to  mortuaries  and  crematoriums.  From  January 1, 1999 to
November 1, 1999, the Company made purchases of $2,886 from D&B Provisions, Inc.
($nil in 1998).  Further,  the Company  has  purchased  from  January 1, 1999 to
November 1, 1999, a total of $17,384 ($nil in 1998) in maintenance services from
All Furnace Corporation, a company controlled by Mr. Duran's brother.

     On January 19, 1999,  Suzanne Wood,  one of the  Company's  directors and a
former President of the Company, purchased on a private placement basis, a total
of 15,000 common shares and 60,000 share purchase warrants in the capital of the
Neptune Society for $1,500.  Ms. Wood subsequently  disposed of the 60,000 share
purchase warrants.

     Also on January 19, 1999, Gary Loffredo, one of the Company's directors and
the President of Heritage  Alternatives Corp.,  purchased on a private placement
basis,  as total of 100,000  shares and 400,000 share  purchase  warrants in the
capital of the Neptune Society for $10,000. Mr. Loffredo  subsequently  disposed
of all of the  100,000  common  shares  and all of the  400,000  share  purchase
warrants.

     On January 19, 1999,  Marko  Markin,  the  Company's  President,  CEO and a
director,  purchased,  directly or indirectly,  on a private  placement basis, a
total of 250,000  common shares and  1,000,000  share  purchase  warrants in the
capital of the Neptune Society for $25,000. Mr. Markin subsequently  disposed of
the 1,000,000 share purchase warrants.

     Effective March 31, 1999, the Company  acquired,  indirectly,  from Emanuel
Weintraub the Neptune Group of Companies.  In connection  with the  acquisition,
Mr. Weintraub received,  directly and indirectly,  a total of $583,132;  588,426
common shares in the capital of the Neptune  Society and  $11,079,514  by way of
promissory note of which $656,531 was paid on August 7, 1999.

     In addition, Mr. Weintraub was paid a further $2,000,000 by promissory note
on March 31, 1999 of which $55,555.55 was paid monthly from and including August
to October  1999.  The Company will  continue to pay Mr.  Weintraub  $40,000 per
month with a balloon payment of $497,777.60  plus interest at the rate of 9% per
annum  calculated as simple interest to accrue monthly from and after August 31,
1999 on March 31, 2002.

     Ms. Jill Schulman,  Mr. Weintraub's  daughter and Vice President of Neptune
Management Corp. received,  in connection with the Company's  acquisition of the
Neptune  Group of  Companies,  a total of $19,652;  19,103  common shares in the
capital of the Neptune  Society and $373,391 by way of promissory  note of which
$176,865 was paid on August 7, 1999.

     On August 1, 1999, the Company  issued  275,000 share purchase  warrants in
consideration for, amongst others, Emanuel Weintraub  renegotiating the terms of
repayment of the promissory notes issued in consideration for the acquisition of
the  Neptune  Group of  Companies.  A total of  250,000  of the  share  purchase
warrants were issued to Mr. Weintraub's



                                       31
<PAGE>

daughter's and in particular,  Ms. Jill Schulman,  the Vice President of Neptune
Management Corp.,  received 62,500 share purchase warrants.  See "History of the
Neptune Society."

     Also in connection  with the  acquisition of the Neptune Group of Companies
from,  amongst  others,  Mr.  Weintraub,  the Company  entered into a consulting
agreement  with Mr.  Weintraub  for three  years and at $333,333  per year.  See
"History of the Neptune Society."


ITEM 8.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company's  operations  are  subject to  numerous  environmental  laws,
regulations and guidelines  adopted by various  governmental  authorities in the
jurisdictions  in which the Company  operates.  Liabilities  are  recorded  when
environmental  liabilities  are either known or  considered  probable and can be
reasonably   estimated.   The   Company's   policies  are  designed  to  control
environmental  risk  upon  acquisition   through  extensive  due  diligence  and
corrective   measures  taken  prior  to   acquisition.   The  Company   believes
environmental liabilities to be immaterial individually and in the aggregate.

     The Company is party to other legal  proceedings in the ordinary  course of
its  business  but does not  expect  the  outcome  of any of other  proceedings,
individually  or in the  aggregate,  to have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 9    MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
          RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     On August 26, 1998,  the common  shares of the Neptune  Society were listed
under its former name Lari Corp. on the NASD OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol
"LREE". On May 3, 1999, Lari Corp. changed its name to The Neptune Society, Inc.
and on May 4, 1999, the symbol was changed to "NPTN".

     The high and low bid quotations of the Company's common stock on the NASDAQ
OTC Bulletin Board for each of the quarterly  periods since August 26, 1998 were
as follows:

Period                                             High              Low
- ------                                             ----              ---
1998
Third Quarter                                         -                 -
Fourth Quarter                                     6.14              6.14

1999
First Quarter                                    6.0625            6.0625
Second Quarter                                     6.75             6.437
Third Quarter                                     6.375             6.312



                                       32
<PAGE>

     The above quotations reflect inter-dealer  prices,  without retail mark-up,
mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

     As of September 30, 1999,  the high and low bid quotation for the Company's
common shares was $6.375 and $6.312, respectively.

     As at September 10, 1999, the Company had 61 registered shareholders.

     The  declaration  of  dividends  on the shares of the Company is within the
discretion  of the  Company's  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  upon the
assessment  of, among other  factors,  earnings,  capital  requirements  and the
operating  and  financial  condition of the Company.  At the present  time,  the
Company  anticipates  that all  available  funds will be invested to finance the
growth of its business.


ITEM 10.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     On January 19, 1999, the Company issued  2,000,000  shares of the Company's
common stock and 8,000,000 share purchase  warrants for $0.10 per share to raise
$200,000.  Each share purchase  warrant was  exercisable to acquire one share of
the  Company's  common  stock at $0.10 per share.  The shares were issued to the
following  private  investors:  BG International  Capital Group Inc., Muir Woods
Investments  Group  IBC,  Suzanne  L.  Wood,   Robert  D.  Genovese,   Vancouver
International  Polo  Inc.,  Rodney L.  Lozinski,  Michele  N.  Marrandino,  Gary
Loffredo,  Igor J. Otetchestvennyi,  Carolyn D. Keene, Bang Mui Tran, Richard A.
Achron,  J. Keith  Thompson,  Coreena L. Hansen,  Janis D.  Douville,  Gloria M.
Lozinski,  Cynthia F. Clagget, TPP Management Inc., Michael A. Kirsh, Michael W.
Robison,  Brian D. Gruson,  Columbia  Pacific  Ventures  Inc., and KM Lifestyles
Enterprise Inc. These warrants were exercised on April 7, 1999. The offering was
not  underwritten.  This sale was exempt from registration in reliance upon Rule
504 under  Regulation D  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act. The  aggregate
offering  price did not exceed  $1,000,000,  and the offering  was  otherwise in
compliance with Rules 501 and 502 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     On April 7, 1999,  the Company  issued  8,000,000  shares of the  Company's
common stock for $0.10 per share to raise  $800,000  pursuant to the exercise of
the 8,000,000 share purchase warrants issued by the Company on January 19, 1999.
Each  share  purchase  warrant  was  exercisable  to  acquire  one  share of the
Company's  common stock at $0.10 per share.  These  warrants  were  exercised on
April 7, 1999. The shares were issued to the following private investors:  Swiss
Overseas Finance Company Ltd., Turf Holdings Ltd., CCD Commerce Consulting, Hapi
Handels-und,  Partner  Marketing AG, Seloz Gestion & Finance SA, Otto  Zimmerli,
Noreldin Siam, UK Menon,  and Muir Woods  Investment Group IBC. The offering was
not  underwritten.  This sale was exempt from registration in reliance upon Rule
504 under  Regulation D promulgated  under the Securities  Act. The offering was
made in  compliance  with the  definitions  set  forth  in Rule 501 and  certain
applicable  general conditions set forth in Rule 502, including (i) limiting the
aggregate amount of all offerings made within six months before the start of the
offering and six months after the  completion of the offering to $1,000,000  and
(ii)  taking  reasonable  measures  to  assure  the  that  purchasers  were  not
underwriters  by making  reasonable  inquiry to determine  that the investor was
acquiring the securities for his or her own



                                       33
<PAGE>

account without a view towards  distribution.  The Company filed a Form D notice
of sale with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  within 15 days after the
first sale.

     On May 7, 1999, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of the Company's common
stock. The shares were issued in consideration of all the issued and outstanding
shares and limited  partnership  units of the Neptune  Group of  Companies.  See
"Item 1.  Description of Business - History of the Neptune  Society." The shares
were  issued in  reliance  upon an exempt  from  registration  under Rule 506 of
Regulation  D  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act. The offering was made in
compliance  with the  definitions  set forth in Rule 501 and certain  applicable
general  conditions  set forth in Rule 502. The Company filed a Form D notice of
sale with the Securities and Exchange  Commission within 15 days after the first
sale.

     On May 7,  1999,  the  Company  issued a  promissory  note in the amount of
$2,000,000  to Emanuel  Weintraub  Inter Vivos Trust.  The  promissory  note was
issued in consideration of all the issued and outstanding  shares of the Neptune
Group of  Companies.  See "Item 1.  Description  of  Business  - History  of the
Neptune Society." The promissory note was issued in reliance upon an exempt from
registration  under Rule 506 of  Regulation D promulgated  under the  Securities
Act. The offering was made in compliance  with the definitions set forth in Rule
501 and certain applicable general conditions set forth in Rule 502. The Company
filed a Form D notice of sale with the Securities and Exchange Commission within
15 days after the first sale.

     On May 7,  1999,  the  Company  issued a  promissory  note in the amount of
$19,000,000.  The promissory note was issued in  consideration of all the issued
and  outstanding  shares and limited  partnership  units of the Neptune Group of
Companies.  See  "Item 1.  Description  of  Business  - History  of the  Neptune
Society."  The shares were issued in reliance  upon an exempt from  registration
under  Rule 506 of  Regulation  D  promulgated  under the  Securities  Act.  The
offering was made in compliance  with the  definitions set forth in Rule 501 and
certain applicable general conditions set forth in Rule 502. The Company filed a
Form D notice of sale with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 15 days
after the first sale.

     Pursuant to an agency  Agreement  dated July 22, 1999,  the Company  issued
666,666  shares  of the  Company's  common  stock  at $6.00  per  share to raise
$4,000,000  on August 9,  1999 and  223,333  shares at $6.00 per share for gross
proceeds  of  $1,340,000  on October 12,  1999.  This  offering  was made to the
following  non-U.S.  Persons,  outside the United  States:  Private  Investments
Company Ltd., Turf Holding Ltd., CCD Commerce Consulting,  Partner Marketing AG,
Otto Zimmerli,  and UK Menon.  The shares were issued in reliance upon an exempt
from registration pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
The  Company  paid  Standard  Securities  Capital  Corporation  an agency fee of
$140,000 on October 12,  1999,  and will pay a further fee of $560,000  upon the
final  issuance  of 276,668  shares at $6.00 per share on or before  January 31,
2000.

     On August 18, 1999,  the Company  issued  warrants  exercisable  to acquire
275,000  shares of the  Company's  common stock at $6.00 per share.  The Company
issued the warrants to certain debt  holders in  consideration  for amending the
terms of repayment of debt and interest.  The Company issued the warrants to the
following accredited investors:  Jill Schulman,  Linda Stark, Nancy Leferman and
Stanley  Zicklin.  The  warrants  were  issued in  reliance  upon an exempt from
registration  under Rule 506 of  Regulation D promulgated  under the  Securities
Act. The



                                       34
<PAGE>

offering was made in compliance  with the  definitions set forth in Rule 501 and
certain applicable general conditions set forth in Rule 502. The Company filed a
Form D notice of sale with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 15 days
after the first sale.


ITEM 11.  DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

     The Company's  authorized capital consists of 50,000,000 common shares with
par value of $0.001 per share of which  12,889,999  common shares were issued as
of November 1, 1999.

     All shares of common  stock are of the same class and have the same rights,
preferences and  limitations.  Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to
receive dividends in cash, property or shares when and if dividends are declared
by the Company's  Board of Directors out of funds  legally  available  therefor.
There are no  limitations  on the payment of  dividends.  A quorum for a general
meeting of shareholders  is one  shareholder  entitled to attend and vote at the
meeting who may be represented by proxy and other proper  authority,  holding at
least a 33-1/3% of the outstanding shares of common stock.  Holders of shares of
common  stock  are  entitled  to one vote per share of  common  stock.  Upon any
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Company's business, if any, after
payment or provision for payment of all of the Company's  debts,  obligations or
liabilities shall be distributed to the holders of shares of common stock. There
are no pre-emptive rights, subscription rights, conversion rights and redemption
provisions  relating  to the  shares of common  stock and none of the  shares of
common stock carry any liability for further calls.

     The rights of holders of shares of common  stock may not be modified  other
than  by  vote  of  majority  of the  shares  of  common  stock  voting  on such
modification.  Because a quorum for a general meeting of shareholders  can exist
with one shareholder (proxy-holder) personally present, the rights of holders of
shares of common  stock may be  modified  by less than a majority  of the issued
shares of common stock.

     The  declaration  of  dividends  on the shares of the Company is within the
discretion  of the  Company's  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  upon the
assessment  of, among other  factors,  earnings,  capital  requirements  and the
operating  and  financial  condition of the Company.  At the present  time,  the
Company  anticipates  that all  available  funds will be invested to finance the
growth of its business.


ITEM 12.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Pursuant to the bylaws of the Neptune Society,  the Company shall indemnify
all officers and directors of the Company for such expenses and liabilities,  in
such manner, under such circumstances to such extent as permitted by the Florida
Business Corporation Act, Section 607.0850, as now enacted or hereafter amended.
Unless otherwise approved by the board of directors of the Company,  the Company
shall not indemnify any employee of the Company who is not otherwise entitled to
indemnification pursuant to the Company's bylaws.

     Florida  law  permits a  corporation,  under  specified  circumstances,  to
indemnify  its  directors,   officers,  employees  or  agents  against  expenses
(including  attorney's fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlements
actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection



                                       35
<PAGE>

with any action,  suit or  proceeding  brought by third parties by reason of the
fact that  they  were or are  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents of the
corporation,  if such  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents acted in good
faith and in a manner  they  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the  corporation  and, with respect to any criminal  action or
proceeding, had no reason to believe their conduct was unlawful. In a derivative
action, that is, one by or in the right of the corporation,  indemnification may
be made  only for  expenses  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  directors,
officers, employees or agents in connection with the defense or settlement of an
action or suit,  and only with  respect  to a matter as to which they shall have
acted in good faith and in a manner  they  reasonably  believed  to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification
shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged liable to the corporation,
unless  and only to the  extent  that the court in which the  action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that the defendant directors, officers,
employees or agents are fairly and  reasonably  entitled to  indemnity  for such
expenses despite such adjudication of liability.

     The Company's  Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws also contain provisions
stating  that  no  director  shall  be  liable  to us or any  of  the  Company's
stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,
except  with  respect to (1) a breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty to the
corporation  or its  stockholders,  (2) acts or  omissions  not in good faith or
which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a  knowing  violation  of  law,  (3)
liability  under  Florida law (for unlawful  payment of  dividends,  or unlawful
stock  purchases or  redemptions)  or (4) a transaction  from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit.  The intention of the foregoing provisions
is to eliminate  the  liability  of the  Company's  directors  or the  Company's
stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Florida law.


ITEM 13.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     Not Applicable.


ITEM 14.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     During the two most recent fiscal years or the subsequent  interim  period,
the  Company  has had no changes in or  disagreements  with its  accountants  on
accounting and financial disclosure.



                                       36
<PAGE>

ITEM 15.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

     (a)  Financial Statements


     The following  financial  statements and related  schedules are included in
     this Item:

          Consolidated Balance Sheet for 6 month period ended June 30, 1999

          Consolidated Statement of Income for 6 month period ended June 30,
          1999 and 1998

          Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for 6 month period ended June 30,
          1999 and 1998

          Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for 6 month period
          ended June 30, 1999

          Report of Independent Auditors

          Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997

          Combined Statements of Income (Operations) for years ended December
          31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

          Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for years ended December
          31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

          Combined Statements of Cash Flows Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash
          Equivalents for years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

          Notes to Combined Financial Statements Years Ended December 31, 1998
          and 1997

     (b)  Exhibits

Exhibit
 Number        Description
- -------        -----------

  3.1          Articles of Incorporation of L R Associates,  Inc., filed January
               4, 1985

  3.2          Articles of Amendment of L R  Associates,  Inc.  changing name to
               Lari Corp., filed August 3, 1998

  3.3          Articles of Amendment of Lari Corp.  changing name to The Neptune
               Society, Inc., filed April 26, 1999

  3.4          Bylaws of The Neptune Society, Inc.

 10.1          Form of Stock Option Plan



                                       37
<PAGE>

Exhibit
 Number        Description
- -------        -----------

 10.2          Share Purchase  Agreement  dated for reference  March 26, 1999 by
               and between Lari Acquisition  Company,  Inc.,  Emanuel  Weintraub
               Inter Vivos Trust,  Emanuel Weintraub,  Neptune Management Corp.,
               Heritage Alternatives, Inc., Neptune Pre-Need Plan, Inc. and Lari
               Corp.

 10.3          Share Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1999 by and between Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc., Lari Corp. and Stanley Zicklin

 10.4          Share Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1999 by and between Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc., Lari Corp. and Jill Schulman

 10.5          Agreement  dated August 1, 1999 by and between  Lari  Acquisition
               Company, Inc., The Neptune Society, Inc. and Stanley Zicklin

 10.6          Agreement  dated August 1, 1999 by and between  Lari  Acquisition
               Company,  Inc., The Neptune Society, Inc., Emanuel Weintraub and
               Emmanuel Weintraub Inter Vivos Trust

 10.7          Interest Purchase Agreement dated for reference March 31, 1999 by
               and between Neptune Management Corp. Lari Corp., Lari Acquisition
               Company,  Inc. and the limited  partners of Neptune-Los  Angeles,
               Ltd.,   Neptune-Santa   Barbara,   Ltd.,   Neptune-Miami,   Ltd.,
               Neptune-St.   Petersburg,  Ltd.,  Neptune-Ft.  Lauderdale,  Ltd.,
               Neptune-Nassau, Ltd., Neptune-Westchester, Ltd.

 10.8          Interest Purchase Agreement dated for reference March 31, 1999 by
               and  between  Heritage  Alternatives,   Inc.,  Lari  Corp.,  Lari
               Acquisition  Company,  Inc. and the limited  partners of Heritage
               Alternatives, L.P.

 10.9          Consulting  Agreement  dated March 31,  1999 by and between  Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc. and Emanuel Weintraub

 10.10         Amendment  to  Consulting  Agreement  dated August 1, 1999 by and
               between Lari Acquisition Company, Inc. and Emanuel Weintraub

 10.11         $19,000,000   Promissory  Note  dated  March  31,  1999  by  Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc.

 10.12         Amendment to $19,000,000  Promissory Note dated August 1, 1999 by
               Lari  Acquisition  Company,  Inc.  in favor of Emanuel  Weintraub
               Inter Vivos Trust



                                       38
<PAGE>

Exhibit
 Number        Description
- -------        -----------

 10.13         $2,000,000   Promissory   Note  dated  March  31,  1999  by  Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc.

 10.14         Amendment to $2,000,000  Promissory  Note dated August 1, 1999 by
               Lari  Acquisition  Company,  Inc.  in favor of Emanuel  Weintraub
               Inter Vivos Trust

 10.15         Pre-Need  Trust  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1993 by and between
               Neptune Management Corp. and Sunbank/South Florida, N.A.

 10.16         Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  March 31,  1992 by and between
               Heritage Cremation Services, Inc., Joseph Estephan, Elie Estephan
               and Emanuel Weintraub

 10.17         Form of Commissioned Contractor Agreement

 10.18         Agency Agreement dated for reference July 22, 1999 by and between
               The  Neptune  Society,   Inc.  and  Standard  Securities  Capital
               Corporation

 10.19         Amendment to Agency Agreement dated August 5, 1999 by and between
               The  Neptune  Society,   Inc.  and  Standard  Securities  Capital
               Corporation

 10.20         Form of Subscription Agreement

 10.21         Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 21.1          List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 27.1          Financial Data Schedule



                                       39
<PAGE>

                            The Neptune Society, Inc.
                       Consolidated Financial Statements -
               For the 6 Month Period Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
                                   (Unaudited)



                           Consolidated Balance Sheet
                        Consolidated Statement of Income
                      Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
                       Consolidated Stockholders' Equity
                        Notes to Consolidated Statements


<PAGE>


THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET


<TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          June 30,            December 31,
                                                                            1999                   1998
                                                                       (Unaudited)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                    <C>
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                                  $ 818,221              $ 612,370
Accounts receivable                                                          156,372                217,265
Other                                                                         35,475                  4,924
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                       1,010,068                834,559
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prearranged cremation contracts                                           32,710,084             32,055,280
Property and equipment, at cost (net)                                        289,157                218,450
Deferred contract procurement costs                                        8,059,197              7,754,729
Goodwill and other intangibles (net)                                      22,975,789                 40,554
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        $ 65,044,295           $ 40,903,572
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities & Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                   $ 582,508              $ 647,468
Due to former owner                                                          335,787                      -
Income taxes payable                                                         141,842                      -
Loans payable                                                                173,733                      -
Current portion of long-term debt                                          9,666,667                      -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                                 10,900,537                647,468
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt                                                            11,167,008                      -
Deferred income taxes                                                         57,200                      -
Deferred prearranged cremation contract revenues                          32,710,084             32,055,280
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares
authorized, 12,000,000 shares issued and outstanding                          24,200                 13,200
Capital in excess of par value                                             1,089,000                      -
Retained earnings                                                          9,096,265              8,187,624
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total stockholders' equity                                                10,209,465              8,200,824
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        $ 65,044,295           $ 40,903,572
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(Unaudited)


<TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Six Months Ended June 30,
                                                                             1999                  1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                    <C>
Revenues;
Services                                                                 $ 4,091,433            $ 3,523,889
Liquidation of trust fund                                                    525,224                      -
Management and finance fees                                                  629,924                551,877
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenues                                                             5,246,581              4,075,766
Costs and expenses                                                         2,364,817              2,158,242
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gross profit                                                               2,881,764              1,917,524
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

General & administrative expenses                                            838,248                667,355
Depreciation & amortization                                                  157,652                 26,565
Professional fees                                                            240,089                368,635
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           1,235,989              1,062,555
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income before compensation of principal shareholder and partner            1,645,775                854,969
Compensation of principal shareholder and partner                            513,091              1,565,418
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes                                                 1,132,684               (710,449)
Provision for income taxes                                                   199,042                      -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                                                          $ 933,641             $ (710,449)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income per share, basic and diluted:                                      $ 0.08                $ (0.06)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding,
basic and diluted                                                         12,000,000             12,000,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)


<TABLE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            June 30,
                                                                              1999                   1998
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                   <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:                                      $ 933,641             $ (710,449)

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided
by operating activities:

  Depreciation and amortization                                              157,652                 26,565
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable                                                        60,893              1,496,673
   Other current assets                                                      (30,551)                 2,705
   Increase in deferred procurement costs                                   (304,468)              (182,913)
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                  (64,960)              (194,656)
   Provision for income tax                                                  199,042                      -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total adjustments                                                         17,609              1,148,374
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash provided by operating activities                                951,250                437,925
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash flows provided by (used for) investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment                                         (84,172)                  (350)
  Purchase of subsidiary                                                 (22,979,422)                     -
  Intangibles and other assets                                                     -                 92,042
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash used for investing activities                               (23,063,594)                91,692
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash flows provided by financing activities:
  Due to former owner                                                        335,787                      -
  Loans payable                                                              173,733                      -
  Promissory notes                                                        20,833,675                      -
  Issuance of capital stock                                                1,000,000                      -
  Distribution to owners                                                     (25,000)              (110,500)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash provided by financing activities                             22,318,195               (110,500)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase in cash                                                         205,851                419,117
Cash at beginning of period                                                  612,370                601,767
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash at end of period                                                      $ 818,221            $ 1,020,884
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-cash investing and financing transactions:
Common stock issued in acquisitions                                        $ 100,000                    $ -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(Unaudited)



<TABLE>
                                                             Capital in
                                               Common       excess of Par      Retained
                                               Stock            Value          Earnings          Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>
 Balance at December 31, 1998                $ 13,200       $        -      $ 8,187,624       $ 8,200,824

 Net income for the period ended
   June 30, 1999                                                                933,641           933,641
 Distribution to owners                                                         (25,000)          (25,000)
 Common stock issued:
 Issued for cash                               10,000          990,000                          1,000,000
 Acquisitions                                   1,000           99,000                            100,000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Balance at June 30, 1999                    $ 24,200      $ 1,089,000      $ 9,096,265      $ 10,209,465
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

The Neptune Society, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Periods Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998


1.   Organization and Basis of Presentation:

     The  accompanying  financial  statements  present  the  combined  financial
     position and results of operations of the following companies:

          o    The Neptune Society, Inc. (formerly Lari Corporation)
          o    The Neptune Society of America,  Inc.  (formerly Lari Acquisition
               Company, Inc.)
          o    Neptune Management Corp.
          o    Neptune Pre-need Plan, Inc.
          o    Heritage Alternatives, Inc.
          o    Heritage Alternatives, L.P.
          o    Neptune Funeral Services, Inc.
          o    Neptune Funeral Services of Westchester, Inc.
          o    Neptune - Los Angeles, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Santa Barbara, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Ft. Lauderdale, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - St. Petersburg, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Miami, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Westchester, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Nassau, Ltd.

     On  March  31,  1999,  The  Neptune  Society,  Inc.  acquired  all  of  the
     outstanding  shares  and  caused to be  acquired  the  limited  partnership
     interests  of  The  Neptune  Society,  in  exchange  for  $1,000,000  cash,
     1,000,000 shares of the company,  notes payable of $21,000,000 and all cash
     and cash equivalents of approximately  $825,000 held by The Neptune Society
     at March 31, 1999. Further the former controlling  shareholder was provided
     with a consulting agreement for $1,000,000 over a 3 year period.

     The accompanying  financial  statements present the consolidated  financial
     position of The Neptune  Society,  Inc. as at June 30, 1999 and the results
     of operations for the period then ended on a combining basis.

     The business  combination  was accounted  for using the purchase  method of
     accounting,  and the excess of the purchase  price over the estimated  fair
     value of assets acquired net of liabilities  assumed,  has been recorded as
     goodwill and other  intangibles,  in the approximate amount of $23,100,000.
     The historical  financial  statements  prior to the  acquisition  have been
     presented on a combined basis as a reorganization of companies under common
     control. Pro forma financial information as if the acquisition had occurred
     at the beginning of the period,  has not been  presented,  as the operating
     results  of all  combining  entities  has  been  included  in the  combined
     statements.

2.   Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     The accompanying  unaudited condensed financial  statements for the interim
     periods ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 have been prepared in accordance  with
     generally accepted accounting  principles for interim financial information
     and with the  instructions to Form 10-QSB and Regulation S-B.  Accordingly,
     they do not  include  all of the  information  and  footnotes  required  by
     generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements.
     In the  opinion  of  management,  all  adjustments  (consisting  of  normal
     recurring accruals)  considered necessary for a fair presentation have been
     included.  Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1999 are not
     necessarily  indicative  of the results  that may be expected  for the year
     ending December 31, 1999.


<PAGE>

The Neptune Society, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Periods Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998


3.   Amortization of Goodwill

     The excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets
     acquired  in  transactions  accounted  for as  purchases  are  included  in
     "Goodwill"  and amortized on a straight line basis over 40 years which,  in
     the opinion of management, is not necessarily the maximum period benefited.
     Fair values at the date of  acquisition  are  determined  by  management or
     independent appraisals.

     The amortization charged against income was $144,187 for the period (1998 -
     nil). Accumulated amortization of Goodwill as of June 30, 1999 is $144,187.


4.   Gain on Liquidation of Trust

     During  the  period  certain  monies  held  in  Trust  in  relation  to the
     merchandise  component of prearranged  cremation  contracts entered into in
     previous  financial periods were allowed to be released under the governing
     Trust Fund Legislation.

5.   Litigation

     During the period ending June 30, 1998, the Department of Consumer Affairs,
     Funeral  and   Crematory   Division   (the   "Department")   commenced   an
     administrative   proceeding   alleging  various  statutory  and  regulatory
     violations arising from an incident occurring at the Heritage Crematory.

     The California  operations were not allowed to operate during the period of
     the administrative proceeding.

     This proceeding has now been settled.

6.   Long term debt

     Promissory Note in the amount of $19,000,000 on the following terms:

     o    $4,125,784  due  August 11,  1999 with no  interest.  This  amount was
          repaid.
     o    $701,740 due January 3, 2000  together  with  interest  accrued at the
          rate of 9% from August 1, 1999.
     o    $4,172,476 due January 3, 2000 with no interest,
     o    $5,065,836 due July 31, 2000 with no interest,
     o    $4,934,164  due  July  31,  2000.  Interest  only  at the  rate  of 9%
          amounting to $37,006 is payable monthly.

     Promissory  Note in the amount of  $2,000,000  payable in  installments  of
     $40,000 per month,  plus a balloon payment of $497,778 with interest at the
     rate of 9% to accrue  monthly on the sum of $15,556  per month,  payable on
     March 31, 2002.

7.   Subsequent Event

     On July 22,  1999 the  Neptune  Society  entered  into a private  placement
     Agency Agreement with Standard Securities Capital Corporation, for the sale
     of 1,166,667 common shares in the

<PAGE>

The Neptune Society, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Periods Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998


     capital of the  Neptune  Society at an Issue  Price of $6.00 per share.  On
     August 9, 1999, the Company  issued  666,666 common shares  pursuant to the
     agreement  for gross  proceeds  of  $4,000,000.  On October 12,  1999,  the
     Company issued a further  223,333  common shares  pursuant to the agreement
     for gross proceeds of $1,340,000.  The Company will issue a further 276,668
     common shares on or before January 31, 2000.  Standard  Securities  Capital
     Corporation will be paid a commission of $700,000 for the private placement
     of which  $140,000 was paid on October 12, 1999. The Issue Price is subject
     to reset that may result in the Company  issuing  additional  shares to the
     private placement subscribers.






<PAGE>



                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

                          COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997







                                    CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Independent Auditors' Report ................................................ 1

Financial Statements:
  Combined Balance Sheets ................................................... 2
  Combined Statements of Income (Operations) ................................ 3
  Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity ............................... 4
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows ......................................... 5
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements ....................................6-9


<PAGE>
                           Stonefield Josephson, Inc.
                          Certified Public Accountants
                          Business & Personal Advisors
                Members: DFK, IAPA, Institute of Profit Advisors


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Board of Directors
The Neptune Society
Burbank, California


We have audited the accompanying  combined balance sheets of The Neptune Society
as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related combined  statements of income
(operations),  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the years  ended
December  31,  1998,  1997  and  1996.   These  financial   statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the combined  financial  statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the combined financial position of The Neptune Society at
December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the results of their  operations and cash flows
for the years  ended  December  31,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.



/s/ Stonefield Josephson, Inc.
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Santa Monica, California
June 11, 1999



1620 26th Street, Suite 400 South            One Post Street, Suite 3300
Santa Monica, CA  90404-4041                 San Francisco, CA  98104-9572
310 453-9400 FAX 310 453-1187                415 981-9400 FAX 415 391-2310

2121 N. California Blvd., Suite 900          4400 MacArthur Blvd., Suite 400
Walnut Creek, CA  94596-7306                 Newport Beach, CA  92660-2519
925 938-9400 FAX 925 930-0107                949 653-9400 FAX 949 851-4669

                              www.sjaccounting.com
<PAGE>

                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
                                 ASSETS                                                December 31,          December 31,
                                                                                           1998                  1997
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>                       <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                         $        612,370          $    601,767
  Accounts receivable                                                                        107,896               250,552
  Due from trusts                                                                            109,369             1,121,009
  Other current assets                                                                         4,924                34,946
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
          Total current assets                                                               834,559             2,008,274
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Automobiles                                                                                120,173               134,188
  Furniture and fixtures                                                                      83,329                84,846
  Machinery and equipment                                                                    309,084               308,734
  Nautical equipment                                                                          57,075                57,075
  Leasehold improvements                                                                     154,862               154,862
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
                                                                                             724,523               739,705
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                                             506,073               472,465
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
          Total property and equipment                                                       218,450               267,240
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
Other assets:
  Prearranged cremation contracts                                                         32,055,280            30,172,105
  Deferred contract procurement costs, net                                                 7,754,729             7,406,473
  Other                                                                                       40,554                99,119
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
          Total other assets                                                              39,850,563            37,677,697
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
                                                                                    $     40,903,572        $   39,953,211
                                                                                    ================       ===============

                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                                                  $        181,007       $       184,899
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                                     466,461               306,263
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
          Total current liabilities                                                          647,468               491,162
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
Deferred prearranged cremation contract revenues                                          32,055,280            30,172,105
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock; $.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares
    authorized, 12,000,000 shares issued and outstanding                                      13,200                12,700
  Equity of combining entities                                                             8,187,624             9,277,244
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
          Total stockholders' equity                                                       8,200,824             9,289,944
                                                                                    ----------------       ---------------
                                                                                    $     40,903,572       $    39,953,211
                                                                                    ================       ===============
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying independent auditors' report
                   and notes to combined financial statements.


                                                                               2
<PAGE>

                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

                   COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (OPERATIONS)


<TABLE>
                                                                    Year ended           Year ended           Year ended
                                                                   December 31,         December 31,         December 31,
                                                                       1998                 1997                 1996
                                                                 ---------------      --------------       --------------
<S>                                                              <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Revenues, net:
  Services                                                       $     7,468,853      $    8,838,854        $   8,257,161
  Management fees                                                        969,300             918,000              786,000
                                                                 ---------------      --------------       --------------
          Total revenues                                               8,438,153           9,756,854            9,043,161

Cost and expenses                                                      4,851,956           4,661,966            4,957,001
                                                                 ---------------      --------------       --------------
Gross profit                                                           3,586,197           5,094,888            4,086,160
                                                                 ---------------      --------------       --------------

General and administrative expenses                                    1,645,450           1,584,750            1,524,484
Professional fees                                                        668,894             245,033              172,619
                                                                 ---------------      --------------       --------------
                                                                       2,314,344           1,829,783            1,697,103
                                                                 ---------------      --------------       --------------
Income before compensation and expenses of
  principal shareholder and partner                                    1,271,853           3,265,105            2,389,057

Compensation and expenses of principal
  shareholder and partner                                              2,200,473           1,840,984              737,556
                                                                 ---------------      --------------       --------------
Net income (loss)                                                $      (928,620)     $    1,424,121       $    1,651,501
                                                                 ===============      ==============       ==============
Net income (loss) per share, basic and
  diluted                                                        $        (0.08)      $         0.12       $         0.14
                                                                 ===============      ==============       ==============
Weighted average number of shares
  outstanding, basic and diluted                                      12,000,000          12,000,000           12,000,000
                                                                 ===============      ==============       ==============

</TABLE>


                 See accompanying independent auditors' report
                   and notes to combined financial statements.


                                                                               3
<PAGE>

                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS ' EQUITY



<TABLE>

                                                                   Common              Equity of
                                                                    stock          combining entities             Total
                                                                 -----------       ------------------          ------------
<S>                                                             <C>                 <C>                     <C>
Balance at January 1, 1996                                       $   12,700          $  6,960,189            $  6,972,889

Net income for the year ended
  December 31, 1996                                                                     1,651,501               1,651,501

Distribution to owners                                                                   (338,000)               (338,000)
                                                                 -----------         --------------          -------------
Balance at December 31, 1996                                         12,700             8,273,690               8,286,390

Net income for the year ended
  December 31, 1997                                                                     1,424,121               1,424,121

Distribution to owners                                                                   (420,567)               (420,567)
                                                                 -----------         --------------          -------------
Balance at December 31, 1997                                         12,700             9,277,244               9,289,944

Net loss for the year ended
  December 31, 1998                                                                      (928,620)               (928,620)

Distribution to owners                                                                   (160,500)               (160,500)

Common stock issued                                                     500                  (500)
                                                                 -----------         --------------          -------------
Balance at December 31, 1998                                     $   13,200          $  8,187,624            $  8,200,824
                                                                 ===========         ==============          =============
</TABLE>




                 See accompanying independent auditors' report
                   and notes to combined financial statements.



                                                                               4
<PAGE>


                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

                        COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS


<TABLE>
                                                                        Year ended         Year ended         Year ended
                                                                       December 31,       December 31,       December 31,
                                                                           1998               1997               1996
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------     -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>                  <C>
Cash flows provided by (used for) operating activities:
  Net income (loss)                                                   $      (928,620)  $     1,424,121      $   1,651,501

  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
   provided by (used for) operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                                            50,786            86,779            60,885
      (Gain) loss on sale of assets                                            (3,736)            2,460            (2,640)

  Changes in assets and liabilities:
    (Increase) decrease in assets:
      Accounts receivable                                                     142,656          (134,880)           74,659
      Due from trusts                                                       1,011,640          (415,526)         (268,204)
      Other current assets                                                     30,022              (175)          (15,541)
      Increase in deferred procurement costs                                 (348,256)         (835,298)       (1,057,314)
      Other assets                                                             58,565           244,319           (35,058)

    Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
      Accounts payable                                                         (3,892)          (66,436)           29,584
      Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                  160,198           202,349            86,703
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------     -------------
          Total adjustments                                                 1,097,983          (916,408)       (1,126,926)
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------     -------------
          Net cash provided by operating activities                           169,363           507,713           524,575
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------     -------------

Cash flows provided by (used for) investing activities -
  purchase (sale) of property and equipment                                     1,740          (164,943)          (59,827)
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------     -------------

Cash flows provided by (used for) financing activities:
  Decrease (increase) in due from officer                                           -            17,567           (17,567)
  Distribution to owners                                                     (160,500)         (420,567)         (338,000)
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------     -------------
          Net cash used for financing activities                             (160,500)         (403,000)         (355,567)
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------     -------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                           10,603           (60,230)          109,181
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                  601,767           661,997           552,816
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------     -------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                $       612,370   $       601,767     $     661,997

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information -
  income taxes paid                                                   $             -   $        15,000     $      65,000
                                                                      ===============      ==============       ==============

</TABLE>


                 See accompanying independent auditors' report
                   and notes to combined financial statements.




                                                                               5
<PAGE>

                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997



(1)  Organization and Basis of Presentation:

     The  accompanying  financial  statements  present  the  combined  financial
     position and results of operations of the following companies:

          o    Lari Corporation
          o    Neptune Management Corp.
          o    Neptune Pre-need Plan, Inc.
          o    Heritage Alternatives, Inc.
          o    Heritage Alternatives, L.P.
          o    Neptune Funeral Services, Inc.
          o    Neptune Funeral Services of Westchester, Inc.
          o    Neptune - Los Angeles, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Santa Barbara, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Ft. Lauderdale, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - St. Petersburg, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Miami, Ltd. o Neptune - Westchester, Ltd.
          o    Neptune - Nassau, Ltd.

     Subsequent to December 31, 1998,  Lari  Corporation  acquired the ownership
     interests  of  companies   through  a  combination  of  cash,   stock,  and
     acquisition indebtedness. Accordingly the accompanying financial statements
     have been presented as a reorganization  of companies under common control.
     All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in combination.

     The  Company  performs  crematoria  and  related   professional   services,
     including the use of facilities, motor vehicles and nautical equipment, and
     sells supplies, such as urns, cremation containers and literature.


(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

     Cash and Cash Equivalents:

          Cash Equivalents

          The Company considers all highly liquid investments  purchased with an
          original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

          Concentration

          The Company  maintains  its cash in bank deposit  accounts  which,  at
          times,  may exceed  federally  insured  limits.  The  Company  has not
          experienced any losses in such accounts.



See accompanying independent auditors' report.


                                                                               6
<PAGE>

                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued:

     Depreciation and Amortization:

          Depreciation  of property  plant and  equipment is provided  using the
          straight-line  method over the  estimated  useful lives of the various
          classes of assets, as follows:

               Automobiles                                        5 years
               Furniture and fixtures                           5-7 years
               Machinery and equipment                            5 years
               Nautical equipment                                 5 years

          Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the terms of the leases or
          estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is lesser.

     Pre-need Arrangements:

          Pre-need sales are affected by deposits to various trusts,  the assets
          for which are  included on the combined  balance  sheet in the caption
          "prearranged  cremation  contracts".  Trust earnings,  less management
          fees earned by the Company are accrued and deferred  until the service
          is performed, at which time these funds are recognized in revenues and
          are  intended to cover  future  increases  in the cost of  providing a
          price guaranteed service.

     Deferred Contract Procurement Costs:

          Deferred  contract  procurement  costs  consist  of a portion of sales
          commissions and other direct marketing costs applicable to the sale of
          prearranged   cremation  contracts.   These  costs  are  deferred  and
          recognized  in costs of  revenues  when the  services,  covered by the
          contract, are performed.

     Income Taxes:

          The Company  filed  separate  federal and state income tax returns for
          each of the combining  entities,  all operating results for which were
          generated  by  "pass  through"  entities   (limited   partnerships  or
          corporations). Since no taxes were due from the C corporations and any
          income  taxes  from the  limited  partnerships  and the S  corporation
          (other than state  taxes on certain S  corporation  earnings)  are the
          obligations of the partners or shareholders, no income taxes have been
          provided in the financial statements.

     In connection  with the Company's  acquisition  on March 31, 1999 (see Note
5), the income tax status  changed.  If income taxes had been  determined in the
historical financial statements on a separate return basis, pro forma net income
would have been as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                          1998                1997                 1996
                                                       ----------          ----------          -----------
<S>                                                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>
     Net (loss)/income as reported                     $(928,620)          $1,424,121          $1,651,501

     Credit/provision for income taxes,
       principally current                              (371,448)             568,448             660,600
                                                       ----------          ----------          -----------
     Pro forma net (loss)/income                       $(557,172)          $  855,673          $  990,901
                                                       ==========          ==========          ===========
     Pro forma net (loss)/income per share             $   (0.05)          $     0.07          $     0.08
                                                       ==========          ==========          ===========
</TABLE>

     Use of Estimates:

          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
          accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
          and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and
          liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
          date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of revenues
          and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ
          from those estimates.


See accompanying independent auditors' report.

                                                                               7
<PAGE>

                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997



(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued:

     Fair Value:

          Unless otherwise indicated, the fair values of all reported assets and
          liabilities which represent  financial  instruments (none of which are
          held for trading  purposes)  approximate  the carrying  values of such
          amounts.

     Earnings Per Share:

          Earnings per share is computed based upon the weighted  average number
          of shares of common stock  outstanding  plus the shares  issued in the
          exchange  transaction  (see Note 5),  adjusted for a 10,000 to 1 stock
          split, in August 1998.


(3)  Deferred Prearranged Cremation Contract Revenues:

     Deferred  prearranged  cremation  contract  revenues  includes the contract
     amount of all price guaranteed prearranged service contracts as well as the
     accrued trust earnings,  less  management fees to the Company.  The Company
     defers  additional  accruals of trust earnings as they are not earned until
     the  performance  of the service.  Upon  performance  of the  service,  the
     Company  recognizes as revenues,  the fixed contract price as well as total
     accumulated trust earnings.

     The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  in  deferred  prearranged
     cremation contract revenues:

                                                    1998                1997
                                              ---------------     --------------
     Beginning balance                        $    30,172,105     $   25,909,984
     Acquisitions                                   4,430,978          6,310,101
     Income - maturities                            1,806,846          1,746,482
     Cancellations                                    740,957            301,498
                                              ---------------     --------------
     Ending balance                           $    32,055,280     $   30,172,105
                                              ===============     ==============


See accompanying independent auditors' report.


                                                                               8
<PAGE>

                               THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997



(4)  Commitments and Contingencies:

     Leases

     The Company leases certain office  facilities  under  operating  leases for
     terms  ranging  from one to  thirteen  years.  Combined  rent  expense  was
     approximately  $203,891,  $212,388,  and $192,136,  for 1998, 1997 and 1996
     respectively.

     At December 31, 1998, minimum lease payments were as follows:

       Years ending December 31,
           1999                                             $       191,929
           2000                                                     165,191
           2001                                                     119,756
           2002                                                     119,125
           2003                                                     118,063
           Thereafter                                               480,337
                                                            ---------------
                                                            $     1,194,401

     Litigation

     During March 1998, the Department of Consumer Affairs, Funeral and Cemetery
     Division (the "Department") commenced an administrative proceeding alleging
     various  statutory  and  regulatory  violations  arising  from an  incident
     occurring at the Heritage  Crematory.  This  proceeding  was settled by the
     parties by the Company  agreeing to sell its  business by a date certain or
     surrender  its funeral  director's  license.  A sale of the Company to Lari
     Acquisition  Company,  Inc. (see Note 5) was  concluded in April 1999.  The
     Department  is in  the  process  of  reviewing  Lari's  application  for an
     assignment of the Company's funeral director licenses to Lari.

     Additionally  the  Company  is,  from  time to  time,  subject  to  routine
     litigation arising in the normal course of business.  Management,  with the
     advice of legal  counsel,  believes  that the  results of any such  routine
     litigation  or other  pending  legal  proceedings  will not have a material
     effect on the combined financial position or results of operations.


(5)  Subsequent Event:

     In  March  1999,  Lari  Acquisition  Company,  Inc.  acquired  all  of  the
     outstanding  shares  and  caused to be  acquired  the  limited  partnership
     interests  of  The  Neptune  Society,  in  exchange  for  $1,000,000  cash,
     1,000,000  shares  of Lari  with a stated  value of  $5,000,000,  and notes
     payable of $21,000,000.  Further,  the former  controlling  shareholder was
     provided  with a  consulting  agreement  for  $1,000,000  over a three-year
     period.




See accompanying independent auditors' report.


                                                                               9


<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant  has duly caused this  registration  statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                        The Neptune Society, Inc.
                                        (Registrant)



Date: November 8, 1999                  By: /s/ Suzanne Wood
                                            -----------------------------------
                                           Suzanne Wood, Secretary/Director



<PAGE>


Exhibit
 Number        Description
- -------        -----------

  3.1          Articles of Incorporation of L R Associates,  Inc., filed January
               4, 1985

  3.2          Articles of Amendment of L R  Associates,  Inc.  changing name to
               Lari Corp., filed August 3, 1998

  3.3          Articles of Amendment of Lari Corp.  changing name to The Neptune
               Society, Inc., filed April 26, 1999

  3.4          Bylaws of The Neptune Society, Inc.

 10.1          Form of Stock Option Plan

 10.2          Share Purchase  Agreement  dated for reference  March 26, 1999 by
               and between Lari Acquisition  Company,  Inc.,  Emanuel  Weintraub
               Inter Vivos Trust,  Emanuel Weintraub,  Neptune Management Corp.,
               Heritage Alternatives, Inc., Neptune Pre-Need Plan, Inc. and Lari
               Corp.

 10.3          Share Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1999 by and between Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc., Lari Corp. and Stanley Zicklin

 10.4          Share Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1999 by and between Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc., Lari Corp. and Jill Schulman

 10.5          Agreement  dated August 1, 1999 by and between  Lari  Acquisition
               Company, Inc., The Neptune Society, Inc. and Stanley Zicklin

 10.6          Agreement  dated August 1, 1999 by and between  Lari  Acquisition
               Company,  Inc., The Neptune Society, Inc., Emmanuel Weintraub and
               Emmanuel Weintraub Inter Vivos Trust

 10.7          Interest Purchase Agreement dated for reference March 31, 1999 by
               and between Neptune Management Corp. Lari Corp., Lari Acquisition
               Company,  Inc. and the limited  partners of Neptune-Los  Angeles,
               Ltd.,   Neptune-Santa   Barbara,   Ltd.,   Neptune-Miami,   Ltd.,
               Neptune-St.   Petersburg,  Ltd.,  Neptune-Ft.  Lauderdale,  Ltd.,
               Neptune-Nassau, Ltd., Neptune-Westchester, Ltd.

 10.8          Interest Purchase Agreement dated for reference March 31, 1999 by
               and  between  Heritage  Alternatives,   Inc.,  Lari  Corp.,  Lari
               Acquisition  Company,  Inc. and the limited  partners of Heritage
               Alternatives, L.P.


<PAGE>

Exhibit
 Number        Description
- -------        -----------


 10.9          Consulting  Agreement  dated March 31,  1999 by and between  Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc. and Emanuel Weintraub

 10.10         Amendment  to  Consulting  Agreement  dated August 1, 1999 by and
               between Lari Acquisition Company, Inc. and Emanuel Weintraub

 10.11         $19,000,000   Promissory  Note  dated  March  31,  1999  by  Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc.

 10.12         Amendment to $19,000,000  Promissory Note dated August 1, 1999 by
               Lari  Acquisition  Company,  Inc.  in favor of Emanuel  Weintraub
               Inter Vivos Trust

 10.13         $2,000,000   Promissory   Note  dated  March  31,  1999  by  Lari
               Acquisition Company, Inc.

 10.14         Amendment to $2,000,000  Promissory  Note dated August 1, 1999 by
               Lari  Acquisition  Company,  Inc.  in favor of Emanuel  Weintraub
               Inter Vivos Trust

 10.15         Pre-Need  Trust  Agreement  dated  October 1, 1993 by and between
               Neptune Management Corp. and Sunbank/South Florida, N.A.

 10.16         Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  March 31,  1992 by and between
               Heritage Cremation Services, Inc., Joseph Estephan, Elie Estephan
               and Emanuel Weintraub

 10.17         Form of Commissioned Contractor Agreement

 10.18         Agency Agreement dated for reference July 22, 1999 by and between
               The  Neptune  Society,   Inc.  and  Standard  Securities  Capital
               Corporation

 10.19         Amendment to Agency Agreement dated August 5, 1999 by and between
               The  Neptune  Society,   Inc.  and  Standard  Securities  Capital
               Corporation

 10.20         Form of Subscription Agreement

 10.21         Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 21.1          List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 27.1          Financial Data Schedule




                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              L R ASSOCIATES, INC.


         THE UNDERSIGNED SUBSCRIBER(S) to these Articles of Incorporation hereby
associate  themselves together to form a corporation under the Laws of the State
of Florida.

                                  ARTICLE ONE:

     The name of the corporation is: L R ASSOCIATES, INC.

                                  ARTICLE TWO:

     The  corporation  shall  exist  perpetually  commencing  upon  the  date of
execution and acknowledgment of these Articles.

                                 ARTICLE THREE:

     The corporation is organized for the purpose of managing real estate.

     Further, the corporation may engage in any business or purpose lawful under
the laws of the State of Florida.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR:

     The  corporation  is authorized to issue 100 shares of five ($5.00)  dollar
par value shares which shall be designated as common shares.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE:

     The street address of the initial  registered  office of the corporation is
3033 Grand Avenue, Suite 4, (P.O. Box 33022), Miami, FL 33133.

     The name of the  corporation's  registered agent at that address is Michael
J. Samuels.

                                  ARTICLE SIX:

     This  corporation  shall  have one  director(s)  initially.  The  number of
directors may be either increased or decreased from time to time by amendment to
the By-Laws but shall never be



                                       1
<PAGE>

less than the  number  shown in this  Article.  The names and  addresses  of the
initial directors of this corporation are:

NAME                                                 ADDRESS
- ----                                                 -------
MICHAEL J. SAMUELS                                   3033 Grand Avenue, Suite 4
                                                     P.O. Box 330022
                                                     Miami, FL 33133

                                 ARTICLE SEVEN:

     The name and address of the persons signing these articles as incorporators
[illegible].

NAME                                                 ADDRESS
- ----                                                 -------
MICHAEL J. SAMUELS                                   3033 Grand Avenue, Suite 4
                                                     P.O. Box 330022
                                                     Miami, FL 33133


                                 ARTICLE EIGHT:

     The power to adopt, [illegible],  amend or [illegible] the By-Laws shall be
vested in the Board of Directors and the Shareholders.

                                  ARTICLE NINE:

     The  corporation  shall  indemnify  [illegible]  officer or director or any
former officer or director to the full extent permitted by law.

                                  ARTICLE TEN:

     This  corporation  reserves  the  right to amend or repeal  any  provisions
contained in these  Articles of  Incorporation,  or amendments  hereto,  and any
[illegible] this reservation.

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN:

     At each election for  directors  every  shareholder  entitled to vote shall
have the right to cumulate  his votes by giving one  candidate  as many votes as
the number of directors to be



                                       2
<PAGE>

selected at that time  multiplied by the number of the shares or by distributing
such votes on the same principal among any number of such candidates.

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE:

     The members of the Board of Directors  may  participate  in meetings of the
Board of Directors by means of conference telephone as provided by law.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the  undersigned  subscriber has executed these Articles
of Incorporation this 4th day of January, 1985.

                                       /s/ Michael J. Samuels
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       SUBSCRIBER - MICHAEL J. SAMUELS



STATE OF FLORIDA               )
COUNTY OF DADE                 ) ss

     BEFORE ME, a Notary Public authorized to take  acknowledgments in the State
and County set forth above,  personally appeared Michael J. Samuels, known to me
and  known  by me to be the  person  who  executed  the  foregoing  Articles  of
Incorporation,  and he acknowledged before me that he executed those Articles of
Incorporation.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set my hand and affixed my official
seal, in the State and County aforesaid, this 4th day of January, 1985.

                                       /s/ illegible
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       NOTARY PUBLIC
                                       State of Florida at Large

My Commission Expires:





                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                                 L R ASSOCIATES

     THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being the sole director and president of L R Associates,
Inc., does hereby amend its Articles of Incorporation as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                 CORPORATE NAME

     The name of the Corporation shall be LARI Corp.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                     PURPOSE

     The  Corporation  shall be organized  for any and all  purposes  authorized
under the laws of the state of Florida.

                                   ARTICLE III
                               PERIOD OF EXISTENCE

     The period during which the Corporation shall continue perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                     SHARES

     The capital stock of this corporation shall consist of 50,000,000 shares of
common stock, $0.001 par value.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                PLACE OF BUSINESS

     The initial address of the principal place of business of this  corporation
in the State of Florida  shall be 200 E.  Robinson  St.,  Suite 450 Orlando,  FL
32801.  The Board of Directors  may at any time and from time move the principal
office of this corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                             DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The  business  of  this  corporation  shall  be  managed  by its  Board  of
Directors.  The  number  of such  directors  shall not be less than one (1) and,
subject to such minimum may be  increased or decreased  from time to time in the
manner provided in the By-Laws.



                                       1
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                           DENIAL OF PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

     No share holder shall have the right to acquire  share or other  securities
of the  corporation  except to the  extent to such  right may be  granted  by an
amendment to these Articles of  Incorporation or by a resolution of the Board of
Directors.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                              AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

     Anything in these Articles of  Incorporation,  the By-Laws,  or the Florida
Corporation Act notwithstanding,  by-laws not be adopted,  modified,  amended or
repealed by the shareholders of the Corporation except upon the affirmative vote
of a simple  majority  vote of the  holders of all the  issued  and  outstanding
shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  SHAREHOLDERS

     9.1 Inspection of Books.  The Board of Directors  shall make the reasonable
     rules to determine at what times and places and under what  conditions  the
     books of the  Corporation  shall be open to inspection by shareholders or a
     duly appointed representative of a shareholder.

     9.2 Control Share Acquisition. The provisions relating to any control share
     acquisition as contained in Florida  Statutes now, or hereinafter  amended,
     and any successor provision shall not be applied to the Corporation.

     9.3 Quorum.  The holders of shares  entitled to one-third of the votes at a
     meeting of shareholders shall constitute a quorum.

     9.4  Required  Vote.  Acts of  shareholders  shall  require the approval of
     holders of 50.01% of the outstanding votes of shareholders.

                                    ARTICLE X
             LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     To the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  no  director or officer of the
Corporation  shall be personally  liable to the Corporation or its  shareholders
for damages for breach of any duty owed to the Corporation or its  shareholders.
In  addition  the  Corporation  shall have the power,  in its  by-laws or in any
resolution  of its  stockholders  or  directors,  to undertake to indemnify  the
officers and directors of this  corporation  against any contingency or peril as
may be  determined  to be in the  best  interest  of  this  corporation,  and in
conjunction therewith,  to procure, at this corporation's  expense,  policies of
insurance.



                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                    CONTRACTS

     No contract or other  transaction  between this corporation and any person,
firm or  corporation  shall be affected by the fact that any officer or director
of this  corporation  is such  other  party or is, or at some time in the future
becomes, an officer, director or partner of such other contracting party, or has
now or hereafter a direct or indirect interest in such contract.

     I hereby  certify that the  following was adopted by a majority vote of the
shareholders  and  directors  of the  corporation  on July 29, 1998 and that the
number of votes cast was sufficient for approval.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto  subscribed to and executed the Articles
of Incorporation on this 29th day of July 1998.

/s/ Pamela Wilkinson
- -----------------------------------
Pamela Wilkinson, Sole Director
President


     The foregoing  instrument was  acknowledged  before me on July 29, 1998, by
Pamela Wilkinson, who is personally known to me.

/s/ Nicole Johnson
- -----------------------------------
Nicole Johnson, Notary public


My Commission Expires:






                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.3


                            ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                   LARI CORP.

     THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being the sole director of LARI CORP.  does hereby amend
the Articles of Incorporation of LARI CORP. as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                 CORPORATE NAME

     The name of the Corporation shall be THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.

     I hereby  certify that the  following was adopted by a majority vote of the
shareholders  and  directors of the  corporation  on April 20, 1999 and that the
number of votes cast was sufficient for approval.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  subscribed  to and  executed  this
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation on April 20, 1999.

                                          /s/ illegible
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          SUZANNE L. WOOD,
                                          Director

         The foregoing  instrument was acknowledged before me on April 20, 1999,
by SUZANNE L. WOOD, who is personally known to me.

                                          /s/ illegible
                                          -------------------------------------
Permanent Commission                      Notary Public




                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.4


                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                              NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.


                                   ARTICLE I.
                             OFFICES, CORPORATE SEAL

     Section 1.01.  Registered  Office. The registered office of the corporation
in Florida  shall be that set forth in the articles of  incorporation  or in the
most recent  amendment of the articles of  incorporation  or  resolution  of the
directors  filed with the secretary of state of Florida  changing the registered
office.

     Section 1.02.  Other Offices.  The corporation may have such other offices,
within or without the state of Florida,  as the  directors  shall,  from time to
time, determine.

     Section 1.03. Corporate Seal. The corporation shall have no seal.

                                   ARTICLE II.
                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     Section 2.01. Place and Time of Meetings.  Except as provided  otherwise by
the Florida Business  Corporation Act,  meetings of the shareholders may be held
at any place,  within or without the state of Florida,  as may from time to time
be designated by the directors and, in the absence of such designation, shall be
held at the  principal  corporate  office  of the  corporation  in the  state of
Florida.  The directors shall designate the time of day for each meeting and, in
the absence of such designation,  every meeting of shareholders shall be held at
eleven o=clock a.m.

     Section 2.02. Regular Meetings.

     (a) A regular meeting of the shareholders shall be held on such date as the
board of directors shall by resolution establish.

     (b) At a  regular  meeting  the  shareholders,  voting as  provided  in the
articles  of  incorporation  and these  bylaws  shall  designate  the  number of
directors to constitute the board of directors  (subject to the authority of the
board of directors thereafter to increase or decrease the number of directors as
permitted by law), shall elect qualified  successors for directors who serve for
an  indefinite  term or whose terms have expired or are due to expire within six
months after the date of the meeting,  and shall transact such other business as
may properly come before them.

     Section 2.03. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders may be
held at any time and for any  purpose  and may be called by the chief  executive
officer,  the chief financial officer, two or more directors or by a shareholder
or  shareholders  holding 10% or more of the voting power of all shares entitled
to vote, except that a special meeting for the purpose of


<PAGE>

considering any action to directly or indirectly facilitate or affect a business
combination,  including any action to change or otherwise affect the composition
of the board of directors for that purpose, must be called by 25% or more of the
voting  power of all shares  entitled to vote.  A  shareholder  or  shareholders
holding the requisite  percentage of the voting power of all shares  entitled to
vote may demand a special  meeting  of the  shareholders  by  written  notice of
demand given to the chief executive  officer or chief  financial  officer of the
corporation  and  containing  the purposes of the meeting.  Within 30 days after
receipt of demand by one of those officers, the board of directors shall cause a
special meeting of shareholders to be called and held on notice no later than 90
days after  receipt of the demand,  at the expense of the  corporation.  Special
meetings  shall be held on the date and at the time and place fixed by the chief
executive  officer  or the board of  directors,  except  that a special  meeting
called by or at demand of a  shareholder  or  shareholders  shall be held in the
county where the principal executive office is located.  The business transacted
at a special meeting shall be limited to the purposes as stated in the notice of
the meeting.

     Section 2.04. Quorum,  Adjourned Meetings.  The holders of one-third of the
shares  entitled  to vote  shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of
business  at any  regular  or  special  meeting.  In case a quorum  shall not be
present at a meeting,  the meeting may be  adjourned  from time to time  without
notice other than  announcement at the time of adjournment of the date, time and
place of the  adjourned  meeting.  If a quorum  is  present,  a  meeting  may be
adjourned from time to time without notice other than  announcement  at the time
of  adjournment  of the  date,  time and  place  of the  adjourned  meeting.  At
adjourned meetings at which a quorum is present,  any business may be transacted
that might have been  transacted  at the  meeting as  originally  noticed.  If a
quorum is present  when a meeting is  convened,  the  shareholders  present  may
continue to transact business until adjournment  notwithstanding  the withdrawal
of enough shareholders originally present to leave less than a quorum.

     Section  2.05.   Voting.  At  each  meeting  of  the  shareholders,   every
shareholder  having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote either in person
or by proxy. Each shareholder,  unless the articles of incorporation or statutes
provide  otherwise,  shall  have one vote for each  share  having  voting  power
registered in such shareholder=s  name on the books of the corporation.  Jointly
owned  shares may be voted by any joint owner  unless the  corporation  receives
written notice from any one of them denying the authority of that person to vote
those  shares.  Upon the demand of any  shareholder,  the vote upon any question
before the  meeting  shall be by  ballot.  All  questions  shall be decided by a
majority vote of the number of shares  entitled to vote and  represented  at the
meeting at the time of the vote except if  otherwise  required  by statute,  the
articles of  incorporation,  or these bylaws.  For purposes of these bylaws,  no
shareholders  owning shares of non-voting  common stock of the corporation shall
be entitled to vote.

     Section  2.06.  Record  Date.  The board of directors  may fix a date,  not
exceeding 70 days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders, as a record
date for the  determination  of the  shareholders  entitled to notice of, and to
vote at, such  meeting,  notwithstanding  any transfer of shares on the books of
the corporation  after any record date so fixed. If the board of directors fails
to fix a record date for  determination of the  shareholders  entitled to notice
of, and



                                      -2-
<PAGE>

to vote at, any meeting of shareholders,  the record date shall be the twentieth
day preceding the date of such meeting.

     Section 2.07. Notice of Meetings. There shall be mailed to each shareholder
shown by the books of the corporation to be a holder of record of voting shares,
at his or her address as shown by the books of the corporation, a notice setting
out the time and place of each regular meeting and each special meeting,  except
(unless  otherwise  provided  in Section  2.04  hereof)  where the meeting is an
adjourned  meeting and the date, time and place of the meeting were announced at
the time of  adjournment,  which notice shall be mailed at least 10 days but not
more than 60 days prior  thereto  (unless  otherwise  provided  in Section  2.04
hereof).  Every notice of any special  meeting  called  pursuant to Section 2.03
hereof  shall  state the  purpose or  purposes  for which the  meeting  has been
called, and the business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to
the purposes stated in the notice.  The written notice of any meeting at which a
plan of merger or exchange is to be considered  shall so state such as a purpose
of the meeting.  A copy or short  description  of the plan of merger or exchange
shall be included in or enclosed with such notice.

     Section 2.08.  Waiver of Notice.  Notice of any regular or special  meeting
may be  waived  by any  shareholder  either  before or after  such  meeting,  in
writing,  signed by such  shareholder or a  representative  entitled to vote the
shares of such  shareholder.  A  shareholder,  by his or her  attendance  at any
meeting of shareholders,  shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting,
except  where the  shareholder  objects at the  beginning  of the meeting to the
transaction of business  because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened,
or  objects  before  a vote on an item of  business  because  the  item  may not
lawfully  be  considered  at  that  meeting  and  does  not  participate  in the
consideration of the item at that meeting.

     Section 2.09.  Written Action. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of
the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed by
all of the shareholders entitled to vote on that action.

                                  ARTICLE III.
                                    DIRECTORS

     Section 3.01.  General Powers.  The business and affairs of the corporation
shall be managed by or under the authority of the board of directors,  except as
otherwise permitted by statute.

     Section  3.02.  Number,  Qualification  and Term of  Office.  The number of
directors shall be increased or decreased from time to time by resolution of the
board of directors or the shareholders. Directors need not be shareholders. Each
of the  directors  shall hold office until the regular  meeting of  shareholders
next held after such  director=s  election and until such  director's  successor
shall  have  been  elected  and  shall  qualify,  or until  the  earlier  death,
resignation, removal, or disqualification of such director.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     Section  3.03.  Board  Meetings.  Meetings of the board of directors may be
held from time to time at such time and  place  within or  without  the state of
Florida as may be designated in the notice of such meeting.

     Section 3.04. Calling Meetings;  Notice. Meetings of the board of directors
may be called by the chairman of the board by giving at least 24 hours=  notice,
or by any other director by giving at least five days= notice, of the date, time
and place thereof to each director by mail, telephone, facsimile, telegram or in
person.  If the day or  date,  time  and  place  of a  meeting  of the  board of
directors has been  announced at a previous  meeting of the board,  no notice is
required.  Notice of an adjourned  meeting of the board of directors need not be
given other than by announcement at the meeting at which adjournment is taken.

     Section  3.05.  Waiver of  Notice.  Notice of any  meeting  of the board of
directors  may be waived by any  director  either  before or after such  meeting
orally  or in a writing  signed  by such  director.  A  director,  by his or her
attendance  at any  meeting of the board of  directors,  shall be deemed to have
waived  notice  of such  meeting,  except  where  the  director  objects  at the
beginning of the meeting to the  transaction of business  because the meeting is
not  lawfully  called or convened  and does not  participate  thereafter  in the
meeting.

     Section  3.06.   Quorum.  A  majority  of  the  directors   holding  office
immediately  prior to a meeting of the board of  directors  shall  constitute  a
quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.

     Section 3.07. Absent Directors. A director may give advance written consent
or  opposition  to a  proposal  to be  acted  on at a  meeting  of the  board of
directors. If such director is not present at the meeting, consent or opposition
to a proposal  does not  constitute  presence  for purposes of  determining  the
existence of a quorum,  but consent or opposition  shall be counted as a vote in
favor of or against  the  proposal  and shall be entered in the minutes or other
record of action at the  meeting,  if the  proposal  acted on at the  meeting is
substantially  the same or has  substantially the same effect as the proposal to
which the director has consented or objected.

     Section  3.08.  Conference   Communications.   Any  or  all  directors  may
participate in any meeting of the board of directors, or of any duly constituted
committee thereof, by any means of communication through which the directors may
simultaneously  hear  each  other  during  such  meeting.  For the  purposes  of
establishing  a quorum  and  taking any  action at the  meeting,  the  directors
participating pursuant to this Section 3.08 shall be deemed present in person at
the meeting;  and the place of the meeting shall be the place of  origination of
the  conference  telephone   conversation  or  other  comparable   communication
technique.

     Section  3.09.  Vacancies;  Newly Created  Directorships.  Vacancies on the
board  of  directors  of  this   corporation   occurring  by  reason  of  death,
resignation,  removal or disqualification shall be filled for the unexpired term
by a majority  of the  remaining  directors  of the board  although  less than a
quorum; newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized
number of  directors by action of the board of directors as permitted by Section




                                      -4-
<PAGE>

3.02 may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining  directors serving at the
time of such  increase  although less than a quorum;  and each director  elected
pursuant  to this  Section  3.09  shall  be a  director  until  such  director=s
successor  is  elected  by the  shareholders  at their  next  regular or special
meeting.

     Section  3.10.  Removal.  Any or all of the  directors  may be removed from
office  at any time,  with or  without  cause,  by the  affirmative  vote of the
shareholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of
directors except, as otherwise provided by the Florida Business Corporation Act,
Section 607.0808,  as amended,  when the shareholders have the right to cumulate
their votes. A director named by the board of directors to fill a vacancy may be
removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative  vote
of the remaining directors if the shareholders have not elected directors in the
interim between the time of the appointment to fill such vacancy and the time of
the removal.  In the event that the entire board or any one or more directors be
so removed, new directors may be elected at the same meeting.

     Section 3.11. Committees.  A resolution approved by the affirmative vote of
a  majority  of the board of  directors  may  establish  committees  having  the
authority of the board in the  management of the business of the  corporation to
the extent provided in the resolution.  A committee shall consist of one or more
persons, who need not be directors,  appointed by affirmative vote of a majority
of the directors  present.  Committees  are subject to the direction and control
of, and  vacancies in the  membership  thereof  shall be filled by, the board of
directors,  except as provided by the Florida Business  Corporation Act, Section
607.0825.

     A majority of the members of the committee present at a meeting is a quorum
for the transaction of business, unless a larger or smaller proportion or number
is provided in a resolution  approved by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of
the directors present.

     Section 3.12.  Written Action.  Any action that might be taken at a meeting
of the board of directors,  or any duly constituted  committee  thereof,  may be
taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed by all of the directors or
committee members, unless the articles provide otherwise and the action need not
be approved by the shareholders.

     Section 3.13. Compensation. Directors who are not salaried officers of this
corporation  shall  receive  such fixed sum per  meeting  attended or such fixed
annual sum as shall be  determined  from time to time by resolution of the board
of  directors.  The  board  of  directors  may by  resolution  provide  that all
directors shall receive their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the
board of directors or any committee  thereof.  Nothing herein contained shall be
construed to preclude any director  from serving this  corporation  in any other
capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.



                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV.
                                    OFFICERS

     Section 4.01.  Number.  The officers of the corporation  shall consist of a
chairman  of the board  (if one is  elected  by the  board),  a chief  executive
officer,  a president,  one or more vice presidents (if desired by the board), a
treasurer,  a secretary (if one is elected by the board) and such other officers
and agents as may from time to time be elected  by the board of  directors.  Any
number of offices may be held by the same person.

     Section 4.02.  Election,  Term of Office and  Qualifications.  The board of
directors shall elect or appoint, by resolution approved by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the directors present, from within or without their number, the
president, treasurer and such other officers as may be deemed advisable, each of
whom shall have the powers, rights, duties, responsibilities and terms in office
provided  for in these  bylaws or a  resolution  of the board of  directors  not
inconsistent with these bylaws.  The president and all other officers who may be
directors shall continue to hold office until the election and  qualification of
their successors, notwithstanding an earlier termination of their directorship.

     Section 4.03. Removal and Vacancies. Any officer may be removed from his or
her office by the board of directors at any time,  with or without  cause.  Such
removal,  however,  shall be without  prejudice  to the  contract  rights of the
person so  removed.  If there be a vacancy  in an office of the  corporation  by
reason of death, resignation or otherwise,  such vacancy shall be filled for the
unexpired term by the board of directors.

     Section 4.04.  Chairman of the Board.  The chairman of the board, if one is
elected,  shall  preside at all meetings of the  shareholders  and directors and
shall have such other  duties as may be  prescribed,  from time to time,  by the
board of directors.

     Section 4.05. Chief Executive  Officer.  The chief executive  officer shall
have  general  active  management  of the  business of the  corporation.  In the
absence of the chairman of the board, the chief executive  officer shall preside
at all meetings of the shareholders and directors.  He or she shall see that all
orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.  He or
she shall  execute  and  deliver,  in the name of the  corporation,  any  deeds,
mortgages,  bonds,  contracts or other instruments pertaining to the business of
the  corporation  unless the authority to execute and deliver is required by law
to be exercised by another  person or is expressly  delegated by the articles or
bylaws  or by the  board of  directors  to some  other  officer  or agent of the
corporation.  He or she  shall  maintain  records  of and,  whenever  necessary,
certify all proceedings of the board of directors and the  shareholders  and, in
general,  shall  perform  all  duties  usually  incident  to the  office  of the
president.  He or she shall have such  other  duties as may from time to time be
prescribed by the board of directors.

     Section 4.06.  President.  The president  shall assist the chief  executive
officer  and shall have such  powers  and shall  perform  such  duties as may be
delegated  or  prescribed  by the



                                      -6-
<PAGE>

board  of  directors  or  the  chief  executive  officer,   including,   without
limitation, the power to execute share certificates issued by the corporation.

     Section  4.07.  Vice  President.  Each  vice  president,  if one or more is
elected,  shall have such powers and perform  such duties as  prescribed  by the
board of directors,  the chief executive officer or the president.  In the event
of the absence or  disability  of the  president,  the vice  president(s)  shall
succeed to the president=s power and duties in the order designated by the board
of directors.

     Section  4.08.  Secretary.  The  secretary,  if one is  elected,  shall  be
secretary of and attend all meetings of the  shareholders and board of directors
and shall  record all  proceedings  of such  meetings  in the minute book of the
corporation.  He or she shall give proper notice of meetings of shareholders and
directors  and  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as may from time to time be
prescribed  by the board of  directors,  the  president  or the chief  executive
officer.

     Section 4.09. Treasurer. The treasurer shall be the chief financial officer
and shall keep accurate  financial records for the corporation.  He or she shall
deposit all moneys,  drafts and checks in the name of, and to the credit of, the
corporation in such banks and depositories as the board of directors shall, from
time to time, designate. He or she shall have power to endorse, for deposit, all
notes,  checks and drafts received by the corporation.  He or she shall disburse
the funds of the  corporation,  as  ordered  by the board of  directors,  making
proper  vouchers  therefor.  He or she  shall  render to the  president  and the
directors,  whenever  requested,  an account of all his or her  transactions  as
treasurer and of the financial  condition of the corporation,  and shall perform
such  other  duties  as may  from  time to time be  prescribed  by the  board of
directors or by the president.

     Section 4.10.  Compensation.  The officers of the corporation shall receive
such  compensation  for their services as may be determined from time to time by
resolution of the board of directors.


                                   ARTICLE V.
                            SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

     Section 5.01.  Certificates for Shares. All shares of the corporation shall
be  certificated  shares.  Every  owner of  shares of the  corporation  shall be
entitled  to a  certificate,  to be in such form as shall be  prescribed  by the
board of directors,  certifying the number of shares of the corporation owned by
such  shareholder.  The  certificates  for such shares  shall be numbered in the
order in which  they  shall be  issued  and  shall be  signed in the name of the
corporation  by the chief  executive  officer  (or the  president,  if the chief
executive officer delegates such authority) and by the secretary or an assistant
secretary or by such  officers as the board of directors may  designate.  If the
certificate is signed by a transfer agent or registrar,  such  signatures of the
corporate  officers may be by facsimile if authorized by the board of directors.
Every certificate  surrendered to the corporation for exchange or transfer shall
be canceled,  and no



                                      -7-
<PAGE>

new  certificate  or  certificates  shall be issued in exchange for any existing
certificate until such existing certificate shall have been so canceled,  except
in cases provided for in Section 5.04.

     Section 5.02.  Issuance of Shares.  The board of directors is authorized to
cause to be issued shares of the corporation up to the full amount authorized by
the articles of  incorporation in such amounts as may be determined by the board
of  directors  and as may be  permitted  by law.  Shares  may be issued  for any
consideration,  including, without limitation, in consideration of cash or other
property, tangible or intangible,  received or to be received by the corporation
under a  written  agreement,  of  services  rendered  or to be  rendered  to the
corporation under a written agreement,  or of an amount transferred from surplus
to stated capital upon a share dividend. At the time of approval of the issuance
of shares, the board of directors shall state by resolution its determination of
the fair value to the corporation in monetary terms of any  consideration  other
than cash for which shares are to be issued.

     Section  5.03.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares on the books of the
corporation may be authorized only by the shareholder  named in the certificate,
the shareholder=s  legal  representative  or the  shareholder=s  duly authorized
attorney-in-fact,  and upon surrender of the certificate or the certificates for
such shares.  The  corporation  may treat as the absolute owner of shares of the
corporation  the person or persons in whose name  shares are  registered  on the
books of the corporation.

     Section 5.04. Loss of Certificates.  Any shareholder claiming a certificate
for shares to be lost,  stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit of that fact
in such form as the board of directors  shall require and shall, if the board of
directors so requires,  give the  corporation a bond of indemnity in form, in an
amount and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the board of directors,  to
indemnify  the  corporation  against  any claim  that may be made  against it on
account of the reissue of such  certificate,  whereupon a new certificate may be
issued in the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to
have been lost, stolen or destroyed.


                                   ARTICLE VI.
                           DISTRIBUTIONS, RECORD DATE

     Section 6.01.  Distributions.  Subject to the provisions of the articles of
incorporation,  of these bylaws and of law, the board of directors may authorize
and cause the corporation to make distributions whenever, and in such amounts or
forms as, in its opinion are deemed advisable.

     Section  6.02.  Record Date.  Subject to any  provisions of the articles of
incorporation,  the board of  directors  may fix a date not  exceeding  120 days
preceding the date fixed for the payment of any  distribution as the record date
for the  determination  of the  shareholders  entitled to receive payment of the
distribution and, in such case, only shareholders of record on the date so fixed
shall be entitled to receive payment of such  distribution  notwithstanding  any
transfer of shares on the books of the corporation after the record date.



                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VII.
                         BOOKS AND RECORDS, FISCAL YEAR

     Section 7.01.  Share  Register.  The board of directors of the  corporation
shall cause to be kept at its principal executive office, or at another place or
places within the United States determined by the board:

     (a)  a share register not more than one year old,  containing the names and
          addresses  of the  shareholders  and the number and  classes of shares
          held by each shareholder; and

     (b)  a record of the dates on which certificates or transaction  statements
          representing shares were issued.

     Section 7.02.  Other Books and Records.  The board of directors shall cause
to be kept at its  principal  executive  office or, if its  principal  executive
office is not in Florida,  shall make available at its Florida registered office
within  five days after  receipt by an officer of the  corporation  of a written
demand for them made by a shareholder or other person  authorized by the Florida
Business Corporation Act, Section 607.1602, originals or copies of:

     (a)  its articles or restated  articles of incorporation and all amendments
          currently in effect;

     (b)  its bylaws or restated bylaws and all amendments currently in effect;

     (c)  resolutions  adopted by the board of  directors  creating  one or more
          classes  or  series  of  shares  and  fixing  the   relative   rights,
          preferences,  and  limitations,  if  shares  issued  pursuant  to  the
          resolutions are still outstanding;

     (d)  minutes of all shareholder meetings and records of all action taken by
          the shareholders without a meeting within the last three years;

     (e)  written  communication  to  all  shareholders   generally  or  to  all
          shareholders  of a class  or  series  within  the  last  three  years,
          including the financial  statements furnished for the last three years
          required by the Florida Business Corporation Act, Section 607.1620;

     (f)  a list of the names  and  business  street  addresses  of its  current
          directors and officers; and

     (g)  its most recent  annual  report  delivered to the  Department of State
          pursuant to Florida Business Corporation Act, Section 607.1622.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     Section  7.03.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the  corporation  shall be
determined by the board of directors.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.
                                LOANS, GUARANTEES

     Section 8.01. The corporation may lend money to, guarantee an obligation of
or  otherwise  financially  assist any  officer,  director  or  employee  of the
corporation or of a subsidiary if the transaction, or a class of transactions to
which the transaction belongs, is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the directors present, and if the transaction:

     (a)  is in the usual and regular course of business of the corporation;

     (b)  is with, or for the benefit of, a related corporation, an organization
          in which the  corporation  has a financial  interest,  an organization
          with  which  the  corporation  has  a  business  relationship,  or  an
          organization to which the corporation has the power to make donations;

     (c)  is with,  or for the benefit  of, an officer or other  employee of the
          corporation or a subsidiary, including an officer or employee who is a
          director of the  corporation  or a subsidiary,  and may  reasonably be
          expected, in the judgment of the board, to benefit the corporation; or

     (d)  has been approved by (1) the holders of two-thirds of the voting power
          of the shares  entitled  to vote that are owned by persons  other than
          the  interested  person or persons,  or (2) the unanimous  affirmative
          vote of the holders of all outstanding  shares whether or not entitled
          to vote.

Such  loan,  guarantee  or other  financial  assistance  may be with or  without
interest and may be unsecured,  or may be secured in the manner as a majority of
the directors present approve,  including,  without  limitation,  a pledge of or
other security  interest in shares of the  corporation.  Nothing in this section
shall be deemed to deny,  limit or restrict  the powers of  guaranty,  surety or
warranty  of the  corporation  at common  law or under a statute of the state of
Florida.

                                   ARTICLE IX.
                       INDEMNIFICATION OF CERTAIN PERSONS

     Section 9.01. The corporation shall indemnify all officers and directors of
the corporation for such expenses and  liabilities,  in such manner,  under such
circumstances   and  to  such  extent  as  permitted  by  the  Florida  Business
Corporation Act, Section 607.0850,  as now enacted or hereafter amended.  Unless
otherwise  approved  by the  board  of  directors,  the  corporation  shall  not
indemnify  any  employee of the  corporation  who is not  otherwise  entitled to
indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.01.




                                      -10-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE X.
                                   AMENDMENTS

     Section  10.01.  These  bylaws  may be  amended or altered by a vote of the
majority of the whole board of directors at any meeting.  Such  authority of the
board of directors is subject to the power of the  shareholders,  exercisable in
the manner provided in the Florida Business  Corporation Act, Section  607.1020,
to adopt,  amend or repeal bylaws  adopted,  amended or repealed by the board of
directors.

                                   ARTICLE XI.
                        SECURITIES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     Section 11.01. Voting Securities Held by the Corporation.  Unless otherwise
ordered by the board of directors,  the president  and chief  executive  officer
shall have full power and authority on behalf of the  corporation  (a) to attend
any meeting of security  holders of other  corporations in which the corporation
may hold securities and to vote such  securities on behalf of this  corporation;
(b) to execute any proxy for such meeting on behalf of the  corporation;  or (c)
to execute a written  action in lieu of a meeting of such other  corporation  on
behalf of this corporation. At such meeting, the president shall possess and may
exercise  any and all  rights  and  powers  incident  to the  ownership  of such
securities that the corporation possesses.  The board of directors may from time
to time grant  such power and  authority  to one or more other  persons  and may
remove  such  power and  authority  from the  president  or any other  person or
persons.

     Section 11.02. Purchase and Sale of Securities. Unless otherwise ordered by
the board of directors,  the president  and chief  executive  officer shall have
full  power and  authority  on  behalf of the  corporation  to  purchase,  sell,
transfer or encumber any and all  securities of any other  corporation  owned by
the corporation,  and may execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary
to  effectuate  such  purchase,  sale,  transfer  or  encumbrance.  The board of
directors  may from time to time confer  like  powers  upon any other  person or
persons.



Adopted: September 30, 1999

/s/ Suzanne Wood
- ------------------------------------
Suzanne Wood, Secretary





                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1


                                    EXHIBIT A

                            The Neptune Society, Inc.

                            1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

     1.   Purpose. The purpose of this 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is
to enable The Neptune Society,  Inc., a Florida corporation (the "Company"),  to
attract  and  retain  the  services  of (a)  selected  employees,  officers  and
directors  of the  Company or of any  parent or  subsidiary  corporation  of the
Company,  and  (b)  selected  nonemployee  agents,  consultants,   advisers  and
independent  contractors  of the  Company  or any  parent or  subsidiary  of the
Company.

     2.   Shares  Subject to the Plan.  Subject to adjustment as provided  below
and in paragraph 8, up to 1,800,000  (one-million-eight-hundred-thousand) shares
of common stock of the Company (the "Shares")  shall be offered and issued under
the  Plan.  If an  option  granted  under  the Plan  expires,  terminates  or is
canceled,  the unissued  Shares  subject to such option shall again be available
under  the  Plan.  If  Shares  sold or  awarded  as a bonus  under  the Plan are
forfeited to the Company or  repurchased  by the  Company,  the number of Shares
forfeited or repurchased shall again be available under the Plan.

     3.   Effective Date and Duration of Plan.

          (a) Effective  Date.  The Plan shall become  effective when adopted by
the Board of  Directors  of the Company  (the  "Board"),  unless a later date is
specified by the Board.  However,  no option granted under the Plan shall become
exercisable until the Plan is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of
a majority of the outstanding  voting capital shares of the Company  represented
at a  shareholder  meeting at which a quorum is present,  and any such grants of
options  under  the Plan  prior to such  approval  shall be  conditioned  on and
subject to such approval. Subject to this limitation, options to purchase Shares
may be  granted  and  Shares may be awarded as bonuses or sold under the Plan at
any time after the effective date and before termination of the Plan.

          (b) Duration. No options may be granted pursuant to paragraph 6 of the
Plan on or after May 31, 2009. However,  the Plan shall continue in effect until
all  Shares  available  for  issuance  under the Plan have been  issued  and all
restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.  The Board may suspend or terminate the
Plan at any  time,  except  with  respect  to  options  and  Shares  subject  to
restrictions  then outstanding  under the Plan. The  Administrator  may amend or
terminate  this  Plan or  modify  or amend  options  granted  under  this  Plan,
including, without limitation, such modifications or amendments as are necessary
to  maintain  compliance  with  applicable   statutes,   rules  or  regulations.
Termination of the Plan shall not affect any outstanding  options,  any right of
the Company or its shareholders to repurchase  Shares or the  forfeitability  of
options granted or Shares issued under the Plan.

     4.   Administration.

          (a) The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by a plan  administrator  (the
"Administrator")  that shall be the Board or a committee  appointed by the Board
(the "Committee").  The Administrator shall determine and designate from time to
time the  individuals to whom grants of options shall be made, the amount of the
grants,  and the other  terms and  conditions  of the  grants;  and may amend or
terminate  this  Plan or  modify  or amend  options  granted  under  this  Plan,
including, without limitation, such modifications or amendments as are necessary
to  maintain  compliance  with  applicable  statutes,  rules or  regulations  as
provided in paragraphs 3 and 11, subject to regulatory approval, if required. At
any time when the officers  and  directors of the Company are subject to Section
16(b) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"),
the Committee shall consist solely of  "Non-employee"  directors as such term is
defined from time to time in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. In addition,  at
any time when the officers  and  directors of the Company are subject to Section
16(b) of the  Exchange  Act,  no member of the  Committee  shall be  eligible to
receive any grant under the Plan while such person serves as a Committee member.


<PAGE>

          (b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and to regulatory approval,
if required,  the  Administrator may from time to time adopt and amend rules and
regulations  relating to  administration  of the Plan,  accelerate  any exercise
date,  waive or  modify  any  restriction  applicable  to Shares  (except  those
restrictions  imposed by law) and make all other  determinations in the judgment
of the Administrator  necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.
The  interpretation  and  construction of the provisions of the Plan and related
agreements by the Administrator shall be final and conclusive. The Administrator
may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any  inconsistency in
the Plan or in any  related  agreement  in the manner and to the extent it shall
deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect, and it shall be the sole and final
judge of such expediency.

     5.   Types of Grants -  Eligibility.  The  Administrator  may, from time to
time,  take the following  actions  under the Plan:  (i) grant  Incentive  Stock
Options, as defined in Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the  "Code"),  as provided in paragraph 6 (b); and, (ii) grant
options other than Incentive  Stock Options  ("Nonqualified  Stock  Options") as
provided  in  paragraph  6(c).  Any  such  grants  may be made to  directors  or
employees  (including employees who are officers or directors) of the Company or
of any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, and to other individuals
described in paragraph 1 who the Administrator, in its sole discretion, believes
have made or will make an important contribution to the Company or its parent or
subsidiaries;  provided, however, that only employees of the Company or a parent
or  subsidiary  shall be eligible to receive  Incentive  Stock Options under the
Plan.  The  Administrator  shall select the  individuals to whom grants shall be
made and shall specify the action taken with respect to each  individual to whom
a grant is made  under the Plan.  At the  discretion  of the  Administrator,  an
individual  may be given an election to  surrender a grant in exchange for a new
grant under the Plan.

     6.   Option Grants.

          (a) Grant.  Each option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a
stock option  agreement,  in  substantially  the same form as attached hereto as
Exhibit A. With respect to each option grant, the Administrator  shall determine
the number of Shares subject to the option,  the option price, the period of the
option,  and the time or times at which the option may be exercised  and whether
the option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

          (b) Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options granted under the
Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

               (i) No employee may be granted  Incentive Stock Options under the
          Plan such that the aggregate fair market value,  on the date of grant,
          of the  Shares  with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock  Options  are
          exercisable  for the first time by that  employee  during any calendar
          year under the Plan and under any other  Incentive  Stock  Option plan
          (within  the  meaning of Section 422 of the Code) of the Company or of
          any parent or subsidiary  corporation of the Company exceeds $100,000.
          Any portion of an option  which  exceeds the annual limit shall not be
          void but rather shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

               (ii) An Incentive  Stock Option may be granted  under the Plan to
          an  employee  possessing  more than 10 percent  of the total  combined
          voting  power of all classes of shares of the Company or of any parent
          or subsidiary  corporation  of the Company only if the option price is
          at least  110  percent  of the fair  market  value,  as  described  in
          paragraph 6 (b) (iv), of the Shares  subject to the option on the date
          it is  granted,  and the option by its terms is not  exercisable  more
          than five years from the date of grant.



                                      -2-
<PAGE>

               (iii) Subject to paragraphs  6(b) (ii) and 6(e),  Incentive Stock
          Options granted under the Plan shall continue in effect for the period
          fixed by the  Administrator,  except that no  Incentive  Stock  Option
          shall be exercisable more than 10 years from the date of grant.

               (iv) The  option  price  per  Share  shall be  determined  by the
          Administrator  at the time of grant.  Subject to paragraph  6(b) (ii),
          the option price shall not be less than 100 percent of the fair market
          value of the Shares covered by the Incentive  Stock Option at the date
          the option is granted. For purposes of the Plan, the fair market value
          of the Shares shall be  determined by the Plan  Administrator  in good
          faith.

               (v) The  Administrator may at any time without the consent of the
          optionee  convert an Incentive Stock Option into a Nonqualified  Stock
          Option.

          (c) Nonqualified  Stock Options.  Nonqualified  Stock Options shall be
subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

               (i) The option  price for  Nonqualified  Stock  Options  shall be
          determined  by the  Administrator  at the time of grant and may be any
          amount that the Administrator shall specify.  The option price may not
          be less than 75 percent of the fair market value of the Shares covered
          by the Nonqualified Stock Option on the date of grant. The fair market
          value of the Shares  covered by a  Nonqualified  Stock Option shall be
          determined pursuant to paragraph 6(b)(iv).

               (ii)  Nonqualified  Stock  Options  granted  under the Plan shall
          continue in effect for the period fixed by the Administrator.

          (d) Exercise of Options.  Except as provided in  paragraph  6(f) or as
determined  by the  Administrator,  no  option  granted  under  the  Plan may be
exercised  unless at the time of such exercise the optionee is employed by or in
the  service  of the  Company  or any parent or  subsidiary  corporation  of the
Company  and  shall  have  been  so  employed  or  have  provided  such  service
continuously   since  the  date  such  option  was  granted.   With  respect  to
Nonqualified  Stock  Options,  absence  on leave or on  account  of  illness  or
disability under rules established by the Administrator  shall not, however,  be
deemed an interruption of employment for purposes of the Plan.  Unless otherwise
determined by the Administrator, vesting of options shall not continue during an
absence on leave (including an extended illness) or on account of disability. At
such time as the officers and directors of the Company become subject to Section
16(b) of the Exchange  Act, no option may be exercised by an officer or director
of the  Company  within six months of the date of grant.  Except as  provided in
paragraphs  6(f), 8 and 9, options  granted under the Plan may be exercised from
time to time over the period  stated in each option in such  amounts and at such
times as shall be prescribed by the  Administrator,  provided that options shall
not be exercised for fractional shares.

          (e) Nontransferability. Options granted under this Plan and the rights
and privileges conferred by this Plan may not be transferred,  assigned, pledged
or hypothecated  in any manner (whether by operation of law or otherwise)  other
than by will, by applicable  laws of descent and  distribution or (except in the
case of an Incentive Stock Option)  pursuant to a qualified  domestic  relations
order,  and shall not be subject to execution,  attachment  or similar  process;
provided  however,  that any stock option agreement may provide or be amended to
provide that a  Nonqualified  Stock  Option to which it relates is  transferable
without payment of  consideration to immediate family members of the optionee or
to  trusts  or  partnerships  established  exclusively  for the  benefit  of the
optionee  and the  optionee's  immediate  family  members.  Upon any  attempt to
transfer,  assign, pledge,  hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any option or of
any right or privilege conferred by this Plan contrary to the provisions hereof,
or upon the sale,  levy or any attachment or similar process upon the rights and
privileges  conferred by this Plan,  such option shall  thereupon  terminate and
become null and void.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

          (f) Termination of Employment or Service.  Unless  otherwise set forth
in the optionee's stock option agreement:

               (i) In the event the employment or service of the optionee by the
          Company  or  a  parent  or  subsidiary   corporation  of  the  Company
          terminates  for any  reason  other  than  because  of death,  physical
          disability,  cause or  voluntary  termination  not  related  to normal
          retirement,  the  option  may be  exercised  at any time  prior to the
          expiration  date of the option or the expiration of three months after
          the date of such  termination,  whichever is the shorter  period,  but
          only if and to the extent the  optionee  was  entitled to exercise the
          option at the date of such termination.

               (ii) In the event of the termination of the optionee's employment
          or service with the Company or a parent or subsidiary  corporation  of
          the Company because the optionee  becomes disabled (within the meaning
          of Section  22(e)(3) of the Code),  the option may be exercised at any
          time prior to the  expiration  date of the option or the expiration of
          one year after the date of such termination,  whichever is the shorter
          period,  but only if and to the extent the  optionee  was  entitled to
          exercise the option at the date of such termination.

               (iii) In the event of the death of an optionee  while employed by
          or  providing  services  to the  Company  or a  parent  or  subsidiary
          corporation  of the  Company,  the option may be exercised at any time
          prior to the  expiration  date of the option or the  expiration of one
          year after the date of such death,  whichever  is the shorter  period,
          but only if and to the extent the  optionee  was  entitled to exercise
          the option on the date of death,  and only by the person or persons to
          whom  such  optionee's  rights  under  the  option  shall  pass by the
          optionee's  will or by the laws of  descent  and  distribution  of the
          optionee's state of domicile at the time of death.

               (iv) In the event of termination of the optionee's  employment or
          service with the Company or a parent or subsidiary  corporation of the
          Company  for  cause  (as  determined  in the  sole  discretion  of the
          Administrator and defined in the optionee's stock option agreement) or
          because of voluntary termination not related to normal retirement, the
          option expires on the date of such termination.

               (v) The  Administrator,  at the  time  of  grant  or at any  time
          thereafter, may extend the three-month and one-year expiration periods
          any length of time not later than the original  expiration date of the
          option, and may increase the portion of an option that is exercisable,
          subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Administrator  may
          determine.

               (vi) To the extent that the option of any deceased optionee or of
          any optionee whose  employment or service  terminates is not exercised
          within the applicable  period,  all further rights to purchase  Shares
          pursuant to such option shall cease and terminate.

          (g) Purchase of Shares. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise,
Shares may be acquired pursuant to an option only upon receipt by the Company of
notice in writing  from the  optionee of the  optionee's  intention to exercise,
specifying the number of Shares as to which the optionee desires to exercise the
option,  and, if required to comply  with the United  States  Securities  Act of
1933,  as  amended,  or state  securities  laws,  the  notice  shall  include  a
representation that it is the optionee's present intention to acquire the Shares
for  investment  and  not  with  a  view  to   distribution.   The  certificates
representing  the Shares shall bear any legends  required by the  Administrator.
Unless the Administrator  determines otherwise,  on or before the date specified
for  completion  of the purchase of Shares  pursuant to an option,  the optionee
must have  paid the  Company  the full  purchase  price of such  Shares in cash.
Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, all payments made to the



                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Company in connection with the exercise of an option must be made by a certified
or cashier's bank check or by the transfer of immediately  available  funds.  No
Shares shall be issued until full payment  therefor has been made. Each optionee
who has exercised an option shall  immediately  upon  notification of the amount
due,  if any,  pay to the  Company in cash  amounts  necessary  to  satisfy  any
applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements.  If additional
withholding is or becomes  required beyond any amount  deposited before delivery
of the  certificates,  the  optionee  shall pay such  amount to the  Company  on
demand.  If the optionee  fails to pay the amount  demanded,  the Company or any
parent or  subsidiary  corporation  of the Company may withhold that amount from
other amounts payable to the optionee by the Company or the parent or subsidiary
corporation, including salary, subject to applicable law.

     7.   Additional Provisions.

          (a) The Administrator may include in a stock option agreement relating
to  benefits  under  the  Plan  such  additional  terms  and  provisions  as the
Administrator shall, in its discretion, see fit to include,  including,  without
limitation,  restriction on transfer of the Shares or conditions under which the
Company shall or may repurchase the Shares.

          (b) Lock-Up  Agreement.  If a Qualified  Public  Offering  (as defined
below) of the common stock of the Company shall be proposed,  each  recipient of
options or Shares,  at the request of a managing  underwriter  of such Qualified
Public Offering,  enter into any agreement (a "Lock-Up  Agreement")  proposed by
such managing  underwriter  not to transfer such holder's  Shares,  any right to
acquire  any  Shares  of  the  Company  or  any  securities  exercisable  for or
convertible  into Shares for a period not exceeding six months after the closing
date of such  Qualified  Public  Offering.  Whether  or not a  Qualified  Public
Offering shall have been proposed,  the Company may delay,  and may instruct its
transfer agent to delay,  the delivery of any  certificate or  certificates  for
Shares  until the Company  shall have  received a written  undertaking  from the
recipient that such  recipient  will enter into any Lock-Up  Agreement as may be
requested by a managing underwriter of a proposed Qualified Public Offering.

     A "Qualified Public Offering" is defined as an underwritten public offering
of the Company's  common stock pursuant to an effective  registration  statement
under the United States  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  covering the offer
and sale of common stock for cash for the account of the Company to the public.

     8.   Changes in Capital  Structure.  If the shares outstanding common stock
of the Company are hereafter increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged
for a different  number or kind of shares or other  securities of the Company or
of  another  corporation  by reason of any  recapitalization,  reclassification,
share  split,   combination  of  shares  or  dividend  payable  in  shares,  the
Administrator  shall  make  appropriate  adjustments  in the  number and kind of
Shares as to which  outstanding  options or portions  thereof then  unexercised,
shall be exercisable,  so that the participant's  proportionate  interest before
and  after  the  occurrence  of the  event is  maintained,  provided  that  this
paragraph  8 shall  not  apply  with  respect  to  transactions  referred  to in
paragraph 9. The  Administrator  may also require that any securities  issued in
respect  of or  exchanged  for  Shares  issued  hereunder  that are  subject  to
restrictions be subject to similar restrictions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the  Administrator  shall have no obligation to effect any adjustment that would
or might result in the issuance of fractional  shares, and any fractional shares
resulting  from any  adjustment may be disregarded or provided for in any manner
determined by the  Administrator.  Any such adjustment made by the Administrator
shall be conclusive,  and shall bind holders of  outstanding  options and Shares
under the Plan.

     9.   Effect of Reorganization or Liquidation.

         (a) Cash,  Shares or Other Property for Shares.  Except as provided in
paragraph 9(b), upon a merger, consolidation,  reorganization,  plan of exchange
or liquidation  involving the Company,  as a result of which the shareholders of
the Company receive cash, shares or other property in exchange for or in



                                      -5-
<PAGE>

connection  with their common stock (any such  transaction  to be referred to in
this paragraph 9 as an "Event"),  any option granted  hereunder shall terminate.
At such time as the officers  and  directors  of the Company  become  subject to
Section  16(b) of the  Exchange  Act,  with  respect to an option  granted to an
officer or director  less than six months  prior to any Event,  such  officer or
director  shall have the right to require the  Company to  purchase  such vested
option at a purchase price computed pursuant to paragraph 9(c) during the 30-day
period  following the expiration of six months following the date of such grant,
and this right shall apply even if the option has otherwise  terminated pursuant
to paragraph 6(f) following such Event.

          (b) Shares for Shares.  If the  shareholders  of the  Company  receive
capital shares of another corporation  ("Exchange Shares") in exchange for their
shares of common  stock in any  transaction  involving a merger,  consolidation,
reorganization,  or plan of exchange,  all options  granted  hereunder  shall be
converted into options to purchase Exchange Shares, unless the Administrator, in
its sole discretion,  determines that any or all such options granted  hereunder
shall not be  converted,  but instead  shall  terminate in  accordance  with the
provisions of paragraph 9(a). The amount and price of converted options shall be
determined by adjusting the amount and price of the options granted hereunder to
take into account the relative  values of the Exchange  Shares and the shares of
common stock in the transaction.

          (c) Purchase Price. With respect to an option granted to an officer or
director who is subject to the  provisions  of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act
less than six months prior to an Event,  the purchase price payable  pursuant to
paragraph 9(a) shall be computed as follows:

               (i) With respect to a  Nonqualified  Stock  Option,  the purchase
          price shall be the product of (A) the excess, if any, of the higher of
          (1) the  purchase  price paid for each Share in the Event,  or (2) the
          highest fair market value of a Share (determined pursuant to paragraph
          6(b)  (iv))  during  the  30-day  period  ending  on the day the Event
          occurs, over the option price, and (B) the number of Shares covered by
          the option.

               (ii) With  respect to an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the purchase
          price  shall be the  product of (A) the  excess,  if any,  of the fair
          market value of each Share (determined pursuant to paragraph 6(b)(iv))
          on the date of exercise over the option  price,  and (B) the number of
          Shares covered by the option.

               (iii) No option may be exercised in  connection  with an Event if
          the purchase price determined under this paragraph 9(c) is negative.

               (d)  The  rights  set  forth  in  this   paragraph   9  shall  be
transferable only to the extent the related option is transferable.

     10.  Corporate Mergers, Acquisitions, Etc. The Administrator may also grant
options under the Plan having terms,  conditions and  provisions  that vary from
those  specified  in the Plan;  provided  that any such  grants  are  granted in
substitution  for, or in connection with the assumption of, existing options and
rights to  acquire or  purchase  shares by another  corporation  and  assumed or
otherwise agreed to be provided for by the Company pursuant to or by reason of a
transaction involving a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property
or shares,  separation,  reorganization or liquidation to which the Company or a
parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company is a party.

     11.  Amendment of Plan. The Administrator may at any time, and from time to
time,  modify  or amend the Plan in such  respects  as it shall  deem  advisable
because  of  changes  in the law  while  the Plan is in  effect or for any other
reason.  Except as provided in paragraphs 6 (b) (v), 8 and 9, however, no change
in an option  already  granted shall be made without the written  consent of the
holder of such option.



                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     12.  Approvals.  The  obligations of the Company under the Plan are subject
to the  approval  of  regulatory  agencies,  state and  federal  authorities  or
agencies with jurisdiction in the matter.  The Company shall not be obligated to
issue or  deliver  Shares  under the Plan if such  issuance  or  delivery  would
violate  applicable state or federal securities laws, or if compliance with such
laws would, in the opinion of the Administrator, be unduly burdensome or require
the  disclosure  of  information  which  would  not  be in  the  Company's  best
interests.

     13.  Employment  and  Service  Rights.  Nothing  in the  Plan or any  award
pursuant  to the Plan  shall  (i)  confer  upon  any  employee  any  right to be
continued  in  the  employment  of  the  Company  or any  parent  or  subsidiary
corporation  of the Company or shall  interfere in any way with the right of the
Company  or any parent or  subsidiary  corporation  of the  Company by whom such
employee is employed to terminate  such  employee's  employment at any time, for
any reason,  with or without cause,  or to increase or decrease such  employee's
compensation or benefits;  or (ii) confer upon any person engaged by the Company
or any parent or subsidiary  corporation of the Company any right to be retained
or employed by the Company or the parent or subsidiary  or to the  continuation,
extension,   renewal,  or  modification  of  any  compensation,   contract,   or
arrangement with or by the Company or the parent or subsidiary.

     14.  Rights as a  Shareholder.  The  recipient  of any award under the Plan
shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect to any Shares until the date
of issue to the  recipient of a share  certificate  for such  Shares.  Except as
otherwise  expressly  provided  in the  Plan,  no  adjustment  shall be made for
dividends  or other  rights for which the record  date is prior to the date such
share certificate is issued.


     Approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on June 1, 1999.






                                      -7-




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2


                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                     BETWEEN


                Lari Acquisition Company, Inc. (the "Purchaser"),
             the Emanuel Weintraub Inter Vivos Trust (the 'Trust'),
                        Emanuel Weintraub ("Weintraub"),
                      Neptune Management Corp. ("Neptune"),
                    Heritage Alternatives, Inc. ("Heritage"),
                Neptune Pre-Need Plan, Inc. ("Neptune Pre-Need")
          (the Trust, Weintraub, Neptune, Heritage and Neptune Pre-Need
                 are collectively referred to as the "Vendors")
                            and Lari Corp. ("Lari").





                              DATED: March 26, 1999



<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>    <C>                                                                                                       <C>
1      INTERPRETATION.............................................................................................2
       1.1      Definitions.......................................................................................2
       1.2      Schedules.........................................................................................2
       1.3      Division, Headings, Index.........................................................................5
       1.4      Gender and Number.................................................................................6
       1.5      Currency..........................................................................................7

2      PURCHASE AND PURCHASE PRICE................................................................................7
       2.1      Purchase..........................................................................................7
       2.2      Payment of Purchase Price.........................................................................7
       2.3      Elections.........................................................................................7
       2.4      Effective Date....................................................................................8
       2.5      Excluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities..........................................................8
       2.6      Reconciliation....................................................................................8
       2.7      Payment of Difference.............................................................................8
       2.8      Right of Set-Off..................................................................................8
       2.9      Assignment of Accounts Receivable.................................................................8

3      JOINT AND SEVERAL REPRESTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                OF THE VENDORS WITH RESPECT TO THE OPERATING ENTITIES.............................................8
       3.1      Corporate Status and Authority....................................................................8
       3.2      Share Capital and Partnership Units:..............................................................9
       3.3      Assets...........................................................................................10
       3.4      Trust Accounts...................................................................................11
       3.5      Business Operations..............................................................................12
       3.6      Financial........................................................................................12
       3.7      Banking..........................................................................................15
       3.8      Insurance........................................................................................15
       3.9      Tax Matters......................................................................................16
       3.10     Employee Matters.................................................................................17
       3.11     Litigation and Claims............................................................................18
       3.12     Contracts and Commitments........................................................................18
       3.13     Contingency and Environmental Liabilities........................................................19
       3.14     Effect of this Transaction.......................................................................20

4      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST...............................................................21
       4.1      Individual Authority.............................................................................21
       4.2      Receipt of the Securities........................................................................21
       4.3      Solicitation.....................................................................................21
       4.4      Accredited Investor..............................................................................21
       4.5      Residency........................................................................................21
       4.6      Joint and Several................................................................................21

5      COVENANTS OF THE VENDORS..................................................................................22
       5.1      Access to the....................................................................................22
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                      -2-


<TABLE>
<S>    <C>                                                                                                       <C>

       5.2      Delivery of Books and Records....................................................................23
       5.3      Conduct Prior to Closing.........................................................................23
       5.4      Delivery of Documents............................................................................23
       5.5      Minority Shares:.................................................................................24
       5.6      Joint and Several................................................................................24
       5.7      Vendors' Taxes...................................................................................24

6      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER................................................24
       6.1      Corporate Status and Authority...................................................................24
       6.2      Authorizations...................................................................................24
       6.3      Regulatory Approval..............................................................................24
       6.4      Share Transfer Restrictions......................................................................25
       6.5      Issued Share Capital.............................................................................25
       6.6      Fully Paid Shares................................................................................25
       6.7      General Security Agreement.......................................................................25
       6.8      Purchaser's Liabilities..........................................................................25

7      CONDITIONS OF CLOSING.....................................................................................25
       7.1      Conditions of Closing in Favour of the Purchaser.................................................25
       7.2      Conditions of Closing in Favour of the Vendors...................................................27
       7.3      Parties' Efforts.................................................................................38

8      CLOSING ARRANGEMENTS......................................................................................28
       8.1      Place of Closing.................................................................................28
       8.2      Transfer.........................................................................................28
       8.3      Further Assurances...............................................................................29

9      LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS......................................................................................29
       9.1      Claims...........................................................................................29
       9.2      Subrogation......................................................................................30
       9.3      Insurance........................................................................................30

10     INDEMNITY.................................................................................................30
       10.1     Known Actions and Proceedings....................................................................30
       10.2     Right to Set-Off.................................................................................31

11     GENERAL MATTERS...........................................................................................31
       11.1     Governing Law and Arbitration....................................................................31
       11.2     Entire Agreement.................................................................................31
       11.3     Assignment.......................................................................................31
       11.4     Public Notices...................................................................................31
       11.5     Confidential Information.........................................................................32
       11.6     Non-Waiver.......................................................................................32
       11.7     Indemnification in Respect of Brokers or Agents..................................................32
       11.8     Expenses.........................................................................................32
       11.9     Notices..........................................................................................32
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


                                       -3-

<TABLE>
<S>    <C>                                                                                                       <C>

       11.10    Time of the Essence..............................................................................33
       11.11    Further Assurances...............................................................................33
       11.12    Severability.....................................................................................33
       11.13    Counterparts.....................................................................................34

</TABLE>







<PAGE>


                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS  AGREEMENT is dated for reference the 26th day of March,  1999 between Lari
Acquisition Company, Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of the State of
California  (the  "Purchaser"),  the  Emanuel  Weintraub  Inter Vivos Trust (the
"Trust"),  Emanuel Weintraub,  a businessman  ("Weintraub"),  Neptune Management
Corp.,  a  company  incorporated  under  the  laws of the  State  of  California
("Neptune"),  Heritage Alternatives, Inc., a company incorporated under the laws
of the State of California ("Heritage"),  Neptune Pre-Need Plan, Inc., a company
incorporated under the laws of the State of California ("Neptune Pre-Need") (the
Trust,  Weintraub,  Neptune,  Heritage  and Neptune  Pre-Need  are  collectively
referred to as the "Vendors") and Lari Corp., a company  incorporated  under the
laws of the State of Florida ("Lari").

WHEREAS:

A.   Neptune  is the  general  partner  and a 50%  owner of each of  Neptune-Los
     Angeles,  Ltd.,  a  limited  partnership  under  the  laws of the  State of
     California  ("Neptune  LA"),   Neptune-Santa   Barbara,   Ltd.,  a  limited
     partnership  under  the laws of the  State of  California  ("Neptune  SB"),
     Neptune-Miami,  Ltd., a limited  partnership under the laws of the State of
     Florida ("Neptune MI"), Neptune-St. Petersburg, Ltd., a limited partnership
     under  the  laws of the  State of  Califomia  ("Neptune  SP"),  Neptune-Ft.
     Lauderdale,  Ltd.,  a  limited  partnership  under the laws of the State of
     Florida ("Neptune FT"),  Neptune-Nassau,  Ltd., a limited partnership under
     the   laws   of   the   State   of   California    ("Neptune    NA"),   and
     Neptune-Westchester,  Ltd.,  a  limited  partnership  under the laws of the
     State of California ("Neptune WT").

B.   Heritage is the general  partner and a 50% owner of Heritage  Alternatives,
     L.P.,  a limited  partnership  under  the laws of the  State of  California
     ("Heritage ALT").

C.   The Vendors operate and carry on a funeral,  burial and cremation  business
     known as "Neptune  Society"  operating  under  Neptune,  Heritage,  Neptune
     Pre-Need (collectively,  the "Companies"),  Neptune LA, Neptune SB, Neptune
     MI,  Neptune  SP,  Neptune  FT,  Neptune NA,  Neptune WT and  Heritage  ALT
     (collectively, the "Partnerships").

D.   The Trust is the legal and beneficial owner of the following:

     (i)  82% of the issued and outstanding shares of Neptune;
     (ii) 95% of the issued and outstanding shares of Heritage; and
     (iii) all of the issued and outstanding shares of Neptune Pre-Need.

E.   The Trust has agreed to sell all of its issued  and  outstanding  shares in
     the  Companies  and the  Purchaser has agreed to purchase all of its issued
     and outstanding shares in the Companies.



<PAGE>


                                      - 2 -



NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of $10.00  payable by the  Purchaser  to the
Vendors,  the mutual  covenants and  agreements  contained in this Agreement and
other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1    INTERPRETATION

1.1  Definitions:  In this  Agreement and in any schedules and  amendments,  the
     following  terms shall have the meanings set forth below unless the context
     otherwise requires:

     (a)  "Agreement" means this Agreement  including the Schedules  attached as
          the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

     (b)  "Assets" means all of the Companies' and/or the  Partnerships'  rights
          in the Pre-Need Contracts,  the Trust Accounts, the Intangible Assets,
          the Land and Buildings,  the Leased Assets,  the Leases,  the Material
          Contracts  and  all  other  leases  and  contracts,   subject  to  the
          Purchaser's  right not to assume  specific  contracts,  the  Specified
          Assets,  the Other  Operating  and Fixed  Assets  and all other  fixed
          assets  and  equipment  used in  connection  with  the  Business,  all
          licenses  and other  rights  required  in order for the  Purchaser  to
          operate  the  Business,  the  Insurance  Policies,  all  existing  and
          prospective  customer lists, lists of suppliers,  employee  contracts,
          promotional  material,  websites and electronic  commerce sites, price
          lists, the Books and Records and other information relating to the day
          to day  carrying on of the  Business but does not include the Excluded
          Assets or the Excluded Liabilities;

     (c)  "Books and Records" means all files, ledgers,  correspondence,  lists,
          manuals,  reports,  texts,  notes,  memoranda,   invoices,   receipts,
          accounts,  financial  statements,  financial working papers,  computer
          discs,  tapes or other  means of  electronic  storage,  and all  other
          records or documents of any nature or kind whatsoever belonging to the
          Vendors and the Partnerships in connection with the Business;

     (d)  "Business"  means  the  business  of  providing  funeral,  burial  and
          cremation  services  including  the  provision  and  sale of  pre-need
          cremation  services  carried on by the Vendors directly and indirectly
          through the  Partnerships and any other business now carried on by the
          Vendors and the Partnerships;

     (e)  "Business Day" means any day except Saturday,  Sunday or any statutory
          holiday in the State of California;

     (f)  "Charter   Documents"  means  articles,   articles  of  incorporation,
          memorandum,   memorandum  of  association,  articles  of  association,
          by-laws,  limited  partnership  agreements  or any similar  constating
          document of a corporate or limited partnership entity;


<PAGE>


                                      - 3 -

     (g)  "Claim" means any claim by the Purchaser  against the Vendors,  or the
          Vendors  against  the  Purchaser,  for any  breach of  representation,
          warranty,  covenant or other agreement or obligation of the Vendors or
          Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

     (h)  "Closing"  means  the  completion  of the  sale  and  purchase  of the
          Weiritraub Shares as provided in this Agreement;

     (i)  "Closing  Date" means  April 9, 1999 or such  earlier or later date as
          the parties may agree to in writing;

     (j)  "Encumbrances"  means  and  includes,  whether  or not  registered  or
          recorded, any and all:

          (i)       mortgages,  assignments of rent,  liens,  licences,  leases,
                    charges, security interests,  hypothecs, and pledges whether
                    fixed or floating against property (whether real,  personal,
                    mixed,   tangible  or  intangible),   or  conditional  sales
                    contracts or title retention  agreements or equipment trusts
                    or financing leases relating  thereto,  or any subordination
                    to any right or claim of others in respect thereof;

          (ii)      claims,  interests and estates against or in proper (whether
                    real,  personal,  mixed,  tangible or intangible)  including
                    easements,  rights-of-way servitudes or other similar rights
                    in property granted to or reserved or taken by any person or
                    any governmental body or authority;

          (iii)     any  option,  or other  right to  acquire,  or  acquire  any
                    interest in, any property; and

          (iv)      other  encumbrances  of  whatsoever  nature and kind against
                    property  (whether  real,  personal,   mixed,   tangible  or
                    intangible);

     (k)  "Effective Date" means March 31, 1999;

     (1)  "Escrow  Agent" means City National  Bank at 400 North Roxbury  Drive,
          Suite 600, Beverly Hills, California, USA 90210;

     (m)  "Excluded  Assets"  means  the  accounts  receivable  balance  for the
          (at-need)  services in the accounts of the Partnerships,  the cash and
          cash  equivalents  at the  Effective  Date  and  the  balance  of cash
          remaining from the collection of accounts  receivable at the Effective
          Date from the sale of pre-need services prior to the Effective Date up
          to and  including  the close of  business  on April 23,  1999 less the
          amounts due and owing for merchandise, commissions, taxes of all kinds
          and payments due to the Trust Accounts in accordance with the Pre-Need
          Contracts sold to the Effective Date;


<PAGE>

                                      - 4 -



     (n)  "Excluded  Liabilities"  means  all  actual  or  accrued  liabilities,
          including but not limited to all trade payables,  commissions payable,
          sales tax,  employee  remittances of every kind  whatsoever,  federal,
          municipal,  and/or state taxes of any kind whatsoever, with respect to
          the Operating  Entities up to the Effective Date and partnership draws
          accrued to the Effective Date for the benefit of the limited  partners
          of Neptune FT, Neptune NA, Neptune Ml, Neptune SP and Neptune WT;

     (o)  "Insurance  Policies"  means those  insurance  policies  described  in
          Schedule J;

     (p)  "Intangible  Assets" means those  registered and  unregistered  names,
          trade  names,  trademarks,  designs,  copyrights,  patents and similar
          rights  specifically  including but not limited to the Trade Names and
          any proprietary software as described in Schedule E;

     (q)  "Land and Buildings" means those interests in real property  described
          in Schedule D;

     (r)  "Leased  Assets"  means those assets  included in the Assets which are
          leased by any of the Operating Entities as lessee and as are described
          in Schedule B;

     (s)  "Leases"  means the leases under which the Leased Assets are leased by
          any of the Operating  Entities;

     (t)  "Material  Contracts"  means those  contracts  described in Subsection
          3.12;

     (u)  "Operating Entities" means each of the Companies and the Partnerships;

     (v)  "Other  Operating and Fixed  Assets"  means those  operating and fixed
          assets described in Schedule F;

     (w)  "Person" means an individual, a corporation,  a partnership,  a trust,
          an   unincorporated   organization   or   a   government   agency   or
          instrumentality;

     (x)  "Place of Closing"  means the offices of DuMoulin & Boskovich at Suite
          1800, 1095 West Pender Street, Vancouver, B.C.;

     (y)  "Pre-Need  Contracts"  means those  pre-need  contracts  for cremation
          services  sold  prior to the  death of the  beneficiary  by or for the
          Operating Entities, their predecessors and assignors for the provision
          of funeral cremation services as described in Schedule N;

     (z)  "Purchase Price" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Subsection 2.1 of
          this Agreement;


<PAGE>

                                      - 5 -



     (aa) "Securities" means the Note, the Lari Shares and the Weintraub Note as
          described in Subsection 2.2 of this Agreement;

     (ab) "Specified  Assets" means those specified assets described in Schedule
          C;

     (ac) "Time of  Closing"  means the time at which the Closing  takes  place,
          which shall be 10:00 am, at the Place of Closing on the  Closing  Date
          or such other time as the parties may agree upon;

     (ad) "Trade Name" means "Neptune Society";

     (ae) For further clarification, "Trust" means the trust created and defined
          by the Emanuel  Weintraub Inter Vivos Trust Agreement,  dated February
          26, 1996;

     (af) "Trustee" means Emanuel Weintraub as trustee of the Trust;

     (ag) "Trust  Accounts" means all cash,  funds and accounts and investments,
          as  described in Schedule G, which arise from the sale of the Pre-Need
          Contracts which are administered in trust by the Operating Entities;

     (ah) "Unaudited   Financial   Statements"  means  the  unaudited  financial
          statements of each of the Companies and the  Partnerships  (except for
          Heritage), for the 12 month period ending December 31, 1998, a copy of
          each of which is incorporated as Schedule H; and

     (ai) "Weintraub  Shares"  means  the  shares  in the  capital  of  Neptune,
          Heritage and Neptune Pre-Need beneficially owned by Weintraub,  either
          directly or  indirectly,  at the Time of Closing being that number and
          class of shares set out in Schedule A to this Agreement.

1.2  Schedules: The following are the schedules delivered concurrently with, and
     incorporated in, this Agreement:

<TABLE>
      Schedule          Description                                                                Reference
      --------          -----------                                                                ---------
      <S>               <C>                                                                        <C>
         A              Authorized and Issued Share Capital of Each of the Companies                3.2(a)(b)
                        and Issued  Partnership Units of Each of the Partnerships

         B              List of Leased Assets                                                       3.3(b)

         C              List of Specified Assets                                                    3.3(d)

         D              List of Land and Buildings                                                  3.3(h)
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                      - 6 -



<TABLE>
   Schedule             Description                                                             Reference
   --------             -----------                                                             ---------
      <S>               <C>                                                                     <C>
     E                  List of Intangible Assets                                                3.3(i)

     F                  List of Other Operating and Fixed Assets                                 3.3(j)

     G                  List of Trust Accounts                                                   3.4(a)

     H                  Unaudited Financial Statements                                           3.6(a)

     I                  List of Bank Accounts                                                    3.7(b)

     J                  List of Insurance Policies                                               3.8(a)(b)(c)

     K                  List of Employees and Employee Benefit Plans                             3.10(a)(c)

     L                  List of Adverse Proceedings                                              3.8(c) and
                                                                                                 3.11(a)

     M                  List of Material Contracts                                               3.12(a)

     N                  List of Pre Need Contracts                                               3.12(b)

     O                  Required Consents                                                        3.14(a) and
                                                                                                 8.1(a)

     P                  Certificate of Accredited Investor                                       8.1(d)

     Q                  Minority Shareholder Agreements                                          8.1(k)

     R                  Interest Purchase Agreements                                             8.1(l)

     S                  Weintraub Consulting Agreement                                           8.1(n)

     T                  Miller Employment Agreement                                              8.1(o)

     U                  Form of Note                                                             2.4(c)

     V                  Form of Weintraub Note                                                   2.4(d)

     W                  Limited Partner Units Not Tendered                                       6.1
</TABLE>


1.3  Division,  Headings,  Index:  The division of this Agreement into sections,
     subsections  and  paragraphs  and the  insertion  of headings and any index
     provided are for  convenience  of  reference  only and shall not affect the
     construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

1.4  Gender and Number:  Unless the context otherwise requires,  words importing
     the singular  include the plural and vice versa and words importing  gender
     include both genders.


<PAGE>

                                      - 7 -



1.5  Currency:  All dollar  amounts  referred to in this Agreement are stated in
     United States of America currency, unless otherwise expressly stated.

2    PURCHASE AND PURCHASE PRICE

2.1  Purchase:  On the  Closing  Date and  subject  to the terms and  conditions
     contained in this Agreement,  the Trust shall sell, assign and transfer the
     Weintraub  Shares  and Lari  through  the  Purchaser,  shall  purchase  the
     Weintraub Shares for the aggregate price of  $14,698,017.00  (the "Purchase
     Price").

2.2  Payment of Purchase Price: At the Time of Closing,  the Purchase Price will
     be payable by the Purchaser to the Trust as follows:

     (a)  the sum of $506,583.00  by way of a solicitor's  cheque payable to the
          Escrow Agent;

     (b)  513,273 shares of common stock of Lari (the "Lari  Shares")  issued by
          Lari to the Trust and  delivered  to the Escrow Agent in trust for the
          benefit of the Trust,  provided  that the closing price of such shares
          on the NASD OTC on the trading day that is two Business  Days prior to
          the Closing Date (the "Price  Date") is equal to or greater than $5.00
          per share (the "Deemed Price").  In the event that the Deemed Price is
          less  that  $5.00  per share on the Price  Date,  the  Purchaser  will
          deliver on Closing  the Lari  Shares plus that number of shares in the
          common trading stock of Lari which will increase the aggregate  deemed
          value of the Lari Shares to $2,566,368.00;

     (c)  the sum of $9,625,069.00 by way of an undivided  interest to the Trust
          in a  promissory  note in the  form  attached  as  Schedule  U to this
          Agreement (the "Note"), delivered to the Escrow Agent in trust for the
          benefit of the Trust; and

     (d)  the sum of  $2,000,000.00  by way of a promissory  note payable by the
          Purchaser  to the Trust in the form  attached  as  Schedule  V to this
          Agreement (the "Weintraub Note");

     which  shall be good and  sufficient  payment to the Trust to the extent of
     such amounts.

2.3  Effective  Date:   Notwithstanding   the  Closing  Date,  all  transactions
     contemplated  in this Agreement will be effective on the Effective Date and
     all income from the  Business  will accrue to the benefit of the  Purchaser
     from the Effective Date.

2.4  Excluded  Assets and  Excluded  Liabilities:  From and after the  Effective
     Date, the Purchaser will have operational control and responsibility of the
     management of the Excluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities.


<PAGE>

                                      - 8 -



2.5  Interim Payments: The Purchaser will cause the Operating Entities to pay to
     the  Trust  on each of May 17,  1999  and  June  15,  1999,  an  amount  of
     $200,000.00  (or such lesser amount in the event that there is insufficient
     working capital to operate the Business in the ordinary  course) subject to
     withholding  or  to  other  statutory  deductions,  if  any  (the  "Interim
     Payments").

2.6  Reconciliation: On or before June 30, 1999 (the "Reconciliation Date"), the
     Purchaser will provide to Weintraub a reconciliation of the Excluded Assets
     and  Excluded  Liabilities,  being  that  amount of cash,  collections  and
     amounts  paid,  respectively,  from the  Effective  Date  less the  Interim
     Payments.

2.7  Payment of Difference:  Any amount of cash and collected  receivables  that
     pertain  to the  Excluded  Assets,  which is in  excess  of the  amount  of
     payments  that  pertain  to  the  Excluded  Liabilities  plus  any  Interim
     Payments,  will be paid by the Purchaser to the Trust on or before July 15,
     1999.  Any amount of cash and  collected  receivables  that  pertain to the
     Excluded  Assets which is less than the amount of payments  that pertain to
     the  Excluded  Liabilities  plus  any  Interim  Payments  will  be  paid by
     Weintraub to the Purchaser on or before July 31, 1999.

2.8  Right of  Set-Off:  In the event  that  Weintraub  owes the  Purchaser  any
     amounts in connection with the  reconciliation  set forth in Section 2, the
     Purchaser  and Lari have the right to set-off any such  amount  against any
     money due and owing to Weintraub or to the Trust from the Purchaser or Lari
     under this or any other Agreement.

3    JOINT AND SEVERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     OF THE VENDORS WITH RESPECT TO THE OPERATING ENTITIES

The Vendors  jointly and  severally  represent  and warrant to the  Purchaser as
follows and acknowledge that the Purchaser is relying upon such  representations
and warranties in connection with the purchase of the Weintraub Shares:

3.1  Corporate Status and Authority:

     (a)  Corporate  Status:  Each  of the  Operating  Entities  has  been  duly
          organized  and is  validly  subsisting  under the laws of the State of
          California  or the  State of  Florida  as the case may be and have all
          requisite  power and  capacity to own or lease the Assets and to carry
          on the  Business.  The  Operating  Entities  are  duly  qualified  and
          licensed to carry on their business in all  jurisdictions in which the
          nature of their  business or the properties and assets owned or leased
          by them make such qualification and licensing  necessary and where the
          failure to be so qualified and licensed would have a material  adverse
          effect on the Business or the Assets;


<PAGE>

                                      - 9 -



     (b)  Amendments  to  Charter:  The  Operating  Entities  have  not made any
          amendments  to their  Charter  Documents  other than  those  expressly
          reflected in their corporate records; and

     (c)  Corporate Records:  The corporate and/or limited  partnership  records
          and minute  books of the  Operating  Entities  accurately  reflect all
          material proceedings of its directors and shareholders and partnership
          proceedings,  as the case may be, and include  complete  and  accurate
          minutes of all meetings of its directors, shareholders or partners, as
          the case may be,  copies of all  resolutions  passed,  up-to-date  and
          accurate  shareholder,   director  and  partner  registers,   transfer
          registers and any other  corporate and limited  partnership  registers
          required to be maintained by the Operating  Entities.  All meetings of
          shareholders,  directors and  partners,  as the case may be, were duly
          called and held and all resolutions, whether passed at meetings, or in
          writing,  are valid and effectual in all cases where the matters dealt
          with at such  meetings  or in such  resolutions  could have a material
          effect on the Operating Entities as the case may be.

3.2  Share Capital and Partnership Units:

     (a)  Share Capital:  The authorized and issued share capital of each of the
          Companies is accurately described in Schedule A to this Agreement. The
          shares shown as  constituting  the issued share capital of each of the
          Companies have been duly issued and are outstanding and are fully paid
          and non-assessable;

     (b)  Partnership  Units: The total number of partnership  units outstanding
          in the  capital  stock  of  each  of the  Partnerships  is  accurately
          described in Schedule A to this Agreement; and

     (c)  Rights to Acquire  Securities:  No person has any  agreement,  option,
          right or privilege (whether by law, pre-emptive,  or contractual),  or
          any interest capable of becoming an agreement,  including  convertible
          securities,  warrants,  or convertible  obligations of any nature, for
          the  purchase,  subscription,  allotment  or  issuance  of  any of the
          unissued  shares  of any of the  Companies  or any of the units in the
          capital stock of each of the Partnerships.

3.3  Assets:

     (a)  Ownership:  Except for the Leased Assets,  the Operating Entities have
          good and  marketable  title to all of the Assets free and clear of all
          Encumbrances;

     (b)  Leased  Assets:  The Leased Assets are held under valid and subsisting
          Leases,  each of which is listed in  Schedule B. Each Lease is in full
          force and effect and without amendment thereto, and the Leases and the
          Leased Assets are free and


<PAGE>

                                     - 10 -



          clear of all Encumbrances. Except for the Leases, there are no leases,
          agreements  to lease,  tenancy  arrangements  or licences to which the
          Operating  Entities  are a party  which  have a  capitalized  value in
          excess of $1,000. The Operating Entities have not previously  assigned
          the Leases nor sublet their interest in any of the Leased Assets under
          the Leases.  The Operating Entities have not released any of the other
          parties  to  such  leases  from  the   performance  of  any  of  their
          obligations  thereunder.  The Operating  Entities are not in breach of
          any of the terms of any  Leases,  and the Vendors are not aware of any
          of the other parties to the Leases being in breach of any of the terms
          of the Leases,  and, to the best of the  knowledge of the Vendors,  no
          event or condition has occurred  which,  either  immediately  or after
          notice or lapse of time or both,  could give rise to the  cancellation
          or  termination  of any of the  Leases.  There are no  prepaid  rents,
          rent-free periods or outstanding lessor's contributions or obligations
          for  lessee  incentives  under  any of the  leases  which  consist  of
          subleases  under which the  Operating  Entities are a  sublessor.  The
          Vendors  have no  knowledge  of anything or matter which does or shall
          give any of the  sublessees  under any of the  subleases  any right of
          abatement,  set-off or deduction in respect of the rent payable by the
          sublessees;

     (c)  Condition of Assets: To the best of the knowledge of the Vendors,  all
          fixed assets and equipment owned or used by the Operating  Entities in
          the  conduct  of the  Business  all,  of which  is  listed  in  either
          Schedules  C or F,  have  been  properly  maintained  and  are in good
          working order and contain no defects which could adversely  affect the
          operation of the Business to any material degree;

     (d)  Condition of Specified Assets: The Specified Assets have been properly
          maintained  and are in good working order and contain no defects which
          could  adversely  affect the operation of the Business to any material
          degree;

     (e)  Rights to Assets: No present or former director, officer,  shareholder
          or  partner of the  Operating  Entities  or any person not  dealing at
          arm's length with any of the foregoing  owns directly or indirectly or
          has any  agreement,  option or  commitment  to acquire  or lease,  any
          property, asset, right or license used by the Business;

     (f)  Zoning: All real property at which the Operating Entities carry on the
          Business  is zoned to permit the  particular  activity  carried out on
          such property;

     (g)  Rents and Taxes: All rents,  operating costs,  property taxes (whether
          municipal,  school,  general and special  taxes,  rates,  assessments,
          local  improvements  charges  or  frontage  taxes),   business  taxes,
          development  cost  charges,  other  subdivision  charges and costs and
          other  levies  which are  chargeable  against  the Land and  Buildings
          leased by the  Operating  Entities  have been paid in fill  unless the
          same are not due and payable;


<PAGE>

                                     - 11 -



     (h)  Land  and  Buildings:  The list  the  Land  and  Buildings  set out in
          Schedule D accurately reflects all interests of the Operating Entities
          in real  property  used in the  conduct of the  Business.  The Vendors
          represent that all agreements with respect to the Operating  Entities'
          interests  in the  Land and  Buildings  are in force  and  effect  and
          without  amendment thereto and the interests in the Land and Buildings
          are free and clear of all  Encumbrances.  To the best of the knowledge
          of the Vendors,  neither  asbestos nor urea  formaldehyde  foam is now
          used in any of the buildings listed in Schedule D;

     (i)  Intangible  Assets: The list the Intangible Assets set out in Schedule
          E accurately  reflects all registered and  unregistered  names,  trade
          names,  trademarks,  designs,  copyrights,  patents and similar rights
          specifically  including  but not  limited  to the Trade  Names and any
          proprietary software used in connection with the Business and/or owned
          or  held  by  the  Operating  Entities  on the  date  hereof  free  of
          Encumbrances; and

     (j)  Other  Operating  and Fixed Assets:  The list the Other  Operating and
          Fixed Assets set out in Schedule F accurately  reflects all  operating
          and fixed assets  owned or held by the  Operating  Entities  having an
          original  capital  cost  of  $500 or  more  which  are  not  disclosed
          elsewhere in this  Subsection  3.3.  Except for sales and purchases in
          the ordinary  course of business since January 12, 1999, the Operating
          Entities own such assets on the date hereof free of Encumbrances.

3.4  Trust Accounts:

     (a)  The Trust  Accounts  described in Schedule G  accurately  reflects all
          funds received by the Operating  Entities in connection  with the sale
          of  pre-need   funeral   arrangements  or  for   undelivered   funeral
          merchandise  which has been placed in the Trust  Accounts on behalf of
          the  pre-need  customer  to the  extent  required  by the terms of the
          Pre-Need  Contract with the customer and as required by the applicable
          laws and  regulations  governing  the  Trust  Accounts  as of the date
          indicated in Schedule G;

     (b)  All  investments  of the Trust  Accounts  are in  accordance  with all
          applicable  state and federal laws and  regulations  pertaining to the
          investment and administration of such Trust Accounts; and

     (c)  The  Operating  Entities  have  delivered to the  customer,  or at the
          election of the customer  stored for the benefit of the customer,  all
          pre-need  merchandise  sold by the Operating  Entities to the customer
          under the Pre-Need Contracts. Any such storage of merchandise is in an
          appropriate  storage  facility in accordance  with the applicable laws
          and regulations regarding such storage.


<PAGE>

                                     - 12 -



3.5  Business Operations:

     (a)  Operating  Authorities:  Except as set forth in Subsection  3.11,  the
          Operating  Entities have  acquired,  and currently  hold, all permits,
          licenses, consents,  authorizations,  approvals,  privileges, waivers,
          exemptions,  orders,  certificates,   rulings,  agreements  and  other
          concessions  granted  by or  entered  into  with any  governmental  or
          regulatory  authority  required in  connection  with the Assets or the
          Business,  that are  material to the Assets or the Business and all of
          the foregoing are in good standing and are being  complied with in all
          material respects;

     (b)  Compliance  with Laws: The Operating  Entities are operating and using
          the Assets,  and are conducting the Business,  in compliance  with all
          applicable  laws and  regulations  of each  jurisdiction  in which the
          Assets are located or in which they conduct the Business; and

     (c)  Jurisdictions in which Business is Carried On: The Operating  Entities
          do not  carry  on the  Business  or own or  lease  any  assets  in any
          jurisdiction  other  than in the  State of  California,  the  State of
          Florida and the State of New York which would require  registration or
          licensing in such jurisdiction.

3.6  Financial:

     (a)  Unaudited Financial  Statements:  The Unaudited  Financial  Statements
          present fairly in all material respects the financial  position of the
          Operating  Entities as at the respective  dates of the said statements
          and the results of their operations for the 12 month period then ended
          in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  used  by  the  Operating
          Entities applied on a basis consistent annually except as noted in the
          Thomas-Pierce  & Company  reconciliations  as  reviewed  by Deloitte &
          Touche.

     (b)  No Material  Change:  Since January 12, 1999 and up to the date hereof
          there has been no material  adverse  change in the nature or condition
          of the Assets or the Business,  financial or otherwise, except changes
          occurring in the ordinary  course of its business,  nor has there been
          any  development  or threatened or probable  development  of which the
          Vendors are aware which materially and adversely affects the Assets or
          the Business.  The Business has been carried on in the ordinary course
          as it had previously  been carried on. In addition,  save as disclosed
          herein, since January 12, 1999 and up to the date hereof the Operating
          Entities have not:

          (i)       issued any shares, units or other securities;


<PAGE>

                                     - 13 -


          (ii)      incurred   any   liability   or   obligation   (absolute  or
                    contingent)  save  current   liabilities   incurred  in  the
                    ordinary  course of  business  which as to their  nature and
                    amount are consistent with the Business as carried on;

          (iii)     discharged  or  satisfied  any   Encumbrance   or  paid  any
                    obligation or liability  (absolute or contingent) except for
                    current  liabilities  incurred  in the  ordinary  course  of
                    business and except for regularly scheduled payments of term
                    debt and lease payments;

          (iv)      declared, paid, authorized or made any dividend,  payment or
                    distribution  of any kind or nature to its  shareholders  or
                    partners in their  capacity as such or redeemed or purchased
                    or otherwise  acquired any of its capital stock or agreed to
                    do  so  except  for  an  accrual  included  as  an  Excluded
                    Liability  at March  31,  1999 in the  aggregate  amount  of
                    $24,993.00  to be paid  as a  partner  draw  to the  limited
                    partners of Neptune FT,  Neptune NA,  Neptune MI, Neptune SP
                    and Neptune WT as at March 30, 1999;

          (v)       subjected any of the Assets to any Encumbrances;

          (vi)      sold  or  transferred  any of the  Assets  or  cancelled  or
                    released any debts or claims,  except,  in each case, in the
                    ordinary course of business;

          (vii)     waived any rights of material value;

          (viii)    entered  into  any  transaction  or into  any  contracts  or
                    agreements or modifications or cancellations  thereof, other
                    than in the ordinary course of business;

          (ix)      made or  authorized  any payment to  officers,  directors or
                    employees  in their  capacity as such except in the ordinary
                    course of  business  and at rates of salary,  bonus or other
                    remuneration consistent with remuneration of previous years;

          (x)       used any funds other than in the ordinary course of business
                    as theretofore carried on; and

          (xi)      made any capital expenditures greater than $1,000 or entered
                    into any lease with a capitalized value greater than $1,000;

     (c)  Books and Records:  The Books and Records fairly and correctly set out
          and disclose in all material  respects the  financial  position of the
          Operating  Entities and all  material  financial  transactions  of the
          Operating  Entities  have been  accurately  recorded  in the Books and
          Records;


<PAGE>

                                     - 14 -



     (d)  Liabilities:   The  Operating  Entities  do  not  have  any  debts  or
          liabilities  (whether accrued,  contingent,  absolute or otherwise and
          whether or not  determined  or  determinable),  including  liabilities
          which arise  hereafter  based on events which have  occurred up to the
          date hereof,  and including  liabilities  relating to income and other
          taxes except:

          (i)       liabilities  disclosed  on,  reflected in or provided for in
                    the Unaudited Financial Statements;

          (ii)      other liabilities disclosed in this Agreement; or

          (iii)     liabilities   incurred  in  the   ordinary   course  of  its
                    businesses since January 12, 1999;

     (e)  Current  Liabilities:  Notwithstanding  paragraph  3.6(d)  above,  the
          Operating Entities do not have accounts or trade payables or any other
          current  liabilities,  including any sales tax or commissions payable,
          which exceed $300,000.00 at the Effective Date.

     (f)  Receivables:  All  accounts  receivable  recorded  on the books of the
          Operating  Entities  are due and  payable  and no  right of set off or
          counterclaim  exists with  respect to those  accounts,  except for the
          right of  cancellation  of  Pre-Need  Contracts  as set forth in those
          agreements.  The reserves  taken for doubtful or bad accounts as shown
          on the Unaudited Financial  Statements have been determined on a basis
          consistent with past practice of the Operating Entities and consistent
          with the  accounting  procedures  used by the  Operating  Entities  in
          previous fiscal periods.  There is no circumstance of which any of the
          Vendors  is aware  which  would  indicate  that  such  reserve  is not
          adequate;

     (g)  Accountants:   The  Operating  Entities  have  not  had  any  material
          disagreement  or dispute with their auditors or  accountants  over the
          accounting or tax treatment of their financial information during this
          period or for the period ended January 12, 1999; and

     (h)  Shareholder  and Related  Party  Loans:  At the Time of  Closing,  the
          Operating  Entities will not be indebted,  directly or indirectly,  to
          any  of  the  Vendors,  any  present  or  former  director,   officer,
          shareholder,  partner or  employee  of the  Operating  Entities or any
          person not dealing at arms length with any of the  foregoing  and none
          of such  persons is  indebted  to the  Operating  Entities  except for
          matters arising out of normal relations between employee and employer.


<PAGE>

                                     - 15 -



3.7  Banking:

     (a)  Loans and Credit Facilities:  Except for the promissory note issued by
          Neptune SP on March 19, 1996, the Operating  Entities have not entered
          into, or otherwise arranged for, any loans,  operating lines of credit
          or other credit facilities (including interest rate or currency swaps,
          hedging contracts,  forward loan or rate agreements or other financial
          instruments),  and do not  have  outstanding  any  bonds,  debentures,
          mortgages,  notes  or other  similar  indebtedness  and the  Operating
          Entities are not  obligated to create or issue any bonds,  debentures,
          mortgages, notes or other similar indebtedness;

     (b)  Bank  Facilities:  Schedule I contains a complete and accurate listing
          showing  the name of each bank,  trust  company  or similar  financial
          institution  in which the Operating  Entities have an account,  safety
          deposit  box or other  banking  facility,  including  the names of all
          persons authorized to transact business in respect of such accounts;

     (c)  Cash Balance:  The Operating  Entities have cash and cash equivalents,
          not including the Trust Accounts,  which is no less than  $900,000.00;
          and

     (d)  Guarantees/Indemnities:  The Operating Entities have not guaranteed or
          indemnified,  or agreed to  guarantee or  indemnify,  or agreed to any
          other like  commitment,  in respect  of any debt,  liability  or other
          obligation of any person.

3.8  Insurance:

     (a)  List of Policies:  Schedule J contains a complete and accurate listing
          of all insurance  policies of the Operating  Entities  relating to the
          Assets  and  the  Business  including  all  property  damage,  general
          liability,  motor  vehicle,  director and officer  liability  and life
          policies;

     (b)  Good Standing:  Each of the insurance policies listed in Schedule J is
          in good  standing,  all premiums  required to be paid by the Operating
          Entities   have   been   properly    paid,    there   have   been   no
          misrepresentations  or failures to disclose material facts, and except
          as provided for by CNA,  there has been no refusal to renew any of the
          policies and none of the Vendors have any knowledge of any facts which
          might  render  any  of  the   policies   invalid,   unenforceable   or
          non-renewable; and

     (c)  Outstanding Claims: Except as disclosed in Schedule L no threatened or
          actual claims against any of the policies described in Schedule J have
          been  made in the last 3 years.  The  Operating  Entities  have  given
          notice of or have otherwise  presented in a timely fashion every claim
          under each such insurance policy.


<PAGE>

                                     - 16 -



3.9  Tax Matters:

     (a)  Filings: Each of the Operating Entities have duly and timely filed all
          returns,  elections and  designations  required to be filed by it with
          any taxation  authority or if not filed on a timely  basis,  all fees,
          penalties, interest and other amounts payable as a result thereof have
          been paid.  No such  returns,  elections or  designations  contain any
          material misstatement or omit any material statements that should have
          been  included and each return,  election and  designation,  including
          accompanying schedules and statements is true, correct and complete in
          all material respects;

     (b)  Payment:  Each of the Operating Entities have paid in full all amounts
          (including  but not  limited to sales,  capital,  use and  consumption
          taxes and taxes measured on income and all instalments of taxes) owing
          to all  federal,  state and  municipal  taxation  authorities  due and
          payable by it up to the date of this Agreement;

     (c)  Extensions:  There are no  agreements,  waivers or other  arrangements
          with any taxation  authority  providing  for an extension of time with
          respect to the filing of any return,  election or  designation  by, or
          any payment of any amount by or governmental charge against any of the
          Operating Entities, nor with respect to the issuance of any assessment
          or reassessment;

     (d)  Adverse  Proceedings:  To the best of the  knowledge  of the  Vendors,
          there are no actions, suits, proceedings,  investigations or claims by
          any governmental  authority  pending or threatened  against any of the
          Operating  Entities  relating  to  taxes,   governmental   charges  or
          assessments,  except as  described  in  Schedule  L. There are also no
          matters under discussion with any governmental  authority  relating to
          taxes,  governmental charges or assessments asserted or to be asserted
          by such authority;

     (e)  Deductions/Remittances:  Each of the Operating  Entities have withheld
          and  remitted  all amounts  required  to be  withheld by it  including
          without limitation, income tax, Social Security Plan contributions and
          Employment  Insurance premiums and has paid such amounts including any
          penalties  or interest  due to the  appropriate  authority on a timely
          basis and in the form required under the appropriate legislation;

     (f)  Acquisitions:  None of the Operating  Entities have acquired  property
          from, or disposed of property to, any person, firm or corporation with
          whom any of the Operating Entities does not deal at arm's length since
          January 12, 1999; and

     (g)  Other Jurisdictions:  None of the Operating Entities have filed or are
          currently required to file any returns, elections or designations with
          any  taxation  authority  located in any  jurisdiction  other than the
          State of California, the State of Florida and the State of New York.


<PAGE>

                                     - 17 -



3.10 Employee Matters:

     (a)  List of  Employees:  The list of employees  set out in Schedule K is a
          comprehensive  list of the employees and commissioned  sales people of
          the  Operating  Entities as at March 31, 1999 and includes an accurate
          description  of,  the  compensation,   and/or  commission   structure,
          position, job classification, date of hire and age. There have been no
          material  variations  to this list since  March 31,  1999  except such
          changes as occur in the ordinary course of business;

     (b)  Employment Contracts: Except for the Independent Contractor Agreements
          and  Amendments  thereto,  as set out in Schedule M and except for the
          employment   contract   with  Larry  Miller  to  be  entered  into  as
          contemplated  in paragraph  7.1(n),  the Operating  Entities are not a
          party to any oral or written consulting contract, management contract,
          labour  services  contract or similar  agreement for the services of a
          particular  individual  and  none of the  employees  of the  Operating
          Entities  are  employed  on  other  than an  indefinite  hiring  basis
          terminable  on  reasonable  notice  according  to law without  further
          liability to the Operating Entities;

     (c)  Benefit Plans:  Schedule K contains a complete and accurate listing of
          all benefit, bonus, profit-sharing,  retirement income, termination or
          severance, dental, medical, disability, health or other plan, program,
          policy or other  arrangement  in place for the benefit or advantage of
          the salaried  employees of the Operating Entities as at March 22, 1999
          and there  have been no  material  variations  to this list since that
          date other than in the ordinary course of business.  All contributions
          required to be made by the Operating  Entities to such plans have been
          properly  made and all  retirement  plans  are fully  funded,  and all
          returns and other  documents  have been filed and all amounts owing to
          any governmental or other regulatory authority relating to such plans,
          programs, policies or arrangements have been paid;

     (d)  Pension Plans:  The Operating  Entities do not have nor have they ever
          had a pension plan for any of its  directors,  officers,  employees or
          affiliates thereof; and

     (e)  Employer  Associations:  None of the Operating Entities is a member of
          any  employer,  management,   industry  or  other  trade  or  business
          association under which any of the Operating  Entities is obligated to
          contribute  to any  employee  or  contractor  employee  benefit  fund,
          including  any pension  plans,  health  benefit plans or other similar
          employee entitlements.

3.11 Litigation and Claims:

     (a)  Adverse  Proceedings:  The list of  outstanding  claims  contained  in
          Schedule  L is a complete  and  accurate  listing  of all  outstanding
          actions,  claims,  demands,  lawsuits,  prosecutions  or  governmental
          investigations by or against any of the

<PAGE>

                                     - 18 -



          Operating Entities,  and there is no other adverse proceeding which is
          to the  knowledge  of any of the  Vendors  pending or  threatened  by,
          against, or relating to any of the Operating Entities,  the Assets, or
          the  Business.  Except as set out in  Schedule  L, the Vendors are not
          aware of any basis  for any  other  action,  claim,  demand,  lawsuit,
          investigation or other adverse proceeding which, if pursued would have
          a significant likelihood of having a material adverse effect on any of
          the Operating Entities;

     (b)  Compliance  Directives:  Except as set out in Schedule L, there are no
          outstanding  compliance directives or work orders of which the Vendors
          are aware  relating to the Assets,  or the Business,  from any police,
          fire  department,  sanitation  or  health  authorities,  environmental
          agencies,  or from any other  federal,  state or municipal  authority,
          department or agency, nor do any of the Vendors have notice that there
          are any matters  under formal  consideration  by any such  authorities
          relating to any of the Operating Entities;

     (c)  Notice  of  Default/Claims:  Except  as  expressly  disclosed  in this
          Agreement,  none of the Operating Entities have received any notice of
          any default, violation or termination of any of the Pre-Need Contracts
          (other than individual  cancellations of Pre-Need Contracts within the
          ordinary  course of  business),  Material  Contracts,  Leases or other
          contracts  entered into by the  Operating  Entities  which will, or is
          likely to, result in such a default, violation or termination;

     (d)  No Seizure: There is no appropriation, expropriation or seizure of any
          of the Assets that is pending or, which to the knowledge of any of the
          Vendors has been threatened against any of the Operating Entities; and

     (e)  Trademark  and Patent  Infringement:  Except as set out in Schedule L,
          the conduct of the Business by any of the Operating  Entities does not
          infringe  upon  any  patent,  trademark  or other  proprietary  right,
          domestic  or  foreign,  of any person in respect of which there is any
          significant likelihood that it would have a material adverse effect on
          the Assets or the Business.

3.12 Contracts and Commitments:

     (a)  Material Contracts:  Other than the Pre-Need Contracts and the Leases,
          Schedule M contains a complete  and  accurate  listing of all material
          contracts,  agreements,  leases,  commitments,  instruments  or  other
          dealings to which each of the Operating  Entities is a party, by which
          either any of the  Operating  Entities  is bound or under which any of
          the Operating  Entities is entitled to any benefits.  For the purposes
          of this Agreement a contract shall be material if:


<PAGE>

                                     - 19 -



          (i)       performance  of any right or obligation by any party to such
                    contract  involves  a payment  by either  party of $1,000 or
                    more and having a term of more than one year; or

          (ii)      if an expenditure,  receipt or transfer or other disposition
                    of  property  with a value of greater  than $1,000 may arise
                    under such  contract  (other than a contract with a customer
                    or supplier in the ordinary course of business); or

          (iii)     if such  contract  has been entered into out of the ordinary
                    course of business;

     (b)  Pre-Need  Contracts:  Schedule  N contains  a  complete  and  accurate
          listing of all active pre-need  contracts sold by or for the Operating
          Entities,  their  predecessors  and  assignors  for the  provision  of
          funeral cremation services as of December 31, 1998;

     (c)  Good Standing:  Except as disclosed herein, the Operating Entities are
          not in breach or default of any of the terms of the Material Contracts
          or Pre-Need Contracts, and none of the Vendors are aware of any breach
          or default of any of the terms of the  Material  Contracts or Pre-Need
          Contracts  by any other party  thereto,  and each such  contract is in
          good standing and in full force and effect without amendment  thereto.
          To the best of the  knowledge of the Vendors no state of facts exists,
          which,  after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a
          default or breach where there is any significant  likelihood that such
          breach or default  referred to in this paragraph  3.12(c) would have a
          material adverse effect on the Assets or the Business; and

     (d)  Shareholder  Agreements:  At  the  Time  of  Closing,  except  for  an
          agreement   dated  February  11,  1980  between  Stanley  Zicklin  and
          Neptune's  predecessor-in-interest,   there  will  be  no  shareholder
          agreements, unanimous shareholder agreements, voting trust, pooling or
          any other similar  agreement among or between any of the  shareholders
          or partners of the Operating Entities.

3.13 Contingency and Environmental Liabilities:

     (a)  Compliance:  The Operating  Entities are in compliance in all material
          respects with all federal, state and municipal  environmental laws and
          regulations (the "Environmental Laws"). The existing activities of the
          Operating  Entities and the crematories  and, to the best knowledge of
          the Vendors, its prior uses and activities and the uses and activities
          of other property now or previously owned or operated by the Operating
          Entities, comply and at all times have complied with all Environmental
          Laws,  with the  exception of  citations  for  excessive  emissions at
          Heritage which  citations  have all been corrected (the  "Citations").
          The  Operating  Entities  have  filed all  environmental  reports  and
          notifications   required  to  be  filed  under   applicable  laws  and
          regulations;


<PAGE>

                                     - 20 -



     (b)  Notice of Non-Compliance:  None of the Operating Entities have nor, to
          the best  knowledge  of the  Operating  Entities,  any prior  owner or
          occupant of the property  now leased or operated by the  Vendors,  has
          received any notice or other communication  alleging that they are not
          in compliance with any  Environmental  Laws, or alleging any liability
          under any Environmental  Laws,  except for the Citations.  The Vendors
          and the  Operating  Entities  are not  subject  to,  and have not been
          subject to, any claim, judgement, decree, order, writ, citation, fine,
          penalty,   injunction,   litigation  or  proceeding  relating  to  any
          Environmental Laws, except for the Citations;

     (c)  Hazardous  Material:  None of the Operating  Entities nor, to the best
          knowledge of the Vendors, any other person or entity has engaged in or
          permitted any  operations or activities  upon, or any use or occupancy
          of property  now or  previously  owned or  operated  by the  Operating
          Entities,  resulting in the storage,  emission,  release, discharge or
          disposal of any hazardous materials on, in, under or from any property
          used for or by the Operating Entities;

     (d)  Cremation  Residue:  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  L, none of the
          Operating  Entities have  transported  or disposed of, or arranged for
          the  transportation  or disposal  of, any  cremation  residue or other
          waste  to or at a site  which  is not in  accordance  with  applicable
          Environmental Laws;

     (e)  No  Expenditures:  No  expenditures  will be required in order for the
          Assets  to  comply  with  Environmental  Laws in  connection  with the
          current  operation  and continued  operation of the  activities of the
          Operating Entities.

3.14 Effect of this Transaction:

     (a)  No  Adverse  Implications:  Except as  disclosed  in  Schedule  O with
          respect  to certain  required  consents,  neither  the  execution  and
          delivery of this Agreement nor the  completion and  performance of the
          transactions contemplated hereby will:

          (i)       give  any  person  the  right to  terminate  or  cancel  any
                    contractual  or  other  rights  with  any of  the  Operating
                    Entities where such termination or cancellation would have a
                    material adverse effect on the Assets or the Business;

          (ii)      violate  any  restriction  of any nature  applicable  to the
                    Vendors  or  relating  to  the  disposition  of  any  of the
                    Weintraub Shares;

          (iii)     result in the creation of any liens or  encumbrances  on the
                    Assets or in the default under any agreement  giving a third
                    party security against the Assets or in the  crystallization
                    of any floating charge in a debenture as

<PAGE>

                                     - 21 -



                    general security interest in a security  agreement  granted,
                    issued or assumed  by the  Operating  Entities  where any of
                    such  events  could  have a material  adverse  effect on the
                    Assets or the Business;

          (iv)      violate any  provision  of any  indenture,  mortgage,  lien,
                    lease,  agreement,  instrument,  order,  arbitration  award,
                    judgment or decree to which any of the Operating Entities is
                    a party or by which  any of the  Operating  Entities  or the
                    Assets  are  bound  the  violation  of  which  could  have a
                    material  adverse  effect on the Assets or the  Business  or
                    impair the legality or  enforceability  of this Agreement or
                    the transactions contemplated hereby; nor

          (v)       be contrary to the  provisions  of the Charter  Documents of
                    the Operating Entities;

     (b)  Notice Procedure:  The Vendors may, at any time up to 5:00 p.m. on the
          day which is two Business  Days prior to the  Closing,  give notice to
          the  Purchaser  advising  it  of  any  fact  which,  except  for  this
          Subsection   3.14,   would   constitute   a  breach   of  any  of  the
          representations and warranties set out in this Section 3 or Section 4.
          Such  notice  shall  state  that it is being  given  pursuant  to this
          Subsection 3.14 and shall set out sufficient information to enable the
          Purchaser  to make a reasoned  business  judgment  with respect to the
          choices set out herein.  Upon  receipt of such notice,  the  Purchaser
          may:

          (i)       postpone the Closing; and

          (ii)      at any  time  prior  to the  Closing  Date as  specified  in
                    Section 1 or as postponed as set out above,  either complete
                    the Closing, in which case this Agreement shall be deemed to
                    be  amended  so that  the  representation  and  warranty  in
                    respect of which the notice was given shall  incorporate the
                    disclosure  set  out  in  the  notice;  or,  terminate  this
                    agreement  without  further  obligation  on the  part of any
                    party to this Agreement;

     (c)  Joint and Several:  The  obligations of the Vendors shall be joint and
          several with respect to all the representations and warranties set out
          in this Section 3.

4    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST

The Trustee represents and warrants to the Purchaser and to Lari as follows with
respect  to the Trust and not with  respect  to any  other of the  Vendors.  The
Trustee  acknowledges  that  the  Purchaser  and  Lari  are  relying  upon  such
representations   and  warranties  in  connection   with  the  issuance  of  the
Securities:


<PAGE>

                                     - 22 -



4.1  Individual  Authority:  The Trust has have the  legal  capacity,  power and
     authority to hold the  Securities to be owned by it at the Time of Closing,
     to enter into this Agreement and to transfer the legal and beneficial title
     and   ownership  of  the  Weintraub   Shares  to  the  Purchaser   free  of
     Encumbrances;

4.2  Receipt of the  Securities:  The Trust is accepting  the  Securities as the
     Purchase Price as set out in Section 2 only for investment  purposes on its
     own account and not for the purpose of selling the Securities in connection
     with any distribution of the Purchaser securities. The Trustee acknowledges
     that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act 1933,
     as amended,  or the  securities  laws of any state of the United States and
     may not be offered,  sold,  transferred  or assigned  without  registration
     under  such act or  compliance  with an  exemption  from such  registration
     requirement  and for this reason,  certificates  evidencing  the Securities
     shall display the legend, substantially in the form as follows:

          "THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  HAVE  NOT  BEEN AND WILL NOT BE
          REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
          (THE  "SECURITIES   ACT").  THE  HOLDER  HEREOF,  BY  PURCHASING  SUCH
          SECURITIES,  AGREES  FOR THE  BENEFIT  OF THE  CORPORATION  THAT  SUCH
          SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO
          THE CORPORATION, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
          904 OF  REGULATION S UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED
          STATES IN ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT OR RULE
          144 UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT, IF APPLICABLE,  OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION
          THAT IS OTHERWISE  EXEMPT FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
          AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH SALE
          THE  CORPORATION   SHALL  HAVE  RECEIVED  AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  OF
          RECOGNIZED STANDING,  IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE  SATISFACTORY TO IT, AS TO
          THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION."

4.3  Solicitation:  The Trustee  acknowledges that the Securities to be received
     by the Trust at Closing were not advertised in printed media of general and
     regular paid circulation, radio or television.


<PAGE>

                                     - 23 -



4.4  Accredited Investor:  The Trust is an "accredited investor" as such term is
     defined in Rule 501 of  Regulation  D  promulgated  by the  Securities  and
     Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (U.S.).

4.5  No Trades: The Trustee and the Trust have not traded in the common stock of
     Lari and will refrain  from  trading in or selling  short any shares in the
     common stock of Lari or entering into any derivative  transactions  of same
     prior to the Closing Date.

4.6  Residency:   The  Trust  is  resident  at  718  North  Elm,  Beverly  Hill,
     California..

4.7  Joint and Several:  The  obligations  of the Trustee and the Trust shall be
     joint and several with respect to all the  representations  and  warranties
     set out in this Section 4.

5    COVENANTS OF THE VENDORS

The Vendors  covenant and agree with the  Purchaser  as follows and  acknowledge
that the Purchaser is relying upon such  covenants and  agreements in connection
with the purchase of the Weintraub Shares:

5.1  Access  to  the  Operating  Entities:  The  Vendors  shall  forthwith  make
     available  to the  Purchaser  and its  authorized  representatives  and, if
     requested by the  Purchaser,  provide a copy to the  Purchaser of all title
     documents, contracts, financial statements, minute books, share certificate
     books, share registers,  limited partnership agreements and records, plans,
     reports, licences,  orders, permits, books of account,  accounting records,
     constating documents and all other documents,  information or data relating
     to the Operating  Entities.  The Vendors shall afford the Purchaser and its
     authorized  representatives  every reasonable  opportunity to have free and
     unrestricted  access to the  property,  assets,  undertaking,  records  and
     documents of the Operating Entities.  At the request of the Purchaser,  the
     Vendors shall execute or cause to be executed such consents, authorizations
     and directions as may be necessary to permit any inspection of any property
     of the  Operating  Entities or to enable the  Purchaser  or its  authorized
     representatives  to obtain full access to all files and records relating to
     any of the assets of the Operating  Entities  maintained by governmental or
     other public  authorities.  At the Purchaser's  request,  the Vendors shall
     co-operate  with  the  Purchaser  in  arranging  any such  meetings  as the
     Purchaser should reasonably request with:

     (a)  all employees of the Operating Entities;

     (b)  customers,  suppliers,  distributors  or others who have or have had a
          business relationship with the Operating Entities; and


<PAGE>

                                     - 24 -



     (c)  auditors,  solicitors  or any  other  persons  engaged  or  previously
          engaged  to  provide  services  to the  Operating  Entities  who  have
          knowledge of matters relating to the Operating Entities.

     In particular,  without limitation, the Vendors shall permit the Purchasers
     representatives  or  consultants  to conduct  such  physical  review of the
     inventory  of the  Operating  Entities as is  necessary so as to enable the
     confirmation  of  the  condition  of  such  inventory,  to  the  reasonable
     satisfaction of the Purchaser.  The exercise of any rights of inspection by
     or on behalf of the Purchaser under this  Subsection  shall not mitigate or
     otherwise  affect  the   representations  and  warranties  of  the  Vendors
     hereunder, which shall continue in full force and effect. In exercising its
     rights hereunder the Purchaser shall use its reasonable  commercial efforts
     to avoid interfering with the Business to the extent  reasonably  practical
     consistent  with the need to complete  its review of the  Business  and the
     Assets.

5.2  Delivery  of Books  and  Records:  At the Time of  Closing  there  shall be
     delivered to the Purchaser by the Vendors all of the Books and Records. The
     Purchaser  agrees that it will  preserve the Books and Records so delivered
     to it for so long as such Books and  Records  may be required to enable the
     Vendors to defend any claim  against  the  Operating  Entities  which could
     result in a Claim  hereunder  and at least until  December  31,  2005.  The
     Purchaser  will  permit  the  Vendors or their  authorized  representatives
     reasonable  access  thereto in connection  with the affairs of the Vendors.
     The Purchaser shall not be responsible or liable to the Vendors for or as a
     result of any accidental loss or destruction of or damage to any such Books
     or Records,  unless the Purchaser's negligence caused the loss, destruction
     or damage.

5.3  Conduct Prior to Closing: Without in any way limiting any other obligations
     of the  Vendors  hereunder,  during the period  from the date hereof to the
     Time of Closing:

     (a)  Conduct Business in the Ordinary  Course:  The Vendors shall cause the
          Operating  Entities to conduct its business in its ordinary and normal
          course and the Operating Entities shall not, without the prior written
          consent  of  the  Purchaser  (such  consent  not  to  be  unreasonably
          withheld),  enter into any  transaction  or take any action  that,  if
          effected after January 12, 1999 and before the date of this Agreement,
          would constitute a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or
          other obligation of the Vendors  contained  herein.  In particular the
          Vendors  shall cause the  Operating  Entities to refrain from entering
          into any contract or commitment  which would, if entered into prior to
          the date hereof,  constitute a Material  Contract or Lease,  save with
          the consent of the  Purchaser  (such  consent  not to be  unreasonably
          withheld);

     (b)  Continue Insurance:  The Vendors shall cause the Operating Entities to
          continue  to  maintain  in full  force  and  effect  all  policies  of
          insurance  or renewals  thereof now in effect,  shall take out, at the
          expense of the Purchaser, such additional insurance


<PAGE>

                                     - 25 -



          as may be  reasonably  requested by the  Purchaser  and shall give all
          notices and present all claims  under all  policies of  insurance in a
          due and timely fashion; and

     (c)  Preserve Goodwill: The Vendors shall use reasonable commercial efforts
          to preserve,  and cause the Operating  Entities to preserve intact the
          Assets, the Business and to promote and preserve for the Purchaser the
          goodwill of suppliers,  customers and others having business relations
          with the Operating Entities.

5.4  Delivery of  Documents:  The Trustee  shall  deliver to the  Purchaser  all
     necessary  transfers,   assignments  and  other  documentation   reasonably
     required to transfer to the  Purchaser  the  Weintraub  Shares owned by the
     Trust with a good and marketable  title,  free of Encumbrances  without any
     right of set-off;

5.5  Minority Shares:  Notwithstanding  paragraph 7.1(k), Weintraub will use his
     reasonable,  good faith efforts to deliver to the  Purchaser,  on or before
     July 31, 2000, an agreement of the minority shareholders of each of Neptune
     and  Heritage  in the form  attached to this  Agreement  as Schedule Q (the
     "Minority Shareholder Agreements").

5.6  Joint and Several: The covenants and agreements of the Vendors contained in
     Section 5 shall be joint and several.

5.7  Vendors' Taxes: The Vendors are responsible for any federal, state or other
     taxes which may be payable by them in connection with the completion of the
     transactions  contemplated  in this  Agreement.  Neptune and  Heritage  are
     responsible  for any  federal,  state or other  taxes  which  may  arise in
     connection  with the  purchase  by  Neptune  and  Heritage  of the  limited
     partnership interests.

6    COVENANTS OF WEINTRAUB AND THE TRUST

Weintraub  and the Trust  covenant  and agree with the  Purchaser as follows and
acknowledge  that the Purchaser is relying upon such  covenants and agreement in
connection with the purchaser of the Weintraub Shares:

6.1  Limited  Partner  Units Not  Tendered:  Schedule W accurately  sets out the
     names and number of units in each Partnership and  consideration to be paid
     to each of the limited partners so listed who have indicated that they will
     not or may not be tendering their Partnership units for sale at the Closing
     Date  (the  "Dissident  Partners')  to  the  Purchaser,  Lari,  Neptune  or
     Heritage, as the case may be (the "Tenderees").

6.2  Reasonable Effort to Cause Tenders of Partnership Units: Weintraub will use
     reasonable  effort to have the Dissident  Partners tender their  respective
     Partnership  units for sale on or before the Closing Date to the Tenderees.
     All  costs,  expenses  or any  other  payments  incurred  by  Weintraub  in
     connection with the above (except the sales price) will be the


<PAGE>

                                     - 26 -



     responsibility  of Weintraub and will not be paid or incurred by any of the
     Operating Entities, Purchaser or Lari.

6.3  Option to Dissolve:  If any of the  Dissident  Partners do not tender their
     Partnership units to the Tenderees on or before July 28, 1999,  Neptune and
     Heritage  may at  their  option,  and in  accordance  with  all  applicable
     Partnership   agreements,   give   written   notice  to  Weintraub  of  the
     Partnerships intention to dissolve after July 31, 1999.

6.4  Right  to  Set-Off:  In  order  for  the  dissolution  of  Partnerships  as
     contemplated  in Subsection  6.3 to be  completed,  Weintraub and the Trust
     agree that the Purchaser will set-off from the July 31, 1999 payment of the
     Note an amount equal to the total consideration  allocated to the Dissident
     Partner under Schedule W (the "Set-Off Amount") to be used solely,  but not
     necessarily  in its  entirety  for the purchase of the assets of any of the
     Partnerships  being dissolved.  The Purchaser and the Trust acknowledge and
     agree that the Set-Off  Amount,  if any,  will be an unsecured  loan to the
     Purchaser from the Trust and such Set-Off  Amount will be repayable,  on an
     installment   basis  and  such  other   reasonable   terms  and  conditions
     satisfactory  to the Purchaser  and the Trust,  on the  termination  of the
     consulting  agreement  between the Purchaser  and Weintraub  which is being
     entered into pursuant to this Agreement.

6.5  Indemnity:  In the event that the  dissolution  of any of the  Partnerships
     results in any of the Dissident  Partners receiving cash distributed on the
     dissolution  which  is in  excess  of the  consideration  allocated  to the
     Dissident  Partner on Schedule W, Weintraub will indemnify the Tenderees to
     the amount so exceeded and the  Purchaser  will be entitled to set-off that
     amount on any monies due to Weintraub or the Trust  pursuant to this or any
     other agreement.

6.6  Right to Recover: If the dissolution of any of the Partnerships  results in
     any of the Dissident Partners receiving cash distributed on the dissolution
     in an amount  less than the amount  withheld  pursuant  to  Subsection  6.4
     above,  the  Purchaser  will pay that  difference  to the  Trust  within 10
     Business Days of completing the  distribution  of assets on the dissolution
     of a Partnership.

6.7  Majority Tendered:  Notwithstanding  Schedule W, Weintraub will arrange for
     greater than 7.5 units of each of the  Partnerships,  except for Neptune WT
     and Neptune MI, to be tendered for sale on the Closing Date.

7    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER

The Purchaser and Lari  represent,  warrant and covenant to and with the Vendors
as  follows  and   acknowledges   that  the   Vendors  are  relying   upon  such
representations,  warranties  and covenants in  connection  with the sale of the
Weintraub Shares:


<PAGE>

                                     - 27 -



7.1  Corporate  Status  and  Authority:  The  Purchaser  and Lari are  valid and
     subsisting  corporations,  duly incorporated and in good standing under the
     laws of the State of  California  and Florida,  respectively,  and are duly
     qualified to carry on their businesses as they are presently carried on and
     are duly  qualified  and  authorized  to carry on business  and are in good
     standing  as a  foreign  corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in  which  the
     character of their  properties or the nature of their  businesses made such
     qualification or  authorization  necessary and have all requisite power and
     authority to carry on their business as they are now carried on and to own,
     lease and operate their properties and assets.

7.2  Authorization:  The Purchaser and Lari have full corporate power,  capacity
     and  authority  to enter into this  Agreement  on the terms and  conditions
     hereof and all  necessary  corporate  acts have been  performed in order to
     authorize this Agreement.

7.3  Regulatory  Approval:  The Purchaser and Lari have complied and will comply
     fully with the requirements of all applicable corporate and securities laws
     in  relation  to the  issue of the  Securities  and  Weintraub  Note on the
     acquisition  of  the  Weintraub  Shares  (subject  to the  accuracy  of the
     representations  of the Trust contained  herein) and  Weintraub's  entering
     into a non-competition agreement. The entering into and performance of this
     Agreement and the transactions  contemplated  herein will not result in the
     violation of any of the terms and provisions of the constating documents of
     the Purchaser or Lari, any shareholders' or directors' resolution or of any
     indenture or other  agreement,  written or oral,  to which the Purchaser or
     Lari may be a party or by which  the  Purchaser  or Lari may be bound or to
     which it may be subject or any judgment,  decree, order, rule or regulation
     of any court or administrative body by which the Purchaser or Lari is bound
     or to the  knowledge of the  Purchaser or Lari,  any statute or  regulation
     applicable to the Purchaser or Lari.

7.4  Share  Transfer  Restrictions:  No order ceasing or  suspending  trading in
     securities  of the  Purchaser  or Lari  nor  prohibiting  the  sale of such
     securities  has been  issued  to the  Purchaser  or Lari or its  directors,
     officers or promoters or to any other companies that have common directors,
     officers  or  promoters  and no  investigations  or  proceedings  for  such
     purposes are pending or  threatened in writing by an officer or official of
     a competent authority.

7.5  Issued Share Capital:  As at March 19, 1999, the authorized capital of Lari
     is 100,000,000 shares of which 3,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding.
     In addition,  Lari has 8,000,000 warrants  outstanding as of March 19, 1999
     which may by the Time of Closing be exchanged or exercised  into  8,000,000
     shares of Lari.

7.6  Fully Paid Shares: Upon completion of the transactions contemplated in this
     Agreement, the shares of the common trading stock of Lari issued by Lari to
     Weintraub  will be  fully  paid and  non-assessable  shares  of the  common
     trading stock of Lari.

7.7  General  Security  Agreement:  The Purchaser  will, at Closing,  enter into
     general security  agreements (the "Security  Agreements") with the Trust to
     secure the Note and the Weintraub

<PAGE>

                                     - 28 -



     Note (which will be  subordinated  to the Note)  provided any such Security
     Agreements  are on terms  and  conditions  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
     Purchaser..

7.8  Purchaser's Liabilities:  As at the Time of Closing, the Purchaser will not
     have existing debts or liabilities in excess of $300,000.00.

8    CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

8.1  Conditions of Closing in Favour of the  Purchaser:  The  obligation of Lari
     and the Purchaser to complete the sale and purchase of the Weintraub Shares
     is subject to the following terms and conditions for the exclusive  benefit
     of Lari and the Purchaser,  to be fulfilled or performed at or prior to the
     Time of Closing or waived in whole on in part by Lari and the  Purchaser at
     their  sole  discretion  without  prejudice  to any  rights to Lari and the
     Purchaser may otherwise have:

     (a)  Contractual  Consents:   The  Vendors  shall  have  delivered  to  the
          Purchaser such waivers,  consents and certificates,  including but not
          limited  to  those   described  in  Schedule  O  from  parties  having
          contractual  relations with the Operating Entities as may be necessary
          including, without limitation,  waivers under loan agreements to which
          the any of the Operating Entities is a party;

     (b)  Representations and Warranties:  The representations and warranties of
          the Vendors  contained in this Agreement  shall be true and correct in
          all material respects at the Time of Closing,  with the same force and
          effect as if such  representations  and warranties were made at and as
          of such time, and  certificates  of the Vendors dated the Closing Date
          to that  effect  shall  have been  delivered  to the  Purchaser,  such
          certificates  to  be  in  form  and  substance   satisfactory  to  the
          Purchaser, acting reasonably;

     (c)  Covenants:  All of the covenants and agreements of the Vendors and all
          other terms of this  Agreement to be complied with or performed by the
          Vendors at or before the Time of Closing shall have been complied with
          or performed and certificates of the Vendors dated the Closing Date to
          that  effect  shall  have  been  delivered  to  the  Purchaser,   such
          certificates  to  be  in  form  and  substance   satisfactory  to  the
          Purchaser, acting reasonably;

     (d)  Certificate  of  Accredited  Investor:  The Trust and  Weintraub  have
          delivered  to the  Purchaser  and  Lari a  certificate  of  accredited
          investor in the form attached as Schedule P to this Agreement;

     (e)  Regulatory  Consents:   There  shall  have  been  obtained,  from  all
          appropriate  federal and state or other governmental or administrative
          bodies  or  stock  exchanges,   such  licences,   permits,   consents,
          approvals, certificates, registrations and authorization

<PAGE>

                                     - 29 -



          as are  required to permit the change of  ownership  of the  Weintraub
          Shares and the transactions as contemplated herein;

     (f)  Material  Adverse  Change:  There shall have been no material  adverse
          changes in the  condition of the Assets or the Business  (financial or
          otherwise) since the date of this Agreement up to the Time of Closing;

     (g)  No Action or Proceeding:  No legal or regulatory  action or proceeding
          shall be pending or  threatened  by any person to enjoin,  restrict on
          prohibit the purchase and sale of the  Weintraub  Shares  contemplated
          hereby;

     (h)  No Material Damage:  No damage by fire or other hazard to the whole or
          any  material  part of the Assets  shall have  occurred  from the date
          hereof to the Time of Closing;

     (i)  No Agreements on Assets or Business:  The Purchaser shall be satisfied
          that there is no fact not disclosed in this Agreement  relating to the
          Assets  or the  Business  which,  if  known  to the  Purchaser,  might
          reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse effect on the value
          of the Weintraub Shares;

     (j)  No  Payments  from  Shareholders'   Equity:  The  Purchaser  shall  be
          satisfied  that  no  payments  have  been  made  from  the  Companies'
          shareholders' equity accounts and no distributions have been made from
          the Partnerships without the prior written consent of the Purchaser;

     (k)  Purchase and Sale of Minority  Shares:  The Purchaser has entered into
          the  Minority  Shareholder  Agreements  attached as Schedule Q to this
          Agreement, on or before the Closing Date;

     (l)  Escrow Arrangements: The Trust, Weintraub, Lari and the Purchaser have
          entered into an escrow  arrangement with the Escrow Agent on terms and
          conditions satisfactory to the Purchaser and Lari ;

     (m)  Weintraub   Consulting   Agreement:   Weintraub  has  entered  into  a
          consulting  and  non-competition  agreement  attached as Schedule S to
          this Agreement;

     (n)  Miller Employment Agreement: Larry Miller, an employee of the Vendors,
          has entered into an employment and non-competition  agreement attached
          as Schedule T to this Agreement;

     (o)  Opinion of Vendors'  Attorney:  The  Purchaser  and Lari have received
          legal  opinions of the  Vendors'  solicitors,  dated as of the date of
          Closing, respecting the transactions

<PAGE>

                                     - 30 -



          contemplated  in this Agreement,  consistent with standard  agreements
          for the purchase and sale of funeral businesses.

     If any of the  conditions  contained  in this  Subsection  8.1 shall not be
     performed  or  fulfilled  at or  prior  to  the  Time  of  Closing  to  the
     satisfaction  of Lari and the Purchaser and Lari,  acting  reasonably,  the
     Purchaser  may, by notice to the Vendors,  terminate this Agreement and the
     obligations of the Vendors,  Lari and the Purchaser  under this  Agreement,
     provided that the  Purchaser  may also bring an action  against the Vendors
     for  damages  suffered  by  the  Purchaser  where  the  non-performance  or
     non-fulfilment  of the  relevant  condition  is as a result  of a breach of
     covenant,  representation  or  warranty  (as the same may be  modified by a
     notice pursuant to Subsection  3.14(b)) by the Vendors.  Any such condition
     may be waived in whole or in part by the Purchaser without prejudice to any
     claims it may have for breach of covenant, representation or warranty

8.2  Conditions  of Closing in Favour of the  Vendors:  The purchase and sale of
     the Weintraub  Shares are subject to the following terms and conditions for
     the  exclusive  benefit of the Vendors to be  fulfilled  or performed at or
     prior to the Time of Closing:

     (a)  Representations and Warranties:  The representations and warranties of
          Lari and the Purchaser  contained in this Agreement  shall be true and
          correct at the Time of  Closing,  with the same force and effect as if
          such  representations  and warranties were made at and as of such time
          and a certificate of Lari and the Purchaser  dated the Closing Date to
          that effect shall have been delivered to the Vendors, such certificate
          to be in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  the  Vendors  acting
          reasonably;

     (b)  Covenants:  All  of  the  terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of  this
          Agreement to be complied  with or performed by Lari and the  Purchaser
          at or before the Time of  Closing  shall  have been  complied  with or
          performed  and a  certificate  of Lari  and the  Purchaser  dated  the
          Closing Date to that effect shall have been  delivered to the Vendors,
          such  certificate  to be in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
          Vendors acting reasonably;

     (c)  The Purchaser will, at Closing,  enter int general security agreements
          with the Trust to secure the Note and the  Weintraub  Note (which will
          be subordinated to the Note), a stock pledge agreement and a trademark
          security agreement on terms and conditions reasonably  satisfactory to
          the Vendors; and

     (d)  Lari will,  at  Closing,  enter into a  guarantee  of the  Purchaser's
          obligations  under this Agreement,  the Note and the Weintraub Note on
          terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Vendors.

     If any of the  conditions  contained  in this  Subsection  8.2 shall not be
     performed  or  fulfilled  at or  prior  to  the  Time  of  Closing  to  the
     satisfaction of the Vendors, acting reasonably, the

<PAGE>

                                     - 31 -



     Vendors may, by notice to Lari and the Purchaser,  terminate this Agreement
     and the  obligations of the Vendors and the Purchaser under this Agreement,
     provided  that the Vendors may also bring an action  against the  Purchaser
     for  damages  suffered  by  the  Vendors  where  the   non-performance   or
     non-fulfilment  of the  relevant  condition  is as a result  of a breach of
     covenant,  representations or warranty by the Purchaser. Any such condition
     may be waived in whole or in part by the Vendors  without  prejudice to any
     claims they may have for breach of covenant, representation or warranty.

8.3  Parties' Efforts:  The parties shall use reasonable  commercial  efforts to
     satisfy the conditions contained in Section 7.

9    CLOSING ARRANGEMENTS

9.1  Place of Closing:  The  closing  shall take place at the Time of Closing at
     the offices of DuMoulin & Boskovich at Suite 1800, 1095 West Pender Street,
     Vancouver, B.C.

9.2  Transfer: At the Time of Closing, upon fulfilment of all the conditions set
     out in  Section 7 that  have not been  waived  in  writing  by Lari and the
     Purchaser or the Vendors as the case may be:

     (a)  the  Purchaser  will  cause  to be  delivered  to the  Escrow  Agent a
          solicitor's cheque in the amount of $506,583.00  payable to the Escrow
          Agent;

     (b)  Lari will issue 513,273 shares in the capital of Lari to the Trust and
          deliver same to the Escrow agent;

     (c)  the Purchaser will issue the Note to the Escrow Agent;

     (d)  the Purchaser will issue the Weintraub Note to the Trust; and

     (e)  the Vendors shall deliver to the Purchaser certificates respecting all
          the  Weintraub  Shares,  duly  endorsed in blank for transfer and will
          cooperate   with  the  Purchaser  in  having  the   Weintraub   Shares
          transferred  to the  Purchaser  or its  nominee  and in  changing  the
          directors to persons nominated by the Purchaser.

9.3  Further Assurances: Each party to this Agreement covenants and agrees that,
     from time to time  subsequent  to the Closing Date, it will, at the request
     and  expense  of  the  requesting  party,  execute  and  deliver  all  such
     documents,  including, without limitation, all such additional conveyances,
     transfers,  consents  and other  assurances  and do all such other acts and
     things as any other party to this Agreement,  acting  reasonably,  may from
     time to time  request be  executed  or done in order to better  evidence or
     perfect or effectuate  any provision of this  Agreement or of any agreement
     or  other  document  executed  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  or any of the
     respective obligations intended to be created by this Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                     - 32 -



10   LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS

10.1 Claims:  If any person  shall make any claim or demand  against  any of the
     Operating  Entities or the  Purchaser  which gives rise or may give rise to
     any Claim, the Purchaser shall promptly notify Weintraub giving the general
     nature of such claim or demand along with such further information known to
     the Purchaser as may be reasonably  required to enable  Weintraub to decide
     whether or not to assume the defence  thereof.  The Purchaser  shall not be
     under any liability or obligation to Weintraub for any failure to so notify
     Weintraub or for the  sufficiency of the notice unless and then only to the
     extent that the rights and remedies of the Operating Entities, or Weintraub
     shall have been  prejudiced as a result.  Weintraub  shall be entitled (but
     not required) to assume the defence in the name of the  Operating  Entities
     of any suit  brought  against the  Purchaser or the  Operating  Entities to
     enforce  such  claim  or  demand  and to  assert  any  counterclaim  of the
     Operating Entities if, but only if, the Purchaser shall be entitled to make
     a Claim  for the full  amount of the claim or  demand,  and if the  defence
     shall  be  through  legal  counsel  acceptable  to  the  Purchaser,  acting
     reasonably.  Weintraub shall indemnify and save harmless the Purchaser, the
     Operating  Entities  of and from all costs and  expenses  incurred or to be
     incurred in connection  with such  defence.  Such right shall be subject to
     the rights of any insurer to defend any action. In all cases, the Purchaser
     shall have the right to retain at its own  expense,  additional  counsel to
     act on its  behalf.  Weintraub  shall not  settle or  (without  giving  the
     Purchaser a reasonable  opportunity to take carriage  thereof)  abandon any
     such claim or demand which it has elected to defend  unless they have first
     unconditionally  acknowledged  to the  Purchaser  that they will pay to the
     Purchaser the full amount of such claim or demand. Weintraub shall keep the
     Purchaser  reasonably  informed as to the progress  thereof.  The Purchaser
     shall at all times  cooperate  in all  reasonable  ways with,  make all its
     relevant  files and records and those of the Operating  Entities  available
     for  inspection  and  copying by, and make its  employees  and those of the
     Operating  Entities  reasonably  available or otherwise  render  reasonable
     assistance  to,  Weintraub  (i) in the  defence  of any claim or demand for
     which  indemnity  is sought  hereunder  and (ii) in any  action  brought by
     Weintraub to assert any related claim, counterclaim or right of subrogation
     under  Subsection  9.3  hereof  No  claim  or  demand  may  be  settled  or
     compromised by the Purchaser without the written consent of Weintraub, such
     consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

10.2 Subrogation:  Weintraub and the Trust shall be subrogated to the claims and
     rights  of the  Purchaser  and the  Operating  Entities  as  against  other
     Persons,  and shall be entitled to contribution from any such Person,  with
     respect to any Claim paid by Weintraub  and the Trust under this Section 9,
     but only after the  Purchaser  shall have  received  payment in full of its
     Claim with interest.

10.3 Insurance: The Vendors shall not be liable to the Purchaser with respect to
     any liability of the Operating Entities if and to the extent that:


<PAGE>

                                     - 33 -



     (a)  the Operating  Entities would have been insured against such liability
          under the insurance coverage maintained by the Operating Entities,  as
          the case may be, prior to the Closing; and

     (b)  the Operating  Entities are not insured  against such liability at the
          time the liability arises.

     The  Purchaser  shall take all steps  necessary  to make  claims  under the
     Companies and Partnerships insurance policies with respect to any liability
     of the Operating  Entities  which could be the subject of any Claim and the
     Vendors shall not be liable to the  Purchaser  with respect to any Claim to
     the extent that they have been  prejudiced by a failure to make such claim.
     Nothing in this Subsection 9.3 shall effect any rights of subrogation.

11   INDEMNITY

11.1 Known  Actions  and  Proceedings:  The Trust  and  Weintraub,  jointly  and
     severally,  hereby indemnity and saves harmless the Operating Entities, the
     Purchaser  and Lari and their  successors  and assigns from and against any
     and  all  losses,  liabilities,  damages,  costs,  increases  in  insurance
     premiums for policies  (comparable  to existing  coverage at the  Effective
     Date)  for  renewals  to  December  31,  1999,  and  expenses  of any  kind
     whatsoever   including,   without  limitation,   the  costs  of  defending,
     cross-claiming  or claiming against third parties in respect of any action,
     claim or  matter,  including  legal  fees,  costs  and  disbursements  on a
     solicitor  and his own  client  basis and at all  court and  administrative
     levels,  which at any time or from  time to time may be paid,  incurred  or
     asserted  against the  Operating  Entities,  the Purchaser or Lari, as to a
     direct or indirect result of the outstanding claims listed in Schedule L or
     any   actions,   claims,   demands,   lawsuits,   assessments,   penalties,
     prosecutions  or  governmental  investigations  by or against the Operating
     Entities in respect of the  operation of the  Business up to and  including
     the Effective  Date,  provided that such liability is not the result of any
     actions taken by the Purchaser  after the Effective  Date, or in respect of
     any action,  claim or matter,  including legal fees (on a solicitor and his
     own  client  basis),   costs  and   disbursements  and  at  all  court  and
     administrative  levels, which at any time or from time to time may be paid,
     incurred or asserted against the Operating Entities, the Purchaser or Lari,
     as to a direct or indirect  result of the sale of any of the  interests  of
     the limited  partnership units of the Partnerships to the Purchaser,  Lari,
     Neptune or Heritage, as the case may.

11.2 Right to Set-Off:  The Operating Entities,  the Purchaser and Lari have the
     right to set-off any amount owed by the Trust or Weintraub to the Operating
     Entities,  the  Purchaser  or Lari,  pursuant  to  Subsection  10.1 of this
     Agreement, against any money due and owing to Weintraub or to the Trust (at
     the  option of the  Operating  Entities,  the  Purchaser  or Lari) from the
     Purchaser  under this or any other  agreement  between  the  Purchaser  and
     Weintraub or the Trust.


<PAGE>

                                     - 34 -



12   GENERAL MATTERS

12.1 Governing  Law and  Arbitration:  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
     construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the  State of  California.  Any
     dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement,  including any
     question  regarding  its  existence,  validity  or  termination,  shall  be
     referred to and  finally  resolved  by  arbitration  under the rules of the
     American Arbitration  Association which rules are deemed to be incorporated
     by reference into this clause.  The number of arbitrators shall be one. The
     place of  arbitration  shall be Los  Angeles,  California.  The language of
     arbitration  shall be English.  The parties  expressly waive and forego any
     right to punitive,  exemplary or other similar damages unless an applicable
     statute requires the award of such damages or that compensatory  damages be
     increased in a specified manner. This provision is not intended to apply to
     any award of arbitration costs to a party to compensate for dilatory or bad
     faith conduct in the arbitration pursuant to this paragraph. The prevailing
     parties shall also be entitled to an award of reasonable attorney's fees.

12.2 Entire Agreement:  Except as may be otherwise  expressly agreed between the
     parties in writing,  this  Agreement,  the  Security  Agreements,  Note and
     Weintraub  Note  constitute  the  entire  agreement   between  the  parties
     pertaining  to  the  subject  matter  and  there  are no  oral  statements,
     warranties,  representations  or other  agreements  between  the parties in
     connection  with the subject  matter  except as  specifically  set forth or
     referred to herein.  No amendment,  waiver or termination of this Agreement
     shall be binding  unless  executed in writing by the party or parties to be
     bound thereby. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed
     or shall  constitute  a waiver  of any other  provision  nor shall any such
     waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

12.3 Assignment:  The Vendors will not assign their  interests in this Agreement
     without prior  written  consent of the  Purchaser.  Prior to payment of the
     Purchase  Price in full, the Purchaser may not assign its interests in this
     Agreement without any prior written consent of the Vendors.

12.4 Public Notices:  Except as required by applicable law, regulatory authority
     or any listing or trading agreement, no press release or other announcement
     concerning this  transaction  shall be made by the Vendors or the Purchaser
     without  the  prior  approval  of  the  other,  such  approval  not  to  be
     unreasonably withheld.

12.5 Confidential Information: The Purchaser and each of the Vendors covenant to
     hold in strict  confidence all information  obtained in connection with the
     transactions  which  are  the  subject  matter  of this  Agreement.  If the
     transactions  which  are  the  subject  matter  of this  Agreement  are not
     completed,  this  covenant  shall  continue in full force and  effect.  All
     confidentiality  obligations  of the Purchaser with respect to the Vendors,
     including  but not limited to the  Partnerships,  shall cease upon Closing.
     Notwithstanding  the Closing,  each of the Vendors covenants to maintain as
     confidential all confidential  information respecting the Purchaser in that
     Vendor's  possession  prior to  Closing  and all  information  obtained  in
     connection  with the  transactions  which  are the  subject  matter of this
     Agreement  including all  information  concerning the Purchaser  other than
     information provided to that Vendor's personal advisers

<PAGE>

                                     - 35 -



     for the purpose of filing  personal tax returns and other  similar  matters
     and other than as may be  required  to be  disclosed  by law and other than
     information that becomes generally  available to the public other than as a
     result of a disclosure by the Vendors or their representatives.

12.6 Non-Waiver:  No investigations made by or on behalf of the Purchaser at any
     time  shall  have  the  effect  of  waiving,  diminishing  the  scope of or
     otherwise  affecting  any  representations  or  warranties  made  herein or
     pursuant hereto. No  investigations  made by or on behalf of the Vendors at
     any time  shall  have the effect of  waiving,  diminishing  the scope of or
     otherwise  affecting  any  representations  or  warranties  made  herein or
     pursuant hereto.

12.7 Indemnification in Respect of Brokers or Agents: Except for any fee payable
     to John Brown or any other  finder or broker  engaged by the  Purchaser  or
     Lari, Weintraub and the Trust severally  indemnifies and saves harmless the
     Purchaser  and the  Operating  Entities  from and  against  any  claim  for
     commission  or other  remuneration  payable or alleged to be payable to any
     broker,  agent or other intermediary who claims to be so entitled by virtue
     of a contract or other arrangement with such Vendor.

12.8 Expenses: All costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement
     and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall  be  paid  by the  party
     incurring such expense. The Purchaser shall not bear any legal,  accounting
     or other costs  incurred  by the  Vendors.  The Vendors  shall not bear any
     legal, accounting or other costs incurred by the Purchaser.

12.9 Notices:  Any notice or other  communication  required or  permitted  to be
     given  hereunder  shall be in writing and  delivered  or sent by  overnight
     mail,  overnight delivery or telefax and, if telefaxed,  shall be deemed to
     have been  received on the next  Business  Day  following  transmittal  and
     acknowledgment  of  receipt  by  the  recipient's  telefax  machine  or  if
     delivered  by hand shall be deemed to have been  received at the time it is
     delivered.  Notices  addressed to an  individual  shall be validly given if
     left on the premises  indicated  below.  Notice of change of address  shall
     also be governed by this  Subsection  11.9.  Notices  shall be delivered or
     addressed as follows:

     (a)  If to the Purchaser:

          Brent Lokash
          Barrister & Solicitor
          1708 - 808 Nelson Street
          Vancouver, BC. V6Z 2H2
          Fax (604) 681-9579



<PAGE>

                                     - 36 -



     (b)  If to the Vendors:

          Stein & Flugge, LLP
          9200 Sunset Boulevard, Suite 825
          Los Angeles, California 90069-3686
          Fax (310) 273-8706
          Attention: Valerie Flugge, Esq.

     Any party may give written  notice of change of address in the same manner,
     in  which  event  such  notice  shall  thereafter  be  given to it as above
     provided at such changed address.

12.10 Time of the Essence: Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

12.11 Further  Assurances:  Each of the parties  hereto  agrees  promptly to do,
      make, execute, deliver or cause to be done, made, executed or delivered at
      their own expense all such further acts, documents and things as the other
      party hereto may  reasonably  require for the purpose of giving  effect to
      this Agreement whether before or after the Closing.





         [The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]


<PAGE>

                                     - 37 -



12.12 Severability:  If any covenant, obligation or agreement of this Agreement,
      or the application  thereof to any person or  circumstance  shall,  to any
      extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or
      the application of such covenant, obligation or agreement to  persons  or
      circumstances other  than  those  as  to  which  it  is  held  invalid  or
      unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each covenant, obligation
      and agreement of this Agreement shall be separately  valid and enforceable
      to the fullest extent permitted by the law.

12.13 Counterparts:   This  Agreement   may  be   executed   in  any  number  of
      counterparts, each of  which  when  delivered  shall  be  deemed  to be an
      original and all of  which  together  shall  constitute  one and the  same
      document. A signed facsimile or telecopied copy of this Agreement shall be
      effectual and valid proof of execution and delivery.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have executed  this  Agreement as of the
date first hereinabove written.


LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.               LARI CORP.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood                     Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     --------------------------------             ------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory                         Suzanne Wood, President


EMANUEL WEINTRAUB
INTER VIVOS TRUST


Per: /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
     --------------------------------
     Emanuel Weintraub, Trustee


NEPTUNE MANAGEMENT CORP.                     NEPTUNE PRE-NEED PLAN, INC.


Per: /s/ Emanuel Weintraub                   Per: /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
     --------------------------------             ------------------------------
     Emanuel Weintraub                            Emanuel Weintraub


HERITAGE ALTERNATIVES, INC.


Per: /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
     --------------------------------
         Emanuel Weintraub


<PAGE>

                                     - 38 -



SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by            )
EMANUEL WEINTRAUB in the presence of:      )
                                           )
/s/Valerie V. Flugge                       )
- ------------------------------------------ )
Witness Signature                          )
9200 Sunset Blvd., Suite 825               )
Los Angeles, CA  90069  USA                )
- ------------------------------------------ )
Address                                    )    /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
                                           )    -----------------------------
Attorney                                   )    EMANUEL WEINTRAUB
- ------------------------------------------ )
Occupation                                 )




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3


                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THIS  AGREEMENT is dated for reference the 31St day of March,  1999 between Lari
Acquisition  Company,  Inc., (the "Purchaser"),  Lari Corp. ("Lari") and Stanley
Zicklin, a businessman (the Vendor).

WHEREAS:

A.   There are 82 Series A shares and 18 Series B shares issued and  outstanding
     in the capital of Neptune  Management Corp., a company  incorporated  under
     the laws of the State of California (the "Company");

B.   The Vendor is the registered and beneficial owner of the 18 Series B shares
     in the capital of the Company (the "Shares');

C.   The 82 Series A shares in the capital of the  Company  are being  purchased
     from  Emanuel  Weintraub  "(Weintraub")  by  the  Purchaser  pursuant  to a
     purchase   agreement   dated  March  31,  1999  (the   "Series  A  Purchase
     Agreement");

D.   The Vendor shall sell the Shares to the Purchaser  and the Purchaser  shall
     purchase the Shares from the Vendor; and

E.   The Company has advised the Purchaser of the following facts:

     (a)  the  Company is  asserting  a claim  against  the Vendor  based on the
          Vendor's  alleged  obligation  under a  written  agreement,  which the
          Company contends (and the Vendor denies) obligates the Vendor to offer
          to the Company the right to purchase the Shares,  at a specified price
          (also set forth in the said  written  agreement)  prior to the  Vendor
          having  the right or  authority  to sell the  Shares  to  others  (the
          "Disputed Obligation");

     (b)  the Company  has made  demand upon the Vendor to perform the  Disputed
          Obligation  but the Vendor has  refused to comply with such demand and
          has denied the applicability,  enforceability and validity of the said
          written agreement;

     (c)  the Vendor,  Weintraub  and the Company  are  currently  parties in an
          action  pending  in the  Superior  Court for the State of  California,
          County of Los Angeles,  denominated L.A.S.C. No. BC 203930, pertaining
          to the Disputed Obligation (the "Action");

     (d)  the Company and Weintraub have advised the Purchaser of the said claim
          and the Action and have instructed the Purchaser not to release to the
          Vendor any of the purchase  price for the Shares  unless and until the
          conditions  referred to in  Subsection  6(b) herein below occur or are
          otherwise satisfied; and


<PAGE>

                                      - 2 -



     (e)  the Company  has, in order to permit  this sales  transaction  to take
          place prior to the  resolution  of the Disputed  Obligation  agreed to
          allow the Shares to be sold to the Purchaser if the purchase price for
          the Shares is  delivered  directly  to a  designated,  recognized  and
          independent  escrow/disbursing  agent  which  the  Purchaser  and  the
          Company shall establish in Los Angeles, California, which escrow shall
          be governed by an escrow  agreement  for the benefit of the Vendor and
          Weintraub.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained
in this  Agreement  and other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agrees as follows:

1.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

The Vendor  hereby sells and transfers to Lari through the  Purchaser,  and Lari
through the Purchaser  hereby  purchases  and acquires from the Vendor,  all the
Vendor's right, title, and interest in and to the Shares.

2.   PURCHASE PRICE

The  Purchaser  hereby  agrees to pay the Vendor  $2,561,572.00  (the  "Purchase
Price") for the Shares.

3.   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

The Purchaser  will pay the Purchase Price on March 31, 1999, or such other date
as the parties may agree to in writing (the "Closing Date") as follows:

     (a)  the sum of $ 101,866.00 by way of a solicitors' cheque payable to City
          National Bank, 400 North Roxbury Drive,  Beverly Hills, CA, 90210 (the
          "Escrow  Agent"),  in trust for the joint  benefit of the Vendor,  the
          Purchaser,  Lari and Weintraub,  subject to resolution of the Disputed
          Obligation;

     (b)  104,852  shares of common  trading  stock of Lari (the "Lari  Shares")
          issued by Lari to the Vendor and  delivered  to the Escrow  Agent,  in
          trust for the joint  benefit of the Vendor,  the  Purchaser,  Lari and
          Weintraub, subject to resolution of the Disputed Obiligation; and

     (c)  the sum of $1,935,446.00 by way of an undivided interest to the Vendor
          in a promissory note ("Note"), in the form attached as Schedule "A" to
          this Agreement,  delivered to the Escrow Agent, in trust for the joint
          benefit of the Vendor,  the Purchaser,  Lari and Weintraub  subject to
          resolution of the Disputed Obligation.



<PAGE>

                                       -3-



4.   VENDOR'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED AT CLOSING

On the Closing  Date,  the Vendor will  deliver or cause to be  delivered to the
Purchaser  the share  certificate  representing  the Shares,  duly  endorsed for
transfer. If the Vendor cannot locate the certificate,  the Vendor shall execute
and  deliver to the  Purchaser  an  affidavit  of lost  certificate  in form and
substance reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser.

5.   VENDOR'S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

     5.1  The Vendor  represents,  warrants and  covenants  to the  Purchaser as
          follows:

     (a)  the Vendor is the registered and beneficial owner of the Shares;

     (b)  the  Shares  are  validly  issued  and  outstanding  as fully paid and
          non-assessable in the capital of the Company and are free and clear of
          all liens, charges and encumbrances save and except for any claims set
          forth in the Action.

     (c)  the Vendor has good and  sufficient  right and authority to enter into
          this  Agreement  and  to  transfer  legal  and  beneficial  title  and
          ownership of the Shares to the Purchaser;

     (d)  the Vendor has not previously entered into a binding agreement for the
          sale of, or the granting of an option to purchase the Shares;

     (e)  subject  to any  claims  set forth in the  Action,  the  Vendor is not
          indebted to the Company and the Company is not indebted to the Vendor;

     (f)  the Vendor has not relied on any  representations,  understandings  or
          other inducements not expressly set forth in this Agreement;

     (g)  the  Vendor  has been  fully  advised  by  independent  legal  counsel
          concerning the terms and effect of this Agreement;

     (h)  the Vendor enters into this Agreement  voluntarily,  without duress or
          undue influence;

     (i)  the Vendor has the legal  capacity,  power and  authority  to hold the
          Lari Shares and the Note (collectively,  the "Securities") to be owned
          by him on the Closing Date;

     (j)  the Vendor is accepting the  Securities as part of the Purchase  Price
          as set out in Subsection 3(b) only for investment  purposes on his own
          account  and  not  for  the  purpose  of  selling  the  Securities  in
          connection  with  any  distribution  of  the  Securities.  The  Vendor
          acknowledges  that the Lari Shares are subject to resale  restrictions
          and, for this reason,  shall display the legend,  substantially in the
          form as follows:


<PAGE>

                                       -4-



          "THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  HAVE  NOT  BEEN AND WILL NOT BE
          REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
          (THE  "SECURITIES   ACT").  THE  HOLDER  HEREOF,  BY  PURCHASING  SUCH
          SECURITIES,  AGREES  FOR THE  BENEFIT  OF THE  CORPORATION  THAT  SUCH
          SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO
          THE CORPORATION, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
          904 OF  REGULATION S UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED
          STATES IN ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT OR RULE
          144 UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT, IF APPLICABLE,  OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION
          THAT IS OTHERWISE  EXEMPT FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
          AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH SALE
          THE  CORPORATION   SHALL  HAVE  RECEIVED  AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  OF
          RECOGNIZED STANDING,  IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE  SATISFACTORY TO IT, AS TO
          THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION."

     (k)  the Vendor  acknowledges  that the Lari  Shares to be  received by the
          Vendor on the Closing  Date were not  advertised  in printed  media of
          general and regular paid circulation, radio or television;

     (1)  the Vendor is an "accredited investor" as such term is defined in Rule
          501 of  Regulation  D  promulgated  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
          Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (U.S.); and

     (m)  the Vendor is a resident at the following address:

          3503 Via Del Prado
          Calabasas, CA 91302

     (n)  The Vendor will  indemnify  the  Purchaser  against any loss or damage
          sustained by the  Purchaser,  directly or  indirectly,  by reason of a
          breach of any of the warranties or  representations  set forth in this
          Section 5. The Vendor acknowledges that the Purchaser has entered into
          this Agreement relying on the warranties and representations and other
          terms and conditions of this  Agreement and that no information  which
          is now known or which may  hereafter  become known to the Purchaser or
          its  professional  advisers will limit or extinguish the obligation to
          indemnify hereunder.

     (o)  The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in
          the  Agreement  and in any  certificates  and  documents  delivered in
          connection  herewith  will be true at and as of the  Closing  Date and
          will survive the Closing  Date,  the  purchase  and sale  contemplated
          herein and any re-organization or amalgamation of any party hereto.


<PAGE>

                                       -5-



6.   CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

The  obligation  of the  Purchaser and Lari to complete the sale and purchase of
the Shares is subject to the following  terms and  conditions  for the exclusive
benefit of the  Purchaser  and Lari, to be fulfilled or performed at or prior to
the Closing Date or waived by the Purchaser and Lari at their sole discretion:

     (a)  The transactions  contemplated in the Series A Purchase Agreement have
          been  completed and the  Purchaser is the  registered  and  beneficial
          owner of the Series A shares of the Company;

     (b)  The Vendor has entered into an escrow  agreement with the Escrow Agent
          on  terms  and  conditions  which  are  satisfactory  to  the  Vendor,
          Weintraub,  the Purchaser,  Lari and the Company.  The signing of such
          agreement is also a condition of the Vendor's  obligation  to sell the
          Shares as provided herein;

     (c)  The  Vendor  has  executed  the  Certificate  of  Accredited  Investor
          attached as Schedule "B" to this Agreement; and

     (d)  The Vendor has executed a release  agreement  attached as Schedule "C"
          to this Agreement.  Such release  (Schedule "C") shall not be valid or
          binding  unless and until the Vendor  executes and delivers the escrow
          agreement referred to in Section 6(b) above.

7.   MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1  This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
          the laws of the State of California.  Any dispute arising out of or in
          connection with this Agreement,  including any question  regarding its
          existence,  validity  or  termination,  but not  including  any matter
          arising out of the Action,  shall be referred to and finally  resolved
          by arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association
          which  rules are  deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference  into this
          clause.  The  number  of  arbitrators  shall  be  one.  The  place  of
          arbitration  shall  be  Los  Angeles,   California.  The  language  of
          arbitration  shall be English.  The parties expressly waive and forego
          any right to  punitive  or  exemplary  damages  unless  an  applicable
          statute  requires  the  award  of such  damages  or that  compensatory
          damages be  increased  in a specified  manner.  This  provision is not
          intended  to apply to any  award  of  arbitration  costs to a party to
          compensate  for  dilatory  or bad  faith  conduct  in the  arbitration
          pursuant  to this  paragraph.  The  prevailing  parties  shall also be
          entitled to an award of reasonable attorneys' fees.

     7.2  The Vendor will  execute and deliver all such  further  documents  and
          instruments  and do all acts and things the Purchaser  may  reasonably
          require to carry out the

<PAGE>

                                       -6-



          full intent and meaning of this  Agreement and to assure the Purchaser
          the transfer of the Shares.

     7.3  This Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement and  understanding of
          the parties  hereto  with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and
          supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties with
          respect to the subject matter hereof.  Nothing herein shall  prejudice
          or otherwise affect the respective rights and claims of the Vendor and
          Weintraub in or relating to the Action.

     7.4  This  agreement  will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of, and
          be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their  respective  permitted
          successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.  There is no
          third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

     7.5  The Vendor will not assign his rights or obligations  provided by this
          Agreement  without the prior  written  consent of the  Purchaser.  The
          Purchaser will be entitled to assign any of its respective  rights and
          obligations  provided by this  Agreement  without any prior consent of
          the Vendors, but no such assignment shall relieve the Purchaser of its
          obligations hereunder to the Vendor.

     7.6  Any notice or other  communication  required or  permitted to be given
          hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or sent by telefax and, if
          telefaxed,  shall be deemed to have been received on the next business
          day  following  transmittal  and  acknowledgment  of  receipt  by  the
          recipient's telefax machine or if delivered by hand shall be deemed to
          have been received at the time it is delivered.  Notices  addressed to
          an individual shall be validly given if left on the premises indicated
          below.  Notice of change of  address  shall also be  governed  by this
          Subsection 7.6. Notices shall be delivered or addressed as follows:

          If to the Purchaser and Lari, to:

          Brent Lokash
          Barrister & Solicitor
          1708-808 Nelson Street
          Vancouver, B.C. V6Z 2H2
          Fax:  (604) 68l-9579

          If to the Vendor:

          Sandler and Rosen, LLP
          1801 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 510
          Los Angeles, CA 90067
          Fax:  (310) 277-5954

     7.7  In the event that any one or more of the  provisions of this Agreement
          should be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  in any  respect,  the
          validity, legality and


<PAGE>

                                      - 7 -



          enforceability of the remaining  provisions  contained herein will not
          in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     7.8  Time will be of the essence of this Agreement,

     7.9  The captions and headings of the sections and the  subsections in this
          Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience  and reference
          only.

     7.10 Whenever the singular or the masculine are used in this  Agreement the
          same will be deemed  to  include  the  plural or the  feminine  or the
          corporate where the context or the parties so require.

     7.11 All dollar amounts  referred to in this Agreement are stated in United
          States of America currency, unless otherwise expressly stated.

     7.12 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
          which will be treated as an original  but all of which,  collectively,
          will  constitute a single  instrument.  This Agreement will be binding
          once signed and delivered and a signature by facsimile, will be deemed
          to be execution and delivery.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
date first hereinabove written.

LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.


Per:  /s/ Suzanne Wood
      ---------------------------------
      Authorized Signatory


LARI CORP.


Per:  /s/ Suzanne Wood
      ---------------------------------
      Authorized Signatory



SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by          )
STANLEY ZICKLIN in the presence of:      )
                                         )
/s/ Wm. F. Tisch                         )
Witness                                  )
1801 Ave. of the Stars, Suite 510        )
Los Angeles, CA 90067                    )
- ---------------------------------------- )
Address                                  )     /s/ Stanley Zicklin
                                         )     ---------------------------------
Attorney                                 )     STANLEY ZICKLIN
- ---------------------------------------- )
Occupation                               )




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4


                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THIS  AGREEMENT is dated for reference the 3lst day of March,  1999 between Lari
Acquisition  Company,  Inc.,  (the  "Purchaser"),  Lari Corp.  ("Lari") and Jill
Schulman, a businesswoman (the "Vendor").

WHEREAS:

A.   There are 100 shares  issued and  outstanding  in the  capital of  Heritage
     Alternatives,  Inc., a company  incorporated under the laws of the State of
     California (the "Company");

B.   the  Vendor  is the  registered  and  beneficial  owner of 5 shares  in the
     capital of the Company (the "Shares");

C.   The 95  remaining  shares in the  capital of the  Company  (the  "Remaining
     Shares")  are being  purchased  by the  Purchaser  and Lari  pursuant  to a
     purchase  agreement  dated March 31, 1999 (the  "Remaining  Share  Purchase
     Agreement"); and

D.   The Vendor has agreed to sell the Shares to the Purchaser and the Purchaser
     has agreed to purchase the Shares from the Vendor.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained
in this  Agreement  and other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

The Vendor  hereby sells and transfers to Lari through the  Purchaser,  and Lari
through the Purchaser  hereby  purchases  and acquires from the Vendor,  all the
Vendor's right, title and interest in and to the Shares.

2.   PURCHASE PRICE

The  Purchaser  hereby  agrees to pay to the Vendor  $54,137.00  (the  "Purchase
Price") for the Shares.

3.   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

The Purchaser  will pay the Purchase Price on March 31, 1999, or such other date
as the parties may agree (the "Closing Date") as follows:

     (a)  the sum of $2,238.00 by way of a  solicitors'  cheque  payable to City
          National Bank, 400 North Roxbury Drive,  Beverly Hills, CA, 90210 (the
          "Escrow  Agent"),  in trust for the benefit of the Vendor (the "Escrow
          Agent");


<PAGE>


                                       -2-



     (b)  1,874  shares of common  stock of Lari (the "Lari  Shares")  issued by
          Lari to the Vendor and delivered to the Escrow Agent, in trust for the
          benefit of the Vendor; and

     (c)  the sum of $42,529 by way of an undivided  0.2238368%  interest to the
          Vendor in a promissory note ("Note"), in the form attached as Schedule
          "A" to this Agreement, delivered to the Escrow Agent, in trust for the
          benefit of the Vendor.

4.   VENDOR'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED AT CLOSING

On the Closing  Date,  the Vendor will  deliver or cause to be  delivered to the
Purchaser  the share  certificate  representing  the Shares,  duly  endorsed for
transfer.

5.   VENDOR'S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

     5.1  The Vendor  represents,  warrants and  covenants  to the  Purchaser as
          follows:

     (a)  the Vendor is the registered and beneficial owner of the Shares;

     (b)  the  Shares  are  validly  issued  and  outstanding  as fully paid and
          non-assessable in the capital of the Company and are free and clear of
          all liens, charges and encumbrances;

     (c)  the Vendor has good and  sufficient  right and authority to enter into
          this  Agreement  and  to  transfer  legal  and  beneficial  title  and
          ownership of the Shares to the Purchaser;

     (d)  the Vendor has not previously entered into a binding agreement for the
          sale of, or the granting of an option to purchase the Shares;

     (e)  the  Vendor is not  indebted  to the  Company  and the  Company is not
          indebted to the Vendor;

     (f)  the Vendor has not relied on any  representations,  understandings  or
          other inducements not expressly set forth in this Agreement;

     (g)  the  Vendor  has been  fully  advised  by  independent  legal  counsel
          concerning the terms and effect of this Agreement;

     (h)  the Vendor enters into this Agreement  voluntarily,  without duress or
          undue influence;

     (i)  the Vendor has the legal  capacity,  power and  authority  to hold the
          Lari Shares and the Note (collectively,  the "Securities") to bc owned
          by her on the Closing Date;

     (j)  the Vendor is accepting the  Securities  as the Purchase  Price as set
          out in Subsection 3(b) only for investment purposes on her own account
          and not for the purpose of selling the  Securities in connection  with
          any distribution of the Securities.


<PAGE>


                                       -3-



          The Vendor  acknowledges  that the Lari  Shares are  subject to resale
          restrictions   and,  for  this  reason,   shall  display  the  legend,
          substantially in the form as follows:

          "THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  HAVE  NOT  BEEN AND WILL NOT BE
          REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
          (THE  "SECURITIES   ACT').  THE  HOLDER  HEREOF,  BY  PURCHASING  SUCH
          SECURITIES,  AGREES  FOR THE  BENEFIT  OF THE  CORPORATION  THAT  SUCH
          SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO
          THE CORPORATION, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
          904 OF  REGULATION S UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED
          STATES IN ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT OR RULE
          144 UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT, IF APPLICABLE,  OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION
          THAT IS OTHERWISE  EXEMPT FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
          AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH SALE
          THE  CORPORATION   SHALL  HAVE  RECEIVED  AN  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  OF
          RECOGNIZED STANDING,  IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE  SATISFACTORY TO IT, AS TO
          THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION."

     (k)  the Vendor  acknowledges  that the Lari  Shares to be  received by the
          Vendor on the Closing  Date were not  advertised  in printed  media of
          general and regular paid circulation, radio or television;

     (l)  the Vendor is an "accredited investor" as such term is defined in Rule
          501 of  Regulation  D  promulgated  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
          Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (U.S.); and

     (m)  the Vendor is a resident at the following address:

          735 Warner Avenue
          Los Angeles, CA 90024

     (n)  The Vendor will  indemnify  the  Purchaser  against any loss or damage
          sustained by the  Purchaser,  directly or  indirectly,  by reason of a
          breach of any of the warranties or  representations  set forth in this
          Section 5. The Vendor acknowledges that the Purchaser has entered into
          this Agreement relying on the warranties and representations and other
          terms and conditions of this  Agreement and that no information  which
          is now known or which may  hereafter  become known to the Purchaser or
          its  professional  advisers will limit or extinguish the obligation to
          indemnify hereunder.

     (o)  The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in
          the  Agreement  and in any  certificates  and  documents  delivered in
          connection  herewith  will be true at and as of the  Closing  Date and
          will survive the Closing

<PAGE>


                                      -4-



          Date,   the   purchase   and   sale   contemplated   herein   and  any
          re-organization or amalgamation of any party hereto.

6.   CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

The  obligation  of the  Purchaser and Lari to complete the sale and purchase of
the Shares is subject to the following  terms and  conditions  for the exclusive
benefit of the  Purchaser  and Lari, to be fulfilled or performed at or prior to
the Closing Date or waived by the Purchaser and Lari at their sole discretion;

     (a)  The   transactions   contemplated  in  the  Remaining  Share  Purchase
          Agreement  have been completed and the Purchaser is the registered and
          beneficial owner of the Remaining Shares of the Company;

     (b)  The  Vendor has  entered  into an escrow  arrangement  with the Escrow
          Agent on terms and conditions which are satisfactory to the Purchaser,
          Lari and the Company;

     (c)  The  Vendor  has  executed  the  Certificate  of  Accredited  Investor
          attached as Schedule "B" to this Agreement; and

     (d)  The Vendor has executed a release  agreement  attached as Schedule "C"
          to this Agreement.

7.   MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1  This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
          the laws of the State of California.  Any dispute arising out of or in
          connection with this Agreement,  including any question  regarding its
          existence,  validity or termination,  shall be referred to and finally
          resolved by  arbitration  under the rules of the American  Arbitration
          Association  which rules are deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference
          into this clause. The number of arbitrators shall be one. The place of
          arbitration  shall  be  Los  Angeles,   California.  The  language  of
          arbitration  shall be English.  The parties expressly waive and forego
          any right to punitive,  exemplary or other similar  damages  unless an
          applicable  statute  requires  the  award  of  such  damages  or  that
          compensatory   damages  be  increased  in  a  specified  manner.  This
          provision is not intended to apply to any award of  arbitration  costs
          to a party to  compensate  for  dilatory  or bad faith  conduct in the
          arbitration  pursuant to this paragraph.  The prevailing parties shall
          also be entitled to an award of reasonable attorneys' fees.

     7.2  The Vendor will  execute and deliver all such  further  documents  and
          instruments  and do all acts and things the  Purchaser  may require to
          carry out the full intent and meaning of this  Agreement and to assure
          the Purchaser the transfer of the Shares.


<PAGE>


                                      -5-



     7.3  This Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement and  understanding of
          the parties  hereto  with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and
          supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties with
          respect to the subject matter hereof.

     7.4  This  agreement  will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of, and
          be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their  respective  permitted
          successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

     7.5  The Vendor will not assign her rights or obligations  provided by this
          Agreement without the prior written consent of the Purchaser. Prior to
          the full  payment of the Purchase  Price,  the  Purchaser  will not be
          entitled  to  assign  any of its  respective  rights  and  obligations
          provided  by this  Agreement  without  prior  written  consent  of the
          Vendor.

     7.6  Any notice or other  communication  required or  permitted to be given
          hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or sent by telefax and, if
          telefaxed,  shall be deemed to have been received on the next business
          day  following  transmittal  and  acknowledgment  of  receipt  by  the
          recipient's  telex  machine or if delivered by hand shall be deemed to
          have been received at the time it is delivered.  Notices  addressed to
          an individual shall be validly given if left on the premises indicated
          below.  Notice of change of  address  shall also be  governed  by this
          Subsection 7.6. Notices shall be delivered or addressed as follows:

          If to the Purchaser and Lari, to:

          Brent Lokash
          Barrister & Solicitor
          1708-808 Nelson Street
          Vancouver, B.C. V6Z 2H2
          Fax: (604) 681-9579

          If to the Vendor:

          Jill Schulman
          735 Warner Avenue
          Los Angeles, California
          U.S.A.  90024

     7.7  In the event that any one or more of the  provisions of this Agreement
          should be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  in any  respect,  the
          validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions
          contained herein will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     7.8  Time will be of the essence of this agreement


<PAGE>


                                      -6-



     7.9  The captions and headings of the sections and the  subsections in this
          Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience  and reference
          only.

     7.10 Whenever the singular or the masculine are used in this  Agreement the
          same will be deemed  to  include  the  plural or the  feminine  or the
          corporate where the context or the parties so require.

     7.11 All dollar amounts  referred to in this Agreement are stated in United
          States of America currency, unless otherwise expressly stated.

     7.12 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
          which will be treated as an original  but all of which,  collectively,
          will  constitute a single  instrument.  This Agreement will be binding
          once signed and delivered and a signature by facsimile, will be deemed
          to be execution and delivery.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
date first hereinabove written.


LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     --------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory


LARI CORP.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     --------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory



SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by                )
JILL SCHULMAN in the presence of:              )
                                               )
                                               )
/s/ [Illegible]                                )
- ---------------------------------------------  )
Witness                                        )
                                               )
10529 Melvin Ave, Northridge, CA 91326         )   /s/ Jill Schulman
- ---------------------------------------------  )   -----------------------------
Address                                        )   JILL SCHULMAN
                                               )
Sales                                          )
- ---------------------------------------------  )
Occupation                                     )




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5


                                    AGREEMENT


     This  Agreement  is entered  into as of August 1, 1999 by and between  Lari
Acquisition Company, Inc. ("Lari") and The Neptune Society, Inc. (formerly known
as Lari Corp.)  ("Neptune"),  on the one hand, and Stanley Zicklin ( "Zicklin"),
on the other hand, with reference to the following facts:

     WHEREAS:

     A.   Lari has certain  existing  obligations to Zicklin under, a promissory
          note in the amount of $19 million (the "Note"),

     B.   Lari has requested that Zicklin agree to restructure certain of Lari's
          obligations  to Zicklin in order to assist Lari to  increase  its cash
          flow for operation of its recently acquired  cremation business and to
          provide additional  available funds to Lari for the acquisition of new
          cremation businesses.

     C.   Zicklin has agreed to  accommodate  certain of Lari's  requests and to
          restructure certain of Lari's obligations.

     D.   The parties are concurrently  herewith entering into amendments of the
          Note and the Joint  Written  Instructions  to Escrow Agent dated April
          22, 1999 (the "Instructions") which govern the manner in which certain
          sums due to Zicklin and others are to be paid and disbursed

     E.   Lari and  Neptune  have  agreed to provide  certain  consideration  to
          Zicklin  in  exchange  for his  agreement  to  modify  Lari's  payment
          obligations.

     NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  covenants,  agreements,
warranties  and  other  good  and  valuable   consideration,   the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the parties agree with each other
as follows:

     1. Neptune  will issue,  to the order of Zicklin,  on or before  August 13,
1999,  stock  warrants to purchase  25,000 shares in Neptune at a price of $6.00
per  share,  to be held in the  Weintraub/Zicklin  Fund as  contemplated  in the
Instructions,  and amendments thereto,  and the Agreement  Concerning Escrow and
Related  Matters among the parties hereto and Emanuel  Weintraub dated April 22,
1999.

          The warrants shall be exercisable within four years (i.e. until August
15, 2003) and subject to a one-year statutory holding period restriction.

     2. Lari and Neptune shall immediately reimburse Zicklin for $3,500 in legal
fees  and  costs  incurred  by  him  in  connection  with  and  related  to  the
negotiations and  documentation of the restructuring of Lari's  obligations,  by
check for $3,500 payable to Sandler & Rosen, LLP.



<PAGE>


     3. Each of the obligations set forth in this agreement are  acknowledged to
be  obligations  which are  secured by that  security  interest  created by that
Security  Agreement  dated as of March 31,  1999 by and  between  Lari,  Neptune
Management Corp., Neptune Pre-Need Plan, Inc., Heritage  Alternatives,  Inc. and
the Emanuel Weintraub Inter Vivos Trust.

     4. This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of
which when delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together
shall  constitute  one and the same document.  A signed  facsimile or telecopied
copy of this  Agreement  shall be  effectual  and valid proof of  execution  and
delivery.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.


Per:
     --------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory


THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.
(formerly, Lari Corp.)


Per: /s/ Suzanne L.Wood
     --------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory



STANLEY ZICKLIN

By:
     --------------------------------
     William F. Tisch, Esq.
     Sandler & Rosen, LLP.
     Attorneys for Stanley Zicklin,
     signed on his behalf




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6

                                    AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  is entered  into as of August 1, 1999 by and between  Lari
Acquisition Company, Inc. ("Lari") and The Neptune Society, Inc. (formerly known
as Lari  Corp.)  ("Neptune"),  on the one hand,  and Emanuel  Weintraub  and the
Emanuel  Weintraub Inter Vivos Trust  (collectively  "Weintraub"),  on the other
hand, with reference to the following facts:

     WHEREAS:

     A. Lari has certain existing  obligations to Weintraub under, inter alia, a
Consulting  Contract  a  promissory  note in the  amount  of $19  million  and a
promissory note in the amount of $2 million;

     B. Lari has requested that Weintraub agree to restructure certain of Lari's
obligations  to  Weintraub in order to assist Lari to increase its cash flow for
operation of its recently acquired  cremation business and to provide additional
available funds to Lari for the acquisition of new cremation businesses;

     C.  Weintraub has agreed to accommodate  certain of Lari's  requests and to
agree to restructure certain of Lari's obligations;

     D. The parties are  concurrently  herewith  entering into amendments of the
Consulting Contract,  the $19 million Promissory Note, the $2 million Promissory
Note and the Joint  Written  Instructions  to Escrow  Agent dated April 22, 1999
which govern the manner in which certain sums due to Weintraub and others are to
be paid and disbursed; and

     E.  Lari and  Neptune  have  agreed to  provide  certain  consideration  to
Weintraub in exchange for his agreement to modify Lari's payment obligations.

     NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  covenants,  agreements,
warranties  and  other  good  and  valuable   consideration,   the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the parties agree with each other
as follows:

     1. Neptune will issue,  on or before  August 13,  1999,  stock  warrants to
purchase  250,000  shares  in  Neptune  at a price  of  $6.00  per  share to the
following individuals in the following amounts:

             Linda Stark                          125,000 shares
             Jill Schulman                         62,500 shares



                                      -1-
<PAGE>



             Nancy Leferman                        62,500 shares

     The warrants shall be  exerciseable  within four years (i.e.,  until August
15, 2003) and subject to a one-year statutory holding period restriction.

     2. Lari and Neptune agree to reimburse  Weintraub for all reasonable  legal
fees and costs incurred by him in connection with and related to the negotiation
and   documentation  of  the   restructuring   of  Lari'  s  obligations.   Such
reimbursement  shall  be  made by not  later  than 15  days  after  delivery  by
Weintraub or his  attorneys of the invoice  reflecting  the  incurrence  of such
legal fees and costs.

     3. Lari will pay to Weintraub  the sum of $76,350,  of which sum  Weintraub
acknowledges  receipt of $38,175.  The remaining $38,175 will be paid by Lari on
the earliest of: (1) the payment in full of the $19 million  Promissory Note; or
(2) July 31, 2000.

     4. Each of the obligations set forth in this agreement are  acknowledged to
be  obligations  which are  secured by that  security  interest  created by that
Security  Agreement  dated as of March 31,  1999 by and  between  Lari,  Neptune
Management Corp., Neptune Pre-Need Plan, Inc., Heritage  Alternatives,  Inc. and
the Emanuel Weintraub Inter Vivos Trust.

     5. This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of
which when delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together
shall  constitute  one and the same document.  A signed  facsimile or telecopied
copy of this  Agreement  shall be  effectual  and valid proof of  execution  and
delivery.

     IN WINESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.


Lari Aquisition Company, Inc.

By  /s/ Marco Markin
    -----------------------------

Title: Vice President






                                      -2-
<PAGE>


The Neptune Society, Inc.
(formerly Lari Corp)

By /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
   ------------------------------
Title: President


EMANUEL WEINTRAUB INTER VIVOS TRUST


Per:
     ----------------------------
     Emanuel Weintraub, Trustee



- ---------------------------------
EMANUEL WEINTRAUB







                                      -3-



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7


                           INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THIS  AGREEMENT  is dated  for  reference  the 31st day of March,  1999  between
Neptune Management Corp., a company  incorporated under the laws of the State of
California (the  "Purchaser")  and the limited partners as described in Schedule
"A" and in Schedule "E" attached to this Agreement (collectively, the "Vendors")
of Neptune-Los Angeles,  Ltd., a limited partnership under the laws of the State
of California ("Neptune LA"), Neptune-Santa Barbara, Ltd., a limited partnership
under the laws of the State of California ("Neptune SB"), Neptune-Miami, Ltd., a
limited  partnership  under the laws of the  State of  Florida  ("Neptune  MI"),
Neptune-St.  Petersburg, Ltd., a limited partnership under the laws of the State
of  California  ("Neptune  SP"),   Neptune-Ft.   Lauderdale,   Ltd.,  a  limited
partnership   under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Florida   ("Neptune   "FT"),
Neptune-Nassau,  Ltd.,  a  limited  partnership  under  the laws of the State of
California ("Neptune NA"), and Neptune-Westchester,  Ltd., a limited partnership
under the laws of the State of California  ("Neptune  WT") (Neptune LA,  Neptune
SB,  Neptune  MI,  Neptune  SP,  Neptune  FT,  Neptune  NA  and  Neptune  WT are
collectively referred to as the "Partnerships"), Lari Acquisition Company, Inc.,
a company  incorporated  under the laws of the State of California  ("Lari Co.")
and Lari Corp.,  a company  incorporated  under the laws of the State of Florida
("Lari").

WHEREAS:

A.   The  Purchaser  is the  general  partner  and a 50%  owner  of  each of the
     Partnerships;

B.   Each of the Vendors is the registered and beneficial  owner of those number
     limited  partnership  units in one or more of the Partnerships as set forth
     beside  each  of  their  names  in  Schedule   "A"  and  in  Schedule   "E"
     (collectively, the "Interests");

C.   Each  of  the  Partnerships  have  been  established  pursuant  to  limited
     partnership  agreements  (the  "Partnership  Agreements")  which set forth,
     among other things, the manner in which the Interests may be sold, assigned
     or transferred;

D.   The  Purchaser  is being  purchased  by Lari Co. and Lari  pursuant  to two
     purchase agreements dated March 31, 1999 (the "Share Purchase Agreements");
     and

E.   The Vendors have agreed to sell their respective Interests to the Purchaser
     and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Interests from the Vendors.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained
in this  Agreement  and other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF INTERESTS

Each of the Vendors  hereby sells and  transfers to Lari through the  Purchaser,
and Lari through the  Purchaser  hereby  purchases and acquires from each of the
Vendors,  all of each of the  Vendors'  right,  title and interest in and to the
Interests.



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                       -2-



2.   PURCHASE PRICE

The Purchaser hereby agrees to pay to the Vendors  $9,022,626.00  (the "Purchase
Price") for the Interests,

3.   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

     3.1  The Purchaser  will pay the Purchase  Price on March 31, 1999, or such
          other date as the parties may agree (the "Closing Date"), as follows:

          (a)  the sum of  $361,874.00  byway of wire  transfer to City National
               Bank,  400 North Roxbury  Drive,  Beverly  Hills,  CA, 90210 (the
               "Escrow Agent"), in trust for the Vendors (the "Escrow Agent");

          (b)  357,025 shares of common stock of Lari (the "Lari Shares") issued
               by Lari to each of the Vendors and delivered to the Escrow Agent,
               in trust for the Vendors; and

          (c)  the  sum of  $6,875,627.00  by way  of an  undivided  36.1875105%
               interest to the Vendors in a  promissory  note  ("Note"),  in the
               form attached as Schedule "B" to this Agreement, delivered to the
               Escrow Agent, in trust for the Vendors.

     3.2  The  Purchase  Price  payable  to  each of the  Vendors  is set out in
          Schedule "A" and Schedule "E" of this Agreement.

4.   ACKNOWLEDGMENT UNDER THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS

The parties  acknowledge that all conditions required in each of the Partnership
Agreements for the sale, assignment or transfer of the Interests as contemplated
herein,  including, but not limited to, any right of first refusal offerings and
any consents, have been satisfied or hereby waived and that any sale, assignment
or  transfer  of the  Interests  as  contemplated  herein  does not  violate any
provision of any of the Partnership Agreements.

5.   VENDORS' WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

     5.1  Each of the Vendors represent,  warrant and covenant on behalf of each
          of  themselves  only and on behalf of no other  partners,  limited  or
          general, to the Purchaser, Lari and Lari Co. as follows:

          (a)  each of the Vendors is the  registered  and  beneficial  owner of
               those number of limited  partnership  units of one or more of the
               Partnerships  as set forth beside each of their names in Schedule
               A and Schedule `E";



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                      - 3 -



          (b)  all of the Interests are validly issued and  outstanding as fully
               paid and  non-assessable in the limited  partnership units of the
               Partnerships  and are free and clear of all  liens,  charges  and
               encumbrances;

          (c)  the  Purchaser  is not indebted to any of the Vendors and none of
               the Vendors is indebted to the Purchaser;

          (d)  each of the Vendors has good and  sufficient  right and authority
               to enter into this Agreement and to transfer legal and beneficial
               title and ownership of the Interests to the Purchaser;

          (e)  none  of the  Vendors  has  previously  entered  into  a  binding
               agreement  for the sale  of,  or the  granting  of an  option  to
               purchase their respective Interests;

          (f)  none  of  the   Vendors   has  relied  on  any   representations,
               understandings  or other  inducements  not expressly set forth in
               this Agreement;

          (g)  each of the Vendors has been fully advised by  independent  legal
               counsel concerning the terms and effect of this Agreement;

          (h)  each  of the  Vendors  enter  into  this  Agreement  voluntarily,
               without duress or undue influence;

          (i)  each of the Vendors has the legal  capacity,  power and authority
               to hold the Lari  Shares  and the Note to be owned by them on the
               Closing Date (the "Securities");

          (j)  each of the Vendors  acknowledge that Lari Co. and Lari are newly
               formed  companies  which were  formed in part for the  purpose of
               acquiring  the  Interests  and  that  the  Vendors  have not been
               provided  with any  offering  memorandum  or  similar  disclosure
               document,  including  financial  information,  in  respect of the
               current or proposed business activities of Lari Co. and Lari;

          (k)  each of the Vendors is accepting  the  Securities as the Purchase
               Price as set out in subsection 3 only for investment  purposes on
               their  own  account  and not  for  the  purpose  of  selling  the
               Securities in connection with any distribution of the Securities.
               Each of the Vendors  acknowledge  that the Securities are subject
               to resale restrictions and, for this reason, the Securities shall
               display the legend, substantially in the form as follows:

               "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE
               REGISTERED  UNDER THE UNITED  STATES  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, AS
               AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES  ACT"). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING
               SUCH


                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                      - 4 -



               SECURITIES,  AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE CORPORATION  THAT SUCH
               SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A)
               TO THE  CORPORATION,  (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE
               WITH RULE 904 OF  REGULATION  S UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT,  (C)
               INSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE
               SECURITIES  ACT  OR  RULE  144  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES   ACT,  IF
               APPLICABLE, OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM
               REGISTRATION  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  AND  APPLICABLE  STATE
               SECURITIES LAWS, PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH SALE THE CORPORATION
               SHALL HAVE RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED STANDING,
               IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE  SATISFACTORY TO IT, AS TO THE AVAILABILITY
               OF AN EXEMPTION."

          (l)  each  of  the  Vendors  acknowledge  that  the  Securities  to be
               received  by them on the  Closing  Date  were not  advertised  in
               printed media of general and regular paid  circulation,  radio or
               television;

          (m)  each of the Vendors is an  "accredited  investor" as such term is
               defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated by the Securities
               and Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
               amended (U.S.); and

          (n)  the Vendors are resident at the  addresses set forth beside their
               names in Schedule "A" and Schedule "E".

     5.2  Each of the Vendors indemnify the Purchaser against any loss or damage
          sustained by the  Purchaser,  directly or  indirectly,  by reason of a
          breach of their respective  warranties or representations (and not the
          warranties and representations of others) set forth in this Section 5.
          Each of the Vendors  acknowledge  that the  Purchaser has entered into
          this Agreement relying on the warranties and representations and other
          terms and conditions of this  Agreement and that no information  which
          is now known or which may  hereafter  become known to the Purchaser or
          its  professional  advisers will limit or extinguish the obligation to
          indemnify hereunder.

     5.3  The respective representations,  warranties,  covenants and agreements
          of the parties  hereto,  which are contained in this  Agreement and in
          any certificates and documents  delivered in connection  herewith will
          be true at and as of the  Closing  Date and will  survive  the Closing
          Date, the purchase and sale contemplated herein and any reorganization
          or amalgamation of any party hereto.



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                                             -5-



6.   CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

The  obligation  of the  Purchaser,  Lari Co. and Lari to complete  the sale and
purchase of the Interests is subject to the following  terms and  conditions for
the exclusive  benefit of the  Purchaser,  Lari Co. and Lari, to be fulfilled on
performed  at or prior to the Closing Date or said terms and  conditions  may be
waived by the Purchaser, Lari Co. and Lari at their sole discretion:

          (a)  The  transactions  contemplated in the Share Purchase  Agreements
               have been completed and Lari Co. is the registered and beneficial
               owner of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Purchaser;

          (b)  Each of the Vendors has entered into an escrow  arrangement  with
               the Escrow Agent on terms and conditions  which are  satisfactory
               to the Purchaser, Lari Co. and Lari;

          (c)  Each of the  Vendors has  executed a  Certificate  of  Accredited
               Investor in the form attached as Schedule "C" to this  Agreement;
               and

          (d)  Each of the Vendors listed in Schedule "A" has executed a release
               agreement in the form attached as Schedule "D" to this Agreement.

          (e)  Each of the Vendors  listed in Schedule "F" has executed  release
               agreements attached as Schedule "F" to this Agreement.

7.   MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1  This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
          the laws of the State of California.  Any dispute arising out of or in
          connection with this Agreement,  including any question  regarding its
          existence,  validity or termination,  shall be referred to and finally
          resolved by  arbitration  under the rules of the American  Arbitration
          Association  which rules are deemed to be  incorporated  by  reference
          into this clause. The number of arbitrators shall be one. The place of
          arbitration shall be Los Angeles. The language of arbitration shall be
          English.  This  provision  is not  intended  to apply to any  award of
          arbitration  costs to a party to compensate  for dilatory or bad faith
          conduct in the arbitration pursuant to this paragraph.  The prevailing
          parties  shall also be entitled to an award of  reasonable  attorneys'
          fees.  Any such  arbitration  shall  permit,  and the  parties  hereto
          expressly reserve their rights to conduct discovery pursuant to and in
          accordance  with the discovery  rules set forth in the California Code
          of Civil Procedure and other applicable state laws, to the same extent
          as if the parties were not agreeing to arbitration.

     7.2  The Vendors will execute and deliver all such  further  documents  and
          instruments  and do all acts and things the  Purchaser  may require to
          carry out the full intent and meaning of this  Agreement and to assure
          the Purchaser the transfer of the Interests.



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                      - 6 -



     7.3  This  Agreement,  and other written  agreements  associated  herewith,
          constitute  the entire  agreement  and  understanding  of the  parties
          hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof and  supersedes  all
          prior agreements and understandings of the parties with respect to the
          subject matter hereof.

     7.4  This  agreement  will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of, and
          be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective  permitted,
          where   applicable,   successors,   assigns,   heirs,   executors  and
          administrators.

     7.5  The Vendors will not assign their  rights or  obligations  provided by
          this  Agreement  without the prior written  consent of the  Purchaser.
          Prior to payment of the Purchase Price in full, the Purchaser will not
          be entitled  to assign any of its  respective  rights and  obligations
          provided  by this  Agreement  without  prior  written  consent  of the
          Vendors.

     7.6  Any notice or other  communication  required or  permitted to be given
          hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or sent by telefax and, if
          telefaxed,  shall be deemed to have been received on the next business
          day  following  transmittal  and  acknowledgment  of  receipt  by  the
          recipients  telefax machine or if delivered by hand shall be deemed to
          have been received at the time it is delivered.  Notices  addressed to
          an individual shall be validly given if left on the premises indicated
          below.  Notice of change of  address  shall also be  governed  by this
          Subsection 7.6. Notices shall be delivered or addressed as follows:

          If to the Purchaser, Lari Co. and Lari, to:

          2424 North Federal Highway
          Boca Raton, Florida 33431
          Fax:  (561) 367-9763

          If to the Vendors:

          At the addresses set forth in Schedule 'A' and Schedule 'E'.

          With a copy to:

          Keith Zimmet, Esq.
          Lewitt, Hackman, Hoefflin
          Shapiro, Marshall & Harlan
          16633 Ventura Blvd., Eleventh Floor
          Encino, CA 91436-1870
          Fax: (818) 981-4764

          And to:



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                      - 7 -



          Mark S. Novak, Esq.
          Novak & Bases, LLP
          16633 Ventura Blvd., Suite 1200
          Encino, CA 91436
          Fax: (818) 905-1864

     7.7  In the event that any one or more of the  provisions of this Agreement
          should be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  in any  respect,  the
          validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions
          contained herein will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby

     7.8  Time will be of the essence of this Agreement.

     7.9  The captions and headings of the sections and the  subsections in this
          Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience  and reference
          only.

     7.10 Whenever the singular or the masculine are used in this  Agreement the
          same will be deemed  to  include  the  plural or the  feminine  or the
          corporate where the context or the parties so require.

     7.11 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
          which will be treated as an original  but all of which,  collectively,
          will  constitute a single  instrument.  This Agreement will be binding
          once signed and delivered and a signature by facsimile, will be deemed
          to be execution and delivery.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
date first herein above written.

LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     ------------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory

LARI CORP.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     ------------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory


NEPTUNE MANAGEMENT CORP.

Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     ------------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                                            - 8 -



/s/ Emanuel Weintraub
- --------------------------------------
EMANUEL WEINTRAUB as attorney-in-fact
for each of the vendors listed
in Schedule "A" attached hereto



/s/ Marvin Falikoff                         /s/ Stuart M. Solomon
- -----------------------------------         -----------------------------------
MARVIN FALIKOFF (an individual)             STUART M. SOLOMON (an individual)



/s/ Mervyn K. Kalman                        /s/ Marcia Deifik
- -----------------------------------         -----------------------------------
MERVYN K. KALMAN (an individual)            MARCIA DEIFIK (an individual)





                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8


                           INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THIS  AGREEMENT  is dated  for  reference  the 31st day of March,  1999  between
Heritage  Alternatives Inc., a company  incorporated under the laws of the State
of  California  (the  "Purchaser")  and the  limited  partners as  described  in
Schedule "A" and in Schedule "E" attached to this Agreement  (collectively,  the
"Vendors") of Heritage Alternatives,  L.P., a limited partnership under the laws
of the State of California (the "Partnership"),  Lari Acquisition Company, Inc.,
a company  incorporated  under the laws of the State of California  ("Lari Co.")
and Lari Corp.,  a company  incorporated  under the laws of the State of Florida
("Lari").

WHEREAS:

A.   The Purchaser is the general partner and a 50% owner of the Partnership;

B.   Each of the Vendors is the registered and beneficial  owner of those number
limited  partnership  units in the Partnership as set forth beside each of their
names in Schedule "A" and in Schedule "E" (collectively, the "Interests");

C.   The  Partnership  has been  established  pursuant  to  limited  partnership
agreement (the "Partnership  Agreement")  which sets forth,  among other things,
the manner in which the Interests may be sold, assigned or transferred;

D.   The  Purchaser  is  being  purchased  by Lari Co and Lari  pursuant  to two
purchase agreements dated March 3 1, 1999 (the "Share Purchase Agreements"); and

E.   The Vendors have agreed to sell their respective Interests to the Purchaser
and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Interests from the Vendors.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained
in this  Agreement  and other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF INTERESTS

Each of the Vendors  hereby sells and  transfers to Lari through the  Purchaser,
and Lari through the  Purchaser  hereby  purchases and acquires from each of the
Vendors,  all of each of the  Vendors'  right,  title and interest in and to the
Interests.

2.   PURCHASE PRICE

The Purchaser  hereby agrees to pay to the Vendors  $663,648.00  (the  "Purchase
Price") for the Interests.



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                     - 2 -



3.   PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

     3.1 The  Purchaser  will pay the Purchase  Price on March 31, 1999, or such
other date as the parties may agree (the "Closing Date"), as follows:

          (a) the sum of  $27,439.00  by way of wire  transfer to City  National
Bank, 400 North Roxbury Drive, Beverly Hills, CA, 90210 (the "Escrow Agent"), in
trust for the Vendors (the "Escrow Agent");

          (b) 22,976 shares of common stock of Lari (the "Lari  Shares")  issued
by Lari to each of the Vendors and delivered to the Escrow  Agent,  in trust for
the Vendors; and

          (c) the sum of $521,329.00 by way of an undivided  2.7438368% interest
to the Vendors in a promissory  note ("Note"),  in the form attached as Schedule
"B" to this Agreement, delivered to the Escrow Agent, in trust for the Vendors.

     3.2  The  Purchase  Price  payable  to each  of the  Vendors  is set out in
Schedule "A" and Schedule "E" of this Agreement.

4.   ACKNOWLEDGMENT UNDER THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The  parties  acknowledge  that  all  conditions  required  in  the  Partnership
Agreement for the sale,  assignment or transfer of the Interests as contemplated
herein,  including, but not limited to, any right of first refusal offerings and
any consents, have been satisfied or hereby waived and that any sale, assignment
or  transfer  of the  Interests  as  contemplated  herein  does not  violate any
provision of the Partnership Agreement

5.   VENDORS' WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

     5.1 Each of the Vendors  represent,  warrant and covenant on behalf of each
of themselves  only and on behalf of no other partners,  limited or general,  to
the Purchaser, Lari and Lari Co. as follows:

          (a) each of the  Vendors is the  registered  and  beneficial  owner of
those number of limited partnership units of the Partnership as set forth beside
each of their names in Schedule "A" and Schedule "E";

          (b) all of the Interests are validly  issued and  outstanding as fully
paid and non-assessable in the limited  partnership units of the Partnership and
are free and clear of all liens, charges and encumbrances;

          (c) the  Purchaser  is not  indebted to any of the Vendors and none of
the Vendors is indebted to the Purchaser;



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                     - 3 -



          (d) each of the Vendors has good and sufficient right and authority to
enter  into  this  Agreement  and to  transfer  legal and  beneficial  title and
ownership of the Interests to the Purchaser;

          (e)  none  of the  Vendors  has  previously  entered  into  a  binding
agreement  for the sale of,  or the  granting  of an option  to  purchase  their
respective Interests;

          (f)  none  of  the   Vendors   has  relied  on  any   representations,
understandings or other inducements not expressly set forth in this Agreement;

          (g) each of the Vendors has been fully  advised by  independent  legal
counsel concerning the terms and effect of this Agreement;

          (h) each of the Vendors enter into this Agreement voluntarily, without
duress or undue influence;

          (i) each of the Vendors has the legal capacity, power and authority to
hold the Lari Shares and the Note to be owned by them on the  Closing  Date (the
"Securities");

          (j) each of the Vendors  acknowledge  that Lari Co. and Lari are newly
formed  companies  which were  formed in part for the purpose of  acquiring  the
Interests  and  that  the  Vendors  have not  been  provided  with any  offering
memorandum or similar disclosure document,  including financial information,  in
respect of the current or proposed business activities of Lari Co. and Lari,;

          (k) each of the Vendors is accepting  the  Securities  as the Purchase
Price as set out in  subsection  3 only for  investment  purposes  on their  own
account and not for the purpose of selling the Securities in connection with any
distribution  of the  Securities.  Each  of the  Vendors  acknowledge  that  the
Securities  are  subject  to  resale  restrictions  and,  for this  reason,  the
Securities shall display the legend, substantially in the form as follows:

          "THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY  HAVE  NOT  BEEN AND WILL NOT BE
          REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
          (THE  "SECURITIES   ACT").  THE  HOLDER  HEREOF,  BY  PURCHASING  SUCH
          SECURITIES,  AGREES  FOR THE  BENEFIT  OF THE  CORPORATION  THAT  SUCH
          SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO
          THE CORPORATION, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
          904 OF  REGULATION S UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED
          STATES IN ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT OR RULE
          144 UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT, IF APPLICABLE,  OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION
          THAT IS OTHERWISE  EXEMPT FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
          AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PROVIDED THAT


                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                     - 4 -



          PRIOR TO SUCH SALE THE  CORPORATION  SHALL HAVE RECEIVED AN OPINION OF
          COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED STANDING, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE  SATISFACTORY TO
          IT, AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION."

          (1) each of the Vendors acknowledge that the Securities to be received
by them on the Closing Date were not  advertised in printed media of general and
regular paid circulation, radio or television;

          (m) each of the Vendors is an  "accredited  investor"  as such term is
defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated  by the  Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (U.S.); and

          (n) the Vendors are resident at the  addresses  set forth beside their
names in Schedule "A" and Schedule "E".

     5.2 Each of the Vendors  indemnify the Purchaser against any loss or damage
sustained by the  Purchaser,  directly or  indirectly,  by reason of a breach of
their  respective  warranties or  representations  (and not the  warranties  and
representations  of others)  set forth in this  Section  5. Each of the  Vendors
acknowledge  that the Purchaser has entered into this  Agreement  relying on the
warranties and  representations and other terms and conditions of this Agreement
and that no information  which is now known or which may hereafter  become known
to the  Purchaser or its  professional  advisers  will limit or  extinguish  the
obligation to indemnify hereunder.

     5.3 The respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of
the  parties  hereto,   which  are  contained  in  this  Agreement  and  in  any
certificates and documents  delivered in connection herewith will be true at and
as of the Closing Date and will survive the Closing Date,  the purchase and sale
contemplated herein and any re-organization or amalgamation of any party hereto

6    CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

The  obligation  of the  Purchaser,  Lari Co. and Lari to complete  the sale and
purchase of the Interests is subject to the following  terms and  conditions for
the  exclusive  benefit of the  Purchaser,  Lari Co and Lari, to be fulfilled or
performed  at or prior to the Closing Date or said terms and  conditions  may be
waived by the Purchaser, Lari Co. and Lari at their sole discretion:

          (a) The  transactions  contemplated  in the Share Purchase  Agreements
have been completed and Lari Co is the  registered  and beneficial  owner of all
the issued and outstanding shares of the Purchaser;

          (b) Each of the Vendors has entered  into an escrow  arrangement  with
the  Escrow  Agent  on  terms  and  conditions  which  are  satisfactory  to the
Purchaser, Lari Co. and Lari;

          (c) Each of the  Vendors  has  executed a  Certificate  of  Accredited
Investor in the form attached as Schedule "C" to this Agreement, and



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                     - 5 -



          (d) Each of the Vendors  listed in Schedule "A" has executed a release
agreement in the form attached as Schedule "D" to this Agreement.

          (e) Each of the Vendors  listed in Schedule "E" has  executed  release
agreements attached as Schedule "F" to this Agreement.

7    MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1 This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of California. Any dispute arising out of or in connection
with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or
termination,  shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the
rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  which  rules are  deemed to be
incorporated by reference into this clause.  The number of arbitrators  shall be
one. The place of arbitration shall be Los Angeles.  The language of arbitration
shall be  English.  This  provision  is not  intended  to apply to any  award of
arbitration  costs to a party to compensate for dilatory or bad faith conduct in
the arbitration pursuant to this paragraph. The prevailing parties shall also be
entitled to an award of reasonable  attorneys' fees. Any such arbitration  shall
permit,  and the  parties  hereto  expressly  reserve  their  rights to  conduct
discovery  pursuant to and in accordance  with the discovery  rules set forth in
the California Code of Civil Procedure and other  applicable  state laws, to the
same extent as if the parties were not agreeing to arbitration.

     7.2 The Vendors  will execute and deliver all such  further  documents  and
instruments  and do all acts and things the  Purchaser  may require to carry out
the full intent and meaning of this  Agreement  and to assure the  Purchaser the
transfer of the Interests.

     7.3 This  Agreement,  and other  written  agreements  associated  herewith,
constitute  the entire  agreement and  understanding  of the parties hereto with
respect to the subject  matter hereof and  supersedes  all prior  agreements and
understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof

     7.4 This  agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable  by,  the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  permitted,  where
applicable, successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators.

     7.5 The Vendors  will not assign their  rights or  obligations  provided by
this  Agreement  without the prior written  consent of the  Purchaser.  Prior to
payment of the Purchase  Price in full,  the  Purchaser  will not be entitled to
assign any of its respective  rights and obligations  provided by this Agreement
without prior written consent of the Vendors.

     7.6 Any notice or other  communication  required or  permitted  to be given
hereunder  shall  be in  writing  and  delivered  or sent  by  telefax  and,  if
telefaxed,  shall be deemed  to have  been  received  on the next  business  day
following  transmittal and acknowledgment of receipt by the recipient's  telefax
machine or if  delivered  by hand shall be deemed to have been  received  at the
time it is delivered.  Notices addressed to an individual shall be validly given
if left on the premises indicated



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                      -6-



below.  Notice of change of address  shall also be governed  by this  Subsection
7.6. Notices shall be delivered or addressed as follows:

          If to the Purchaser, Lari Co. and Lari, to:

          2424 North Federal Highway
          Boca Raton, Florida 33431
          Fax: (561) 367-9763

          If to the Vendors:

          At the addresses set forth in Schedule "A" and Schedule "E"

          With a copy to:

          Keith Zimmet, Esq.
          Lewitt, Hackman, Hoefflin
          Shapiro, Marshall & Harlan
          16633 Ventura Blvd, Eleventh Floor
          Encino, CA 91436-1870
          Fax (818) 981-4764

     7.7 In the event that any one or more of the  provisions of this  Agreement
should be  invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable  in any  respect,  the  validity,
legality and  enforceability of the remaining  provisions  contained herein will
not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     7.8 Time will be of the essence of this Agreement.

     7.9 The captions and headings of the sections and the  subsections  in this
Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience and reference only.

     7.10 Whenever the singular or the masculine are used in this  Agreement the
same will be deemed to include the plural or the feminine or the corporate where
the context or the parties so require.






                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                     - 7 -



     7.11 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
which  will be  treated  as an  original  but all of which,  collectively,  will
constitute a single  instrument.  This Agreement will be binding once signed and
delivered  and a signature  by  facsimile,  will be deemed to be  execution  and
delivery.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
date first herein above written.

LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     --------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory

LARI CORP.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     --------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory

HERITAGE ALTERNATIVES, INC.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     --------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory



/s/ Emanuel  Weintraub
- -------------------------------------
EMANUEL WEINTRAUB as attorney-in-fact
for each of the Vendors listed in
Schedule "A" Attached hereto



/s/ Marvin Falikoff
- -------------------------------------
MARVIN FALIKOFF (an individual)





                                                                      [Initials]




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9


                               CONSULTING CONTRACT

THIS  AGREEMENT is dated for  reference  the 31st day of March 1999 between Lari
Acquisition Company, Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of the State of
California (the "Company") and Emanuel Weintraub, a businessman, resident in the
State of California (the "Consultant").

WHEREAS:

(a)  A subsidiary of the Company has  purchased  from the  Consultant  and other
     parties,  a funeral  cremation  business known and operated as the "Neptune
     Society"  including a pre-need  marketing  business  operated under Neptune
     Pre-Need Plan, Inc. (the "Business");

(b)  The Consultant is familiar with the Business and has valuable marketing and
     finance  expertise,  experience  and abilities  which the Company wishes to
     avail itself; and

(c)  As  part  of  the   consideration  in  purchasing  the  Business  from  the
     Consultant,  and other  parties,  the Company  wishes to use the consulting
     services of the  Consultant  for the Business and the Consultant has agreed
     to  provide  such  services,  subject to the terms and  conditions  of this
     Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE in  consideration of the payment of covenants herein and for other
good and valuable  consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged) the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

Appointment

1.   The Company hereby retains and appoints the Consultant,  effective the 31st
     day of  March,  1999 (the  "Effective  Date"),  to  provide  the  following
     assistance and advise with respect to the Business:

     (a)  Activities  as a  Spokesperson  -  Consultant  will be  available on a
          reasonable  basis, not to exceed seven (7) days per month for meetings
          and presentations to potential investors in the Company;

     (b)  Consulting  Services With Respect to Expansion of the Business - Under
          the direction of the President of the Company,  Consultant will assist
          with research,  investigation and implementation of business start-ups
          in areas where Company does not currently conduct business. Consultant
          will also assist in prospecting,  investigation and due diligence with
          respect to other existing  cremation  companies in North America which
          Company may have an interest in acquiring;

     (c)  Consulting  Services With Respect to Pre-Need Sales - Consultant  will
          assist in the development and implementation of marketing strategy for
          the sale of pre-need  agreements  throughout North America,  including
          the identification of target markets, the



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>


                                      -2-



          best ways to reach those target  markets,  the location of new markets
          in States outside of California, Florida and New York and the training
          of sales personnel in new offices which may be established by Company;

     (d)  Consulting  Services With Respect to Pre-Need Trust Funds - Consultant
          will  respond to requests  from the board of  directors of the Company
          and the trustees of the pre-need trust funds regarding  investment and
          strategy and security for the pre-need  trust funds in order to ensure
          the integrity of the pre-need  trust funds,  all within the applicable
          regulations  of the  State of  California,  Florida,  New York and any
          other State in which Company may establish a pre-need program,

          (the "Services").

2.   The  Company  will  use its  best  commercial  efforts  to  facilitate  the
     Consultant's  ability to fulfill the  Consultant's  obligations  under this
     Agreement   including   providing  timely  responses  to  the  Consultant's
     comments, providing Company personnel to assist the Consultant in providing
     written  communication to the board of directors,  diligently assessing the
     Consultant's  advice and  recommendations  with respect to the Business and
     providing  decisions  with respect to the advice and  recommendations  on a
     timely basis.

Term

3.   Subject to the  provisions of paragraphs  17 to 19 of this  Agreement,  the
     Consultant shall provide the Services to the Company in accordance with the
     provisions of this  Agreement  for a period of 36 months  commencing on the
     Effective Date of this Agreement (the "Term").

Payment

4.   Subject to  paragraphs 17 and 19 herein,  the Company  agrees to pay to the
     Consultant for the Services an amount of $27,775.00  per month,  payable on
     the last day of the month with the first payment due on April 30, 1999. The
     Consultant  acknowledges  that  such  payment  is to be  full  payment  and
     reimbursement for providing the Services.

Expenses

5.   Having first obtained  written approval from the Company to incur expenses,
     the Consultant  shall be reimbursed for all reasonable  traveling and other
     expenses  actually  and  properly  incurred by him in  connection  with the
     Services hereunder,  including the reasonable cost of an office, comparable
     to the  Consultant's  existing  standard of offices,  provided that for all
     these  approved  expenses,  the  Consultant  shall  furnish to the  Company
     statements  and  vouchers  at the end of each  month in which the  approved
     expenses  were  actually  incurred  (unless the  contrary is agreed upon in
     writing by the Company and the Consultant) and



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                      -3-



     provided  further that the Consultant  shall observe any reasonable  limits
     from time to time fixed by the Company in respect of the approved expenses.

Records

6.   In connection with the provisions of the Services, the Consultant shall:

     (a)  establish and maintain books of account of all expenses incurred; and

     (b)  maintain invoices, receipts, and vouchers for the expenses referred to
          in Section 5 to this Agreement,

     (c)  and a  Company  appointed  auditor  shall  have  free  access  at  all
          reasonable  times to these books of account,  invoices,  receipts  and
          vouchers for the purposes of copying or auditing them (or both).

Independent Contractor

7.   The  Consultant  shall be an  independent  contractor  and not the partner,
     servant, employee or agent of the Company.

8.   The Company may from time to time give any  instructions  to the Consultant
     that it  considers  necessary  in  connection  with the  provisions  of the
     Services  but the  Consultant  shall not be subject  to the  control of the
     Company in respect of the manner in which  these  instructions  are carried
     out.

Reports

9.   The Consultant shall upon the request, from time to time, of the Company:

     (a)  fully  inform  the  Company  of the  work  done  and to be done by the
          Consultant in connection with the provision of the Services; and

     (b)  permit the Company at all reasonable times to inspect, examine, review
          and copy any and all findings, data, specifications, drawings, working
          papers, reports, documents, and material whether complete or otherwise
          (collective  the  "Material")  that has been  produced,  received,  or
          acquired by or provided by the Company to the  Consultant  as a result
          of this Agreement.



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                       -4-



Ownership

10.  The Material produced, received, or acquired by the Consultant, or provided
     by the Company to the  Consultant,  as a result of this  Agreement  and any
     equipment, or other property provided by the Company to the Consultant as a
     result of this Agreement shall:

     (a)  be the exclusive property of the Company; and

     (b)  immediately  be  delivered  by the  Consultant  to the  Company on the
          Company  giving notice to the  Consultant  requesting  delivery of the
          Material,  equipment or other  property,  whether that notice is given
          before, upon, or after the expiration (or earlier termination) of this
          Agreement   and  the   Consultant   shall  execute  and  deliver  such
          assignments, acknowledgments and waivers as may be reasonably required
          by the Company to preserve  its  interest  in the  Material,  or other
          property.

Confidentiality

11.  The Consultant  shall treat as confidential and shall not without the prior
     written consent of the Company publish,  release,  or disclose or permit to
     be published,  released, or disclosed either before or after the expiration
     or early  termination  of this  Agreement  the Material or any  information
     supplied to, obtained by, or which comes to the knowledge of the Consultant
     as a result of this Agreement except insofar as that publication,  release,
     or  disclosure  is  necessary  to enable  the  Consultant  to  fulfill  his
     obligations under this Agreement.

Assignment and Sub-Contracting

12.  The Consultant shall not without the prior written consent of the Company:

     (a)  assign, either directly or indirectly,  this Agreement or any right of
          the Consultant under this Agreement; or

     (b)  sub-contract any obligation of the Consultant under this Agreement.

13.  No sub-contract entered into by the Consultant shall relieve the Consultant
     from any of the  obligations  under this Agreement or impose any obligation
     or liability upon the Company to any sub-contractor.

Conflict

14.  The  Consultant  shall not during the Term perform a service for or provide
     advice to any person,  firm, or corporation  where the  performance of that
     service or the  provision  of that  advice may or does,  in the  reasonable
     opinion of the Company, give rise to a conflict of



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                       -5-



     interest between the obligation of the Consultant to the Company under this
     Agreement and the obligations of the Consultant to any other person,  firm,
     or corporation.

Indemnity

15.  The Company  will  indemnify  the  Consultant  from and against any and all
     losses, claims, damages, actions, causes of action, costs and expenses that
     may  arise  from the  Consultant  providing  the  Services  to the  Company
     pursuant to the Agreement.

16.  The  Company  will name the  Consultant  as an  additional  insured for the
     Company's  Business at no cost to the Consultant,  subject to the Company's
     ability to obtain such  insurance at premiums  comparable  to those paid by
     the previous owners of the Business.

Termination

17.  The Company may terminate this Agreement forthwith, without notice upon any
     of the following:

     (a)  the failure or refusal of the Consultant to provide the Services under
          this Agreement as directed by the board of directors of the Company;

     (b)  any dishonesty on the part of the Consultant affecting the Business or
          the Company;

     (c)  the conviction of the Consultant for an indictable  offence or for any
          crime involving moral turpitude, fraud or misrepresentation;

     (d)  excessive  use  of  alcohol  or  illegal   drugs  by  the   Consultant
          interfering  with  the  performance  of  his  obligations  under  this
          Agreement;

     (e)  any willful and intentional  act on the part of the Consultant  having
          the effect of materially injuring the reputation, business or business
          relationships of the Business or the Company;

     (f)  on the death or disability of the Consultant; or

     (g)  any  material  breach  (not  covered by any of the above  clauses  (a)
          through (f)) of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18.  If the Company  terminates the Consultant  during the Term for a reason set
     forth in  paragraph  17, the Company  shall not owe or be  obligated to the
     Consultant  for any payment  other for  payments  already due and owing for
     Services already performed pursuant to this Agreement.



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                       -6-



19.  If the Company  fails to make  payment to the  Consultant  of moneys  owed,
     within fifteen (15) business days of the Company's  receipt of invoices for
     Services  rendered,  the Consultant may after,  providing written notice to
     the Company  terminate  this  Agreement  only if the Company  does not make
     payment to the Consultant  within thirty (30) days of the Company's receipt
     of such notice.  In the event of  termination  under this paragraph 19, all
     monies  remaining to be paid  hereunder  shall become  immediately  due and
     payable.

Non-Waiver

20.  No  provision  of this  Agreement  and no breach by the  Consultant  of any
     provision  shall be deemed  to have been  waived  unless  the  waiver is in
     writing signed by the Company.

21.  The written  waiver by the Company of any breach of any  provision  of this
     Agreement by the Consultant  shall not be deemed to be permanent  waiver of
     the  provision  or of any  subsequent  breach  of  the  same  or any  other
     provision of this Agreement.

Non Competition

22.  Weintraub  covenants  and agrees with the  Company  that for a period of 15
     years from the Effective  Date,  save with the prior written consent of the
     Company,  he will not, either individually or in partnership or conjunction
     with any other person or persons,  including  without  limitation any firm,
     association,  syndicate,  company  or  corporation,  as  principal,  agent,
     shareholder,  consultant,  employee or in any other manner whatsoever carry
     on, or be engage in, or concerned with, or advise, lend money to, guarantee
     the debts or  obligations  of, or permit his name to be used in  connection
     with the provision of funeral, burial and cremation services, including the
     provision  and  sale of  pre-need  cremation  services,  in the  States  of
     California,  Florida  or New  York;  provided  that  nothing  herein  shall
     preclude  Weintraub from being a security holder of a public  company,  the
     securities  of which are listed on any public  stock  exchange  or over the
     counter market, if the number of securities beneficially held by Weintraub,
     directly or indirectly, are such that he is not in a position to materially
     influence the conduct of its affairs.

23.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  any  restriction  as to  time,  area,
     capacity  or  activity  imposed  on the  Consultant  by this  Agreement  is
     determined to be unreasonable or  unenforceable  pursuant to an arbitration
     proceeding as contemplated in paragraph 30 herein (the "Restriction"),  the
     Consultant  agrees that upon receiving  notice from the Company  specifying
     inclusion in this Agreement of a lesser time or area,  fewer  capacities or
     activities  or  lesser  scope  than  now  contained   herein  (the  "Lesser
     Restriction"),  this  Agreement  will  be  deemed  to  be  amended  by  the
     substitution  of the  Lesser  Restriction  for the  Restriction,  with  the
     retroactive effect to the Effective Date.



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                       -7-



24.  Weintraub  acknowledges  that the provisions of paragraphs 22 to 27 of this
     Agreement  have  been  considered  by him  and  are,  with  respect  to his
     interests and the interests of the Company, reasonable as to time, area and
     extent, having regard to all circumstances of the transaction  contemplated
     by this Agreement.

25.  The parties to this  Agreement  acknowledges  that a breach by Weintraub of
     any of the  covenants  in this  paragraph 22 would result in damages to the
     Company  and the  Company  would not  adequately  be  compensated  for such
     damages by monetary award. Accordingly,  Weintraub agrees that in the event
     of such breach, in addition to all other remedies  available to the Company
     at law or in equity, the Company is,  notwithstanding  paragraph 30 of this
     Agreement, entitled to apply to a court of competent equitable jurisdiction
     in the  Consultant's  domicile,  except in the case of a material breach of
     this Agreement by the Company, for such relief by way of restraining order,
     injunction, decree or otherwise, as may be appropriate to ensure compliance
     with the provisions of paragraph 22.

26.  The parties agree that  paragraphs  22 to 27 of this  Agreement are binding
     and  enforceable  and  will  survive  the  expiration  of the  Term  or any
     termination of this Agreement under paragraph 17 herein.

27.  The  parties  agree  that  all  restrictions  in  paragraphs  22 to 27  are
     necessary  and  fundamental  to  the  protection  of  the  Business  by the
     Operating  Entities and are reasonable  and valid,  and all defenses to the
     strict enforcement thereof by the Company are hereby waived by Weintraub.

Notices

28.  Any  notice,  payment,  or any or all  Material or other  instruments  that
     either  party may be required or may desire to give or deliver to the other
     shall be conclusively  deemed validly given or delivered to and received by
     the  addressee,  if  delivered  personally  on the  date of  such  personal
     delivery  or, if mailed,  on the third  business  day after the  mailing in
     British Columbia, by prepaid post addressed,  or if delivered via facsimile
     transmission, on the day following the day on which it was sent:

     (a)  if to the Company:

          Lari Corp.
          2424 North Federal Highway
          Boca Raton, Florida 33431
          Fax:  (561) 367-9763

          with a copy to then registered office of the Company;



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                       -8-



     (b)  if to the Consultant:

          Stein & Flugge, LLP
          9200 Sunset Boulevard, Suite 825
          Los Angeles, California 90069-3686
          Fax:  (310) 273-8706
          Attention:   Valerie Flugge, Esq.

29.  Either party may, from time to time advise the other, by notice in writing,
     of any change of  address  of the party.  From and after the giving of that
     notice,  the address therein specified shall be deemed to be the address of
     the party giving that notice.

General

30.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with the
     laws  of  the  State  of  California.  Any  dispute  arising  out  of or in
     connection  with this  Agreement,  including  any  question  regarding  its
     existence,  validity  or  termination,  shall be  referred  to and  finally
     resolved  by  arbitration  under  the  rules  of the  American  Arbitration
     Association  which rules are deemed to be  incorporated  by reference  into
     this  clause.  The  number  of  arbitrators  shall be one and the  place of
     arbitration  shall  be  Los  Angeles,   California.  The  language  of  the
     arbitration  shall be English.  The parties  expressly waive and forego any
     right to punitive,  exemplary or other similar damages unless an applicable
     statute requires the award of such damages or that compensatory  damages be
     increased in a specified manner. This provision is not intended to apply to
     any award of arbitration costs to a party to compensate for dilatory or bad
     faith conduct in the arbitration pursuant to this paragraph.

31.  Save and except as provided for in paragraph 23 of this  Agreement,  if any
     covenant,  obligation or agreement of this  Agreement,  or the  application
     thereof to any person or circumstance  shall, to any extent,  be invalid or
     unenforceable,  the remainder of this Agreement or the  application of such
     covenant,  obligation or agreement to persons or  circumstances  other than
     those  as to  which  it is held  invalid  or  unenforceable,  shall  not be
     affected  thereby  and each  covenant,  obligation  and  agreement  of this
     Agreement  shall be separately  valid and enforceable to the fullest extent
     permitted by the law

32.  This  Agreement  shall  enure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the
     parties  hereto  and their  respective  heirs,  executors,  administrators,
     successors and assigns.

33.  All  currency  is in United  States of  America  dollars  unless  otherwise
     specifically stated.

34.  The headings  appearing in this  Agreement have been inserted for reference
     and as a matter of convenience and in not way define, limit, or enlarge the
     scope of any provision of this Agreement.



                                                                      [Initials]
<PAGE>

                                       -9-



35.  Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

36.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
     when delivered  shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together
     shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  document.  A  signed  facsimile  or
     telecopied  copy of this  Agreement  shall be effectual  and valid proof of
     execution and delivery.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have duly executed this  Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.



LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.


Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     -------------------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by          )
EMANUEL WEINTRAUB in the presence        )
of:                                      )
                                         )
/s/ Valerie Flugge                       )
- ---------------------------------------- )
Witness                                  )
9200 Sunset Blvd., #825                  )
Los Angeles, CA 90069                    )     /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
- ---------------------------------------- )     --------------------------------
Address                                  )   EMANUEL WEINTRAUB
                                         )
Attorney                                 )
- ---------------------------------------- )
Occupation                               )
                                         )




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10


                 AMENDMENT TO THE CONSULTING AGREEMENT DATED FOR
              REFERENCE MARCH 31, 1999 (THE "CONSULTING CONTRACT")
              BETWEEN LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC (THE "COMPANY")
                    AND EMANUEL WEINTRAUB (THE "CONSULTANT")
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This Amendment is dated for reference the 1st day of August, 1999

WHEREAS:

A    As presently structured,  the Company is obligated to pay to the Consultant
     the sum of $27,775 per month pursuant to the Consulting Contract;

B.   The  Company  wishes to lower its  monthly  payments  under the  Consulting
     Contract and the Consultant has agreed to accommodate the Company's request
     on the terms and conditions of this Amendment; and

C.   The parties to this Amendment  have agreed that the  Consultant  will defer
     $7,775 of the present monthly  compensation  under the Consulting  Contract
     with a balloon payment of all of said deferred compensation,  with interest
     thereon,  to be paid by the Company to the  Consultant  upon  expiration or
     sooner termination of the Consulting Contract;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements,  warranties
and other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree with each other as follows:

1.   All  capitalized  terms in this Amendment shall have the meaning as defined
     in the Consulting Contract.

2.   Sections  4 and  18 of the  Consulting  Contract  are  amended  such  that,
     effective as of August 1, 1999,  the Company  agrees to pay the  Consultant
     for the Services,  subject to  paragraphs  17 through 19 of the  Consulting
     Contract, as follows:

     a.   $20,000 per month, for each month the Consultant provides the Services
          for the  Company,  payable on the last day of the month with the first
          payment due on August 31, 1999; and

     b.   an amount  equal to $7,775  for each  month,  commencing  on August 1,
          1999,  that the  Consultant  provides  the  Services  for the Company,
          together  with  interest  at the rate of 9% per annum,  calculated  as
          simple annual  interest,  to accrue  monthly from August 1, 1999 until
          fully paid, all payable upon  expiration or sooner  termination of the
          Consulting  Contract By way of example,  if the Consulting Contract is
          validly  terminated  on July 31,  2000,  the  amount due shall be 12 X
          $7,775 plus the interest accruing on each respective monthly sum.


<PAGE>


3.   In the event that the Consulting  Contract should terminate for any reason,
     including,  without limitation,  those reasons set forth in paragraph 17 of
     the  Consulting  Contract,  the amount set forth in paragraph  2(b) of this
     Amendment shall be immediately due and payable to the Consultant.

4.   The Consultant  acknowledges  that the payment provided for in Section 2 of
     this  Amendment is to be full payment and  reimbursement  for providing the
     Services.

5.   Except as otherwise  expressly  modified  herein,  the Consulting  Contract
     remains in full force and effect.

6.   All dollar  amounts  referred in this Amendment are stated in United States
     of America currency.

7.   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
     when delivered  shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together
     shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  document.  A  signed  facsimile  or
     telecopied  copy of this  Amendment  shall be effectual  and valid proof of
     execution and delivery.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have duly executed this  Amendment as of
the day and year first above written.


LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.



Per: /s/ Illegible
     -------------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory


SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by     )
EMANUEL WEINTRAUB in the presence   )
of:                                 )
                                    )
                                    )
- ----------------------------------- )      /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
Witness                             )      -------------------------------------
                                    )      EMANUEL WEINTRAUB
- ----------------------------------- )
Address                             )




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11


DATED:  MARCH 31, 1999                                           $19,000,000.00



                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

NUMBER:  0001

FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  THE  UNDERSIGNED  (the  "Payor")  PROMISES  TO PAY to SEE
ATTACHED SCHEDULE "A" TO THIS NOTE, (the "Lenders"), or order, the principal sum
of  $19,000,000.00  (the  "Principal  Sum") with  interest at the rate of 9% per
annum to accrue from July 31, 1999 until fully paid, calculated as simple annual
interest to be paid on any unpaid sum of the Principal  Sum,  monthly in arrears
on the last day of each month  commencing on August 31, 1999,  until fully paid.
Payment shall be applied first to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest
and then to the payment of the principal.

The Principal Sum together with all accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be
due and payable, at the option of the Payor, as follows:

     (i)  $19,000,000.00 on or before July 31, 1999; or

     (ii) $9,000,000.00 on or before July 31, 1999 and  $10,000,000.00  together
          with all  accrued  and unpaid  interest  payable on or before July 31,
          2000.

The Principal sum and all interest and expenses,  if any,  owing under this Note
pursuant to those  certain  Share  Purchase  Agreements  and  Interest  Purchase
Agreements ("Purchase and Sale Agreements") are secured by that certain Security
Agreement  ("Security  Agreement"),  each of such foregoing  agreements being of
even  date  herewith  and each by and  between  the Payor  and the  Lenders,  or
Portions thereof,  (such Security Agreement,  Purchase and Sale Agreements,  and
all documents executed in connection with the foregoing, as such may be amended,
modified,  supplemented,  or  restated  from  time  to  time,  the  "Acquisition
Documents"),  which Acquisition  Documents  provide,  among other things,  for a
security  interest  in all of the  Payor's  right,  title,  and  interest in all
properties and assets, including,  without limitation,  those purchased from the
Lenders of and  pertaining  to the  business or  providing  funeral,  burial and
cremation  services and the  provision and sale of pre-need  cremation  services
carried on by the Payor, its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

If the Payor fails to make any payments  due under this Note when such  payments
are due,  save and except for any  non-payments  due to any  set-off  rights the
Payor may have against the  Lenders,  or in the event of any breach of the terms
or agreements of the Security  Agreement,  without the Payor satisfying any cure
provisions  thereunder,  the  entire  unpaid  principal  balance  of this  Note,
together with all accrued and unpaid interest,  shall become immediately due and
payable  prior to the  specified  due date of this  Note,  all of the  foregoing
without  prejudice to any other  rights,  recourses  or remedies  which may have
accrued  in favor  of the  Lenders  as a result  of the  default  of the  Payor,
including,  without limitation,  the Lenders' rights pursuant to the Acquisition
Documents.  Provided,  however, that in the event any installment is not paid as
of the due date and there is no other default by the Payor under the Acquisition
Documents, the Payor shall have the right to cure such default by payment to the
Lenders  of the  amount of the  installment  as to which a payment  default  has
occurred  together with any accrued  interest from the date of default until the
date  of  cure,  provided,   further,  that  such  right  of  cure  shall  lapse
automatically  on the date that is 30 days after the date the Lenders deliver to
the Payor  written  notice of such  default.  In the event that such cure is not
timely  made,  the prior  acceleration  by the  Lenders,  if any,  shall  remain
effective and the entire  accelerated amount due, with interest from the date of
default computed as the accelerated amount, shall be immediately due and paying,
and the  Lender  shall be  entitled  to pursue  all of their  other  rights  and
remedies. If an action is instituted to collect this Note, the Payor promises to
pay all costs and expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees) incurred in
connection with such action.

A waiver of any term of this Note,  the  Acquisition  Documents or of any of the
obligations   secured   thereby  must  be  made  in  writing  and  signed  by  a
duly-authorized  officer of the Lenders and any such waiver  shall be limited to
its express  terms.  No delay by the Lenders in acting with respect to the terms
of this Note or the  Acquisition  Documents  or any of the  obligations  secured
thereby  shall  constitute  a waiver of any  breach,  default  or  failure  of a
condition under this Note, the Acquisition  Documents or the obligations secured
thereby.

The Payor waives presentment,  demand, notice of dishonor,  notice of default or
delinquency,  notice of acceleration,  notice of protest and non-payment, notice
of costs,  expenses  or losses  and  interest  thereon,  notice of  interest  on
interest and diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing under this
Note or in proceeding against any of the rights or interests in or to properties
securing  payment of this Note.  The foregoing  waiver of defenses  shall not be
construed to limit or impair the Payor's right to cure as provided above.

The  undersigned,  if not in default  under this Note, or under the terms of any
security for the repayment of the monies evidenced hereby, may prepay all or any
amount  owing  hereunder,  upon  payment to the  Lenders of interest at the rate
aforesaid  to the date of such  prepayment,  on the amount so  prepaid,  without
notice or bonus.

All dollar amounts  referred to in this Agreement are stated in United States of
America currency, unless otherwise expressly stated.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THE
HOLDER  HEREOF,  BY PURCHASING  SUCH  SECURITIES,  AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
CORPORATION THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED
ONLY (A) TO THE  CORPORATION,  (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE  WITH
RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES
IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 144A  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OR RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE,  OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS,
PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH SALE THE CORPORATION  SHALL HAVE RECEIVED AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED STANDING, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE  SATISFACTORY TO IT, AS
TO THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION.


                                   LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.


                                   Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Authorized Signatory




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12


         AMENDMENT TO THAT CERTAIN PROMISSORY NOTE DATED MARCH 31, 1999
   IN THE AMOUNT OF $19,000,000.00 EXECUTED BY LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.
         (THE "PAYOR") IN FAVOR OF THOSE PERSONS LISTED ON SCHEDULE "A"
                ATTACHED TO THE NOTE (THE "LENDERS") (THE "NOTE")
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This Amendment is dated for reference the 1st day of August, 1999

WHEREAS:

A.   As  presently  structured,  the Payor is  required  to pay to the  Lenders,
     pursuant to the Note, the sum of  $9,000,000.00 on or before July 31, 1999,
     representing a portion of the principal of the Note; and  additionally,  is
     required to pay interest at the rate of 9% per annum on the unpaid  portion
     of the Note to accrue from July 31, 1999 monthly in arrears  commencing  on
     August 31, 1999 until fully paid;

B.   The Payor  wishes to defer the  payment of a portion  of the July 31,  1999
     principal payment under the Note and to lower its monthly interest payments
     under the Note;

C.   Two of the Lenders have agreed to restructure their payments under the Note
     on the terms and conditions of this Amendment;

D.   Accordingly,  the  Payor  wishes  to  change  its  payment  obligations  as
     reflected in the Note,  in respect of payments to be made to the  following
     Lenders:

     i.   Weintraub,  Emanuel - Intervivos Trust, as to Neptune/Heritage general
          partnership interest ("Weintraub"); and
     ii.  Zicklin,   Stanley,  as  to  Neptune  general   partnership   interest
          ("Zicklin"); and

E.   Emanuel  Weintraub  and Leo Robert  Dennis,  who,  pursuant  to those Joint
     Written  Instructions to Escrow Agent dated April 22, 1999 have been deemed
     holders of the Note and fully empowered to enforce the Note for the benefit
     of the Lenders,  have agreed to amend the Note on the terms and  conditions
     of this Amendment.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements,  warranties
and other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree with each other as follows:

1.   All  capitalized  terms in this Amendment shall have the meaning as defined
     in the Note.

2.   By reference, Exhibit "A" of this Amendment is incorporated into the Note

3.   The first two  paragraphs of the Note shall  deleted in their  entirety and
     replaced with the following language:


<PAGE>



     "FOR VALUE RECEIVED.  THE UNDERSIGNED (the "Payer")  PROMISES TO PAY to SEE
     ATTACHED  SCHEDULE  "A" TO  THIS  NOTE,  (the  "Lenders"),  or  order,  the
     principal sum of $19,000,000.00 (the "Principal Sum") as follows:

     a.   To THOSE  LENDERS  SET FORTH IN EXHIBIT  "A" TO THIS  NOTE,  or order,
          $7,439,466.00  (the "First  Sum") with  interest at the rate of 9% per
          annum to accrue from July 31, 1999 until  fully  paid,  calculated  as
          simple annual  interest to be paid on any unpaid sum of the First Sum,
          monthly in arrears on the last day of each month  commencing on August
          31,  1999 until  fully  paid.  Payment  shall be applied  first to the
          payment of all accrued and unpaid  interest and then to payment of the
          principal  of the First Sum.  The First Sum will be due and payable as
          follows:

          i.   $3,523,957.58 on or before August 11, 1999; and

          ii.  $3,915,508.42,  together with all accrued and unpaid interest, on
               or before July 31, 2000.

     b.   To Emanuel Weintraub Intervivos Trust, as to Neptune/Heritage  general
          partnership  interest,  or order,  $9,625,088.00  due and  payable  as
          follows:

          i.   $386,776.56 on or before August ii, 1999;

          ii.  $4,172,475.64 on or before January 3, 2000; and

          iii. $5,065,835.80 on or before July 31, 2000.

     c.   To Stanley Zicklin,  as to Neptune general  partnership  interest,  or
          order, $l,935,446.00 due and payable as follows:

          i.   $215,049.82 on or before August11, 1999;

          ii.  $701,740.18 on or before January 3, 2000,  together with interest
               on such  amount at the rate of 9% per  annum to accrue  from July
               31, 1999 and to be fully paid on January 3, 2000,  calculated  as
               simple  annual  interest  to be  paid on any  unpaid  sum of such
               amount.  Payment  shall be  applied  first to the  payment of all
               accrued and unpaid  interest and then to payment of the principal
               of such amount; and

          iii. $1,018,656.00  on or before  July 31,  2000 with  interest at the
               rate of 9% per annum to accrue  from July 31,  1999  until  fully
               paid,  calculated  as simple  annual  interest  to be paid on any
               unpaid sum of such amount,  monthly in arrears on the last day of
               each month commencing on August



                                       2
<PAGE>


               31, 1999 until fully paid.  Payment shall be applied first to the
               payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and then to payment of
               the principal of such sum."

4.   With respect to the payments due under this  Amendment on or before January
     3, 2000 (i.e. as set forth in paragraphs  3.b.ii and 3.c.ii above),  the 30
     day right of cure for  nonpayment  as  provided in the Note is reduced to 5
     calendar days.

5.   Except as otherwise  expressly  modified  herein,  the Note remains in full
     force and effect.

6.   As of the date of execution of this Amendment,  the Payor  respresents that
     it is not aware of any facts giving rise to any set-off  rights against any
     of the Lenders.

7.   It is expressly  acknowledged  that the Note,  as amended,  continues to be
     secured by that security interest granted pursuant to that certain security
     agreement between the Payor , the Lenders and other parties dated March 31,
     1999.

8.   All dollar  amounts  referred in this Amendment are stated in United States
     of America currency.

9.   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
     when delivered  shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together
     shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  document.  A  signed  facsimile  or
     telecopied  copy of this  Amendment  shall be effectual  and valid proof of
     execution and delivery.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have duly executed this  Amendment as of
the day and year first above written.

LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.

Per: /s/ Illegible
     ----------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory


EMANUEL WEINTRAUB INTER VIVOS TRUST


Per: /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
     ----------------------------------
     Emanuel Weintraub, Trustee



                                       3
<PAGE>



SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by     )
EMANUEL WEINTRAUB in the presence   )
of:                                 )
                                    )
                                    )
- ----------------------------------- )      /s/ Emanuel Weintraub"
Witness                             )      -------------------------------------
                                    )      EMANUEL WEINTRAUB
- ----------------------------------- )
Address                             )



SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED on     )
behalf of STANLEY ZICKLIN in the    )
presence                            )
of:                                 )      STANLEY ZICKLIN
                                    )
                                    )
- ----------------------------------- )      By:
Witness                             )          ---------------------------------
                                    )          William F. Tisch, Esq.
                                    )          Sandler & Rosen, LLP.
                                    )          Attorneys for Stanley Zicklin
- ----------------------------------- )
Address                             )




SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED by     )
LEO ROBERT DENNIS in the presence   )
of:                                 )
                                    )
                                    )
- ----------------------------------- )      -------------------------------------
Witness                             )      LEO ROBERT DENNIS
                                    )
                                    )
- ----------------------------------- )
Address                             )



The undersigned  hereby  acknowledges  that it approves this Amendment and it is
expressly  acknowledged by the  undersigned  that this Amendment does not change
any of its obligations.




                                       4



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13


DATED: MARCH 31,1999                                              $2,000,000.00


                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


NUMBER:  0002


FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  THE UNDERSIGNED  (the "Payor")  PROMISES TO PAY to Emanuel
Weintraub  Inter Vivos Trust (the  "Lender"),  or order,  the  principal  sum of
$2,000,000.00 (the "Principal Sum") to be paid in equal monthly  installments on
the last day of each month  commencing on April 30, 1999,  until fully paid with
the last payment due on March 31, 2002.

The Principal sum and all interest and expenses,  if any,  owing under this Note
pursuant to that certain Share Purchase  Agreement ("Share Purchase  Agreement")
are secured by that certain Security Agreement ("Weintraub Security Agreement"),
each of such  foregoing  agreements  being of even date herewith and each by and
between  the Payor and the Lender  (such  Weintraub  Security  Agreement,  Share
Purchase Agreement, and all documents executed in connection with the foregoing,
as such may be amended, modified,  supplemented,  or restated from time to time,
the "Acquisition  Documents'),  which Acquisition Documents provide, among other
things,  for a security  interest,  subordinated  to a first  position  security
interest  granted by the Payor in the Share  Purchase  Agreement,  in all of the
Payor's right,  title,  and interest in all  properties  and assets,  including,
without  limitation,  those  purchased  from the Lender of and pertaining to the
business or providing  funeral,  burial and cremation services and the provision
and sale of pre-need  cremation services carried on by the Payor, its affiliates
and/or subsidiaries.

If the Payor fails to make any payments  due under this Note when such  payments
are due,  save and except for any  non-payments  due to any  set-off  rights the
Payor may have against the Lender, or in the event of any breach of the terms or
agreements of the Weintraub Security Agreement, without the Payor satisfying any
cure provisions  thereunder,  the entire unpaid principal  balance of this Note,
together with all accrued and unpaid interest,  shall become immediately due and
payable  prior to the  specified  due date of this  Note,  all of the  foregoing
without  prejudice to any other  rights,  recourses  or remedies  which may have
accrued  in favor  of the  Lender  as a  result  of the  default  of the  Payor,
including,  without limitation,  the Lender's rights pursuant to the Acquisition
Documents.  Provided,  however, that in the event any installment is not paid as
of the due date and there is no other default by the Payor under the Acquisition
Documents, the Payor shall have the right to cure such default by payment to the
Lender  of the  amount of the  installment  as to which a  payment  default  has
occurred  together with any accrued  interest from the date of default until the
date  of  cure,  provided,   further,  that  such  right  of  cure  shall  lapse
automatically  on the date that is 30 days after the date the Lender delivers to
the Payor  written  notice of such  default.  In the event that such cure is not
timely  made,  the  prior  acceleration  by the  Lender,  if any,  shall  remain
effective and the entire  accelerated amount due, with interest from the date of
default computed as the accelerated amount, shall be immediately due and paying,
and the Lender shall be entitled to pursue all of its other rights and remedies.
If an action is instituted to collect this Note,  the Payor  promises to pay all
costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred in connection
with such action.  A waiver of any term of this Note, the Acquisition  Documents
or of any of the obligations  secured thereby must be made in writing and signed
by the Lender and any such  waiver  shall be limited to its  express  terms.  No
delay by the  Lender in  acting  with  respect  to the terms of this Note or the
Acquisition Documents or any of the obligations secured thereby shall constitute
a waiver of any breach,  default or failure of a condition  under this Note, the
Acquisition Documents or the obligations secured thereby.

The Payor waives presentment,  demand, notice of dishonor,  notice of default or
delinquency,  notice of acceleration,  notice of protest and non-payment, notice
of costs,  expenses  or losses  and  interest  thereon,  notice of  interest  on
interest and diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing under this
Note or in proceeding against any of the rights or interests in or to properties
securing  payment of this Note.  The foregoing  waiver of defenses  shall not be
construed to limit or impair the Payor's right to cure as provided above.

The  undersigned,  if not in default  under this Note, or under the terms of any
security for the repayment of the monies evidenced hereby, may prepay all or any
amount  owing  hereunder,  upon  payment to the Lender of  interest  at the rate
aforesaid  to the date of such  prepayment,  on the amount so  prepaid,  without
notice or bonus.

All dollar amounts  referred to in this Agreement are stated in United States of
America currency, unless otherwise expressly stated.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER
THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THE
HOLDER  HEREOF,  BY PURCHASING  SUCH  SECURITIES,  AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
CORPORATION THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED
ONLY (A) TO THE  CORPORATION,  (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE  WITH
RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES
IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 144A  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OR RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, IF APPLICABLE,  OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS,
PROVIDED THAT PRIOR TO SUCH SALE THE CORPORATION  SHALL HAVE RECEIVED AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL OF RECOGNIZED STANDING, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE  SATISFACTORY TO IT, AS
TO THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION.

                                   LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.



                                   Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Authorized Signatory



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14


                 AMENDMENT TO THAT CERTAIN PROMISSORY NOTE DATED
         MARCH 31, 1999 IN THE AMOUNT OF $2,000,000.00 EXECUTED BY LARI
           ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC. (THE `PAYOR") IN FAVOR OF EMANUEL
             WEINTRAUB INTER VIVOS TRUST (THE "LENDER") (THE "NOTE")
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This Amendment is dated for reference the 1st day of August, 1999.

WHEREAS:

A.   As  presently  structured,  the Payor is obligated to pay to the Lender the
     sum of $55,555.55 per month under the Note;

B.   The  Payor  wishes  to lower its  monthly  payments  under the Note and the
     Lender  has  agreed to  accommodate  the  Payor's  request on the terms and
     conditions of this Amendment; and

C.   The  parties to this  Amendment  have  agreed  that the  Lender  will defer
     $15,555.55  of the present  monthly  payment  under the Note with a balloon
     payment of  $497,777.60,  plus interest as set forth below in Section 2(b),
     all said deferred sums with  interest  thereon,  to be paid by the Payor to
     the Lender on March 31, 2002;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements,  warranties
and other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree with each other as follows:

1.   All  capitalized  terms in this Amendment shall have the meaning as defined
     in the Note.

2.   The first  paragraph  of the Note is  amended  such that,  effective  as of
     August 1, 1999, the Payor agrees to pay the Lender, or order, the Principal
     Sum, until fully paid, as follows:

     a.   $40,000 per month,  payable on the last day of the month commencing on
          August 31, 1999 and continuing  through and including  March 31, 2002;
          and

     b    $15,555.55 per month for 32 months payable on March 31, 2002, together
          with interest at the rate of 9% per annum, calculated as simple annual
          interest,  to accrue  monthly from and after  August 31,  1999,  until
          fully paid, on any unpaid sum of such amount.

3.   Except as otherwise  expressly  modified  herein,  the Note remains in full
     force and effect.

4.   As of the date of execution of this Amendment, the Payor represents that it
     is not aware of arty facts  giving rise to any set-off  rights  against the
     Lender.



<PAGE>


5.   It is expressly  acknowledged  that the Note,  as amended,  continues to be
     subject 10 that security interest granted pursuant to that certain security
     agreement  between the Payor,  the Lender and other parties dated March 31,
     1999.

6.   All dollar  amounts  referred in this Amendment are stated in United States
     of America currency.

7.   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
     when delivered  shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together
     shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  document.  A  signed  facsimile  or
     telecopied  copy of this  Amendment  shall be effectual  and valid proof of
     execution and delivery.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have duly executed this  Amendment as of
the day and year first above written.

LARI ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.

Per: /s/ Illegible
     ----------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory


EMANUEL WEINTRAUB INTER VIVOS TRUST


Per: /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
     ----------------------------------
     Emanuel Weintraub, Trustee


The undersigned  hereby  acknowledges  that it approves this Amendment and it is
expressly  acknowledged by the  undersigned  that this Amendment does not change
any of its  obligations  pursuant  to  that  certain  guaranty  executed  by the
undersigned in favor of the Lender and dated March 31, 1999.


THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.
(formally, Lari Corp.)


Per:
     ----------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15


                         PRENEED FUNERAL TRUST AGREEMENT


     THIS PRENEED FUNERAL TRUST AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of October,
1993,  by  and  between  NEPTUNE  MANAGEMENT  CORP,  a  California   corporation
("Senior"),  with its principal  office at 930 W. Alameda  Avenue,  Burbank,  CA
91506 and SUNBANK/SOUTH FLORIDA, NA. ("Trustee"),  whose address is 501 East Las
Olas Boulevard, Ft Lauderdale, FL 33301.


                                    ARTICLE I
                                  NAME OF TRUST

     The trust and trust fund created hereunder shall be known, respectively, as
the 1993 NEPTUNE TRUST MASTER FUND ("Trust") and the PRENEED  FUNERAL TRUST FUND
OF NEPTUNE  MANAGEMENT CORP.  ("Fund"),  and it shall be sufficient that they be
referred to as such in any instrument of transfer, deed or assignment.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                PURPOSE OF TRUST

     This Trust is  established by Senior the purpose of managing sums deposited
in the Fund in prepayment of the sale of preneed funeral  services,  merchandise
and/or supplies in connection with the commemoration of the memory of a deceased
human being  pursuant  to the  requirements  of Chapter  497,  Florida  Statutes
("Act")  and the  terms and  provisions  of this  Trust  shall be  construed  in
accordance therewith.  Any conflict between the terms of this Trust and the Act,
the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  or any other  applicable  Florida or
Federal statute or regulation shall be construed in accordance with such statute
or  regulation.  Furthermore,  it is the  purpose of this Trust to  establish  a
method by which  Settlor  may comply  with the  requirements  of the Act and the
rules promulgated  thereunder,  and to further provide  financial  stability and
security for the trusted funds.




                                       1
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III
                                   TRUST FUND


     3.1 It is Senior's intent to enter into contracts to sell funeral services,
merchandise or supplies related thereto  (sometimes  hereinafter  referred to as
"Service and  Merchandise")  in  connection  with  disposing of human remains or
commemorating  the memory of a deceased  human being and to receive  payment for
Service and  Merchandise  as may be set forth in such  contracts.  Senior hereby
agrees to deliver  to  Trustee,  not  absolutely,  but in trust,  a sum equal to
seventy  percent  (70%) of all funds paid to or  collected  by or  forwarded  to
Senior under a contract for funeral services,  one hundred percent (100%) of all
funds  paid to or  collected  by  Settlor  for all cash  advance  items  paid by
purchaser, the greater of thirty percent (30%) of all funds paid to or collected
by Senior,  or one  hundred  ten  percent  (110%) of the  wholesale  cost of all
Merchandise  sold.  Deposits to the Fund shall be made  within  thirty (30) days
after  the end of the  calendar  month in which  any  payment  for  Service  and
Merchandise sold for future use is received by Settlor. Settlor may, at its sole
discretion,  deposit  into the  Fund  amounts  received  pursuant  to a  preneed
contract  in excess of the  amounts  set forth  above  which are  required to be
deposited  with Trustee  pursuant to the Act  provided  that such amounts do not
exceed one  hundred  percent  (100%) of the funds  collected.  It is  understood
between  the  parties  that it is the  sole  responsibility  of the  Settlor  to
determine the  percentages  and to calculate the amount to be deposited with the
Trustee.  Amounts  deposited  with  Trustee  shall not be loaned to Settlor,  an
affiliate of a  certificate  holder,  or any other  certificate  holder,  or any
person  directly or indirectly  engaged in the burial,  funeral home or cemetery
business.

     3.2  Expenses  related  to the cost of the  operation  of the  Trust may be
deducted from the income thereon  earned,  including the payment of a reasonable
Trustee's  fec as agreed upon herein.  All  principal and all other income shall
remain intact.

     3.3  Disbursements of funds  discharging any preneed contract shall be made
by Trustee to Settlor upon receipt of a certified copy of the death  certificate
of the  contract  beneficiary  and  evidence  satisfactory  to Trustee  that the
preneed contract has been fully performed.

     3.4 If  Settlor  has  entered  into a  contract  for the  sale of  personal
property or services  and has made the deposit to the Fund as required  pursuant
to the Act and this Trust and Senior subsequently cannot or does not provide the
personal  property  or perform the  services  called for by the  contract  after
written request to do so, the preneed contract purchaser ("Purchaser"),




                                       2
<PAGE>


his heirs,  assigns or duly authorized  representatives  shall have the right to
provide such personal property or services arid, having provided the property or
services,  shall be  entitled  to  receive  the  deposits  to the credit of that
particular  contract.  Written  instruction  to  Trustee by  Settlor,  directing
Trustee to refund the amount of money on deposit,  or an affidavit by either the
Purchaser or one of his heirs, assigns or duly authorized representative stating
that he has fully  performed  under the preneed  contract  and that the personal
property or services  were not  provided  because the Senior  cannot  perform or
refuses  to perform as  provided  therein,  shall be  sufficient  authority  for
Trustee to refund the deposit monies credited to that particular contract to the
person submitting such affidavit.  Trustee shall not be held responsible for any
refunds made on account of Senior's written direction or an affidavit  submitted
in accordance with this paragraph. A contract entered into by Senior pursuant to
the Act, shall be subject to  cancellation  in accordance  with Section 497.4 19
and the rules  promulgated  in connection  thereunder and refunds may be made on
the  preneed  contract  as  follows:  (1) if the  Purchaser  cancels the preneed
contract  within  thirty (30) days of the date that the  contact  was  executed,
Purchaser  shall be  entitled  to a complete  refund of sums paid except for the
amounts  allocable to any burial rights,  Merchandise  and/or Serviccs that have
been used; or (2) if the  Purchaser  cancels the preneed  contract  after thirty
(30) days of the date that the preneed  contract was executed (a) the  Purchaser
shall be  entitled to a full  refund of the funds  received by Senior  which are
allocable  to Services,  facilities  and cash  advance  items  (which  Services,
facilities  and  cash  advance  items  have not been  used),  provided  that any
accumulated  earnings  allocable to the cancelled preneed contract shall be paid
to  Settlor  and  (b)  the  Purchaser  shall  be  entitled,  at  Settlor's  sole
discretion,  to  delivery of the  Merchandise  sold  pursuant  to the  cancelled
preneed  contract  or a full refund ol the funds  received by Settlor  which are
allocable to the specific  items of  Merchandise  that Senior cannot or does not
deliver,  provided  that any  accumulated  earnings  allocable to the  cancelled
preneed  contract  shall be paid to Settlor.  Trustee  shall remit to Senior all
deposit monies placed in the Fund pursuant to such a cancelled contract,  within
thirty (30) days after receipt by Settlor of the request for refund.

     3.5 If a  purchaser  is 90 days  past due in making  payments  on a preneed
contract, the contract shall be considered to be in default, and Senior shall be
entitled  to cancel  the  contract,  withdraw  all funds in trust  allocable  to
Merchandise items sold, and retain such funds as liquidated damages. Upon making
such withdrawal,  Settlor shall return all funds in trust allocable to Services,
facilities  or cash advance  items to the  purchaser,  provided  that Senior has
provided the purchaser with 30 days' written notice of its intention to exercise
any of its rights under this provision.



                                       3
<PAGE>


     3.6 Upon the  execution  hereof,  Senior shall  deposit with Trustee  those
assets more  particularly  set forth on Schedule A,  attached  hereto and made a
part hereof.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                        ACCOUNTINGS AND FINANCIAL REPORTS

     4.1 Trustee shall furnish  adequate  financial  reports with respect to the
Fund  to the  Department  of  Banking  and  Finance  of  the  State  of  Florida
("Department")  as the Department  may require from time to time.  Trustee shall
make  such  additional   financial   reports  to  the  Department  and  to  such
governmental agencies having jurisdiction over companies holding certificates of
authority as the Department or such agencies may require.  Furthermore,  Trustee
shall make available to the agents of the Department or such other  governmental
agency as may have  jurisdiction  over  cemeteries  such  records,  reports  and
accountings  of  this  Trust  as may be  requested  by the  Department  or  such
governmental  agency for the purpose of examining  the status of the Fund during
the Fund's existence.

     4.2  Trustee  shall  render to Senior  monthly  reports  of  income,  cash,
principal  and  disbursements,  i.e.,  a  listing  of all  journal  transactions
occurring in the account of the Trust on a monthly basis, and a list or schedule
of the assets held.  Trustee shall also make regular asset  evaluations based on
current  fair market  value not less often than  quarterly  giving  values as is
customary according to the nature of the assets held in the Fund.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                POWERS OF TRUSTEE

     5.1 Trustee shall have, except as otherwise restricted by the terms of this
Trust Agreement and the provisions of the Act, full and  unrestricted  power and
authority,  without order of court and without any duty upon any person  dealing
with it to see to the  application of any money or other  property  delivered to
it,  to  hold,  manage,  control,  invest,  reinvest,  sell  (upon  contract  or
otherwise),  exchange, grant, convey, assign, transfer,  deliver, lease, option,
mortgage,  pledge,  borrow  upon the  credit  of,  contract  with  respect to or
otherwise  deal with or  dispose of the  property  of the Trust in the manner in
which men of prudence, discretion and




                                       4
<PAGE>


intelligence  exercise the  management  of their own  affairs;  not in regard to
speculation,  but in  regard  to  the  permanent  disposition  of  their  funds,
considering  the probable  income as well as the probable safety of their funds,
considering the probable income as well as the probable safety of their capital.
Within the  limitation  of the  foregoing  standard,  Trustee is  authorized  to
acquire and retain every kind of property,  real,  personal and mixed, and every
kind of investment specifically including, but not by way of limitation,  bonds,
debentures, and other corporate obligations, savings accounts in insured savings
and loan  associations,  stocks,  preferred  or common,  securities  of any open
and/or closed  management  company or investment  trust, and  participations  in
common trust funds,  which men of prudence,  discretion and  intelligence  would
acquire  or retain for their own  account.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained
herein to the contrary, Trustee's powers shall not exceed those powers set forth
in Section 497.417(4) of the Act and Florida Statues Section 215.47.

     5.2  Authority  is hereby  reserved  in  Settlor to select an  advisory  or
investment  committee  or  investment  council  to  advise  Trustee  in making a
retention of any investment. Said advisory or investment committee or investment
council,  in advising Trustee to deal with the property of the Trust,  shall use
the  prudent  man's  standard as set forth in Section  5.1 above.  Senior  shall
designate  in  writing  the name of the  advisory  or  investment  committee  or
investment  council  selected  and shall  submit the name to  Trustee,  and such
notice shall be effective  until revoked by Settlor by written notice thereof to
Trustee.

     5.3 Trustee hereby agrees to consult with the advisory committee created by
Senior prior to dealing with the property of the Trust in the manners  permitted
hereunder.   Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   any  decision   concerning  the
disposition  of the trust property as permitted by the terms of this Trust shall
be made by Trustee, as Trustee determines subject to the provisions of the Act.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                        RESERVATION OF RIGHTS BY SETTLOR


     6.1 Settlor hereby reserves the following powers:

          (a) To request the Trustee to invest in tax-free investments.

          (b) To alter or amend this Trust  Agreement,  either wholly or in part
with the prior written  approval of the Board of Funeral and Cemetery  Services;
provided, however,




                                       5
<PAGE>


that no such  alteration or amendment shall be contrary to the provisions of the
Act, and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  as the provisions of the Act
and regulations exist at the time of such alteration or amendment.

          (c) To amend or modify  this Trust with the  approval  of the Board of
Funeral  and  Cemetery  Services  or  any  other  Florida  state  agency  having
supervisory   authority  of  this  Trust  at  the  time  of  such  amendment  or
modification.

          (d) To amend or modify  this Trust in the event the Act or the statute
requiring  the funds of contracts of the type  contemplated  herein be placed in
trust is ever declared  unconstitutional  by the Florida  Supreme Court,  or any
other court of last  resort,  or in the event the Act or such  statute  shall be
repealed or amended so that such funds are not required to be placed in trust.

          (e) Upon  obtaining  approval  of the Board of  Funeral  and  Cemetery
Services if  required,  to remove  Trustee then serving and appoint any national
bank or state bank having trust powers or any ttuist company operating  pursuant
to Chapter 660, Florida Statutes, to serve as successor trustee.

     6.2 In the event Settlor  desires to remove  Trustee as aforesaid,  Settlor
shall give Trustee  thirty (30) days written  notice  thereof and, at the end of
such  thirty  (30) day period,  or as soon  thereafter  as is possible to do so;
provided such amendment or removal has been approved by the Board of Funeral and
Cemetery Services,  Trustee,  after deducting its reasonable costs, charges arid
expenses,  shall  deliver  all of the  Trust  property  then in its bands to the
successor  trustee,   whereupon  Trustee  shall  be  discharged  upon  obtaining
Settlor's receipt or the receipt of the successor trustee. In such event Trustee
shall have no duty or  liability  to convert the Trust  assets to cash,  but may
deliver the same in kind or in their then existing form. At the time of delivery
of the Trust  property,  Trustee shall prepare a final  accounting in the manner
called for under  Article IV hereof and the  successor  trustee  shall prepare a
similar accounting of the Trust Property received by it.

     6.3 Any amendment of this Trust or removal of Trustee upon receipt of Board
of Funeral and Cemetery  Services  approval shall be by an instrument in writing
executed by Settlor  arid  delivered  to  Trustee;  provided,  however,  that no
amendment which increases or alters the duties and obligations of Trustee may be
made without Trustee's written consent thereto.




                                       6
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII
                             RESIGNATION OF TRUSTEE

     Trustee  may resign at any time upon the giving of at least sixty (60) days
written notice to Senior prior to the effective date of such resignation. In the
event of such  resignation,  or if for any other  reason there is not trustee of
this Trust,  Settlor  shall  designate a successor  trustee in writing and, upon
Board of Funeral and Cemetery  Services  approval of such successor  trustee and
the acceptance of the Trust by the successor trustee, Trustee shall transfer all
property of the Trust to the  successor  trustee,  In the event that Settlor has
not designated a successor trustee,  the successor trustee has not been approved
by the Board of Funeral and Cemetery  Services or the successor  trustee has not
accepted the Trust within the sixty (60) day period following  written notice of
resignation  by Trustee,  then Trustee  shall prepare an accounting of the Trust
property  and  transfer  all assets of the Trust into the  registry of the court
and, thereafter, Trustee shall be absolved of any and all further responsibility
with regard to the Trust.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE


     8.1 Any successor trustee shall accept the office by written instrument and
shall assume the duties thereof  immediately  upon receipt of the Trust property
from Settlor or from the trustee then serving.  The title to the Trust  property
shall vest forthwith in any successor  trustee  acting  pursuant to the forgoing
provisions  hereof,  and any  resigning  or removed  trustee  shall  execute all
instruments  and do all acts  necessary  to vest  such  title  in any  successor
trustee.

     8.2 A successor trustee shall have no duty to examine the accounts, records
arid acts of any previous trustee, and shall in no way or mariner be responsible
for  any act or  omission  on the  part of any  previous  trustee  or  trustees.
However,  upon a transfer  of the Trust  property,  a  successor  trustee  shall
prepare an accounting of the Trust  property  received by said trustee arid such
accounting  shall be submitted to the  Department  as may be required.

     8.3 Each successor trustee,  including a successor to any corporate trustee
by consolidation,  merger, transfer of Trust business or otherwise,  shall have,
exercise and enjoy





                                       7
<PAGE>


all the rights, privileges and powers, both discretionary and ministerial, given
to the  original  Trustee,  and shall  incur all of the duties  and  obligations
imposed upon the original Trustee.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                             COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEE


     9.1 Trustee  shall be  entitled to  reasonable  compensation  for  services
rendered  hereunder,  which shall be in accordance  with the schedule of fees as
set forth on Schedule B annexed hereto and made a part hereof.  No fees shall be
increased by Trustee  unless  approved in writing by Settlor,  or unless Trustee
provides ninety (90) days notice of such change to Settlor in writing.

     9.2 The fees and other  expenses of the Fund shall be paid by Trustee  from
the net income of the Fund and shall not be paid from the corpus  subject to the
provisions of Section 3.2 above. To the extent the net income earned on deposits
held by Trustee is  insufficient  for the payment of  expenses,  including  such
compensation as is set forth on Schedule B, Settlor shall reimburse  Trustee for
such expenses within fifteen (15) days of written demand therefor.


                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS


     10.1 Trustee  acknowledges  its  responsibility  for  preparing  and timely
filing Form 1041,  United States Fiduciary  Income Tax Return,  for each taxable
year. Trustee shall furnish Settlor with copies of all such tax returns at least
fifteen (15) days prior to the filing thereof'. Any other tax return required by
any taxing authority, with the exception of Florida Intangible Tax, shall be the
responsibility of Settlor.

     10.2 The  records of Trustee  with  respect to the Trust  shall be open for
inspection by Settlor at all business hours of Trustee.

     10.3 This Trust is  established  and accepted by Trustee  under the laws of
the State of Florida,  arid all questions concerning its validity,  construction
and administration shall be determined under the laws of the State of Florida.





                                       8
<PAGE>


     10.4 The  principal of the Trust plus any  accumulated  income shall nor be
alienable by Senior,  any  purchaser  or contract  beneficiary  under  contracts
entered  into  for  Service  and  Merchandise  as  contemplated  herein  and the
principal and accumulated  income shall be free from  anticipation,  assignment,
attachment  or pledge,  and free from control by the creditors or spouse (as the
case may be) of Settlor, purchaser or contract beneficiary.

     10.5 This Trust Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the parties and their respective successors and assigns.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have each caused this Trust Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers lawfully and duly authorized as of the day
and year first above written.



                                  NEPTUNE MANAGEMENT CORP., a
                                  California Corporation

                                  By:  /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       EMANUEL WEINTRAUB

                                  Title:  President


                                  SUNBANK/SOUTH FLORIDA, N.A.


                                  By:  /s/ Michelle Raulerson
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       MICHELLE RAULERSON

                                  Title:  Vice President and Trust Officer





                                       9




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     This  Agreement  is made as of this 31st day of March,  1992,  by and among
HERITAGE CREMATION SERVICES, INC. ("SELLER");  JOSEPH ESTEPHAN and ELIE ESTEPHAN
("collectively Estephan") and EMANUEL WEINTRAUB or Nominee ("BUYER") and is made
with reference to the following facts:

     1.  SELLER is a  California  corporation,  duly  incorporated  and  validly
existing and in good standing under California law.

     2.  ESTEPHAN are the sole directors, officers and shareholders of SELLER.

     3.  SELLER  wishes to sell and BUYER  wishes to buy certain  equipment  and
certain tights of SELLER.

     4.  BUYER  additionally  wishes  to  obtain  the  nonexclusive  consulting
services of JOSEPH  ESTEPHAN and to obtain  ESTEPHAN's  agreement not to compete
with BUYER.


     WHEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

     1. Closing Defined.  As used herein, the term "Closing" shall be defined as
the last day of the month in which each of the  following  events has  occurred:
(1) a new retort has been  manufactured  and placed in the Leased  Premises  (as
defined in  paragraph 3, infra);  (2) one  refrigerated  box has been moved from
BUYER's  Gardena  facility to the eased  Premises;  (3) all licenses and permits
necessary to operate a crematory  from the Leased  Premises have been  obtained;
and (4) the new retort is functioning according to standard requirements.

     2. Property Sold. At the Closing,  SELLER shall sell,  transfer and deliver
to BUYER,  all right,  title and interest in and to that  equipment set forth in
Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated by reference.

     3. Leasehold Interest Assigned.  At the Closing,  SELLER shall transfer and
assign  all of its tight,  title and  interest  in and to that  Lease  Agreement
relating to that certain real property located at 3223 East Pico Boulevard,  Los
Angeles,  California  ("Leased  Premises")  attached  hereto as Exhibit  "B" and
incorporated herein by reference.  BUYER shall assume all obligations under said
Lease.



<PAGE>


     4. Permits And Licenses Assigned. At the Closing, SELLER shall transfer and
assign to BUYER all of its right,  title and  interest in and to all permits and
licenses necessary to operate a crematorium from the Leased Premises.

     5.  Assignment Of Rights In And To The Name "Heritage  Cremation  Services.
Inc.".  At the  Closing,  SELLER  shall  transfer and assign to BUYER all of its
right, title and interest in and to the name "Heritage Cremation Services, Inc."

     6. Purchase  Price.  BUYER shall pay to SELLER for the equipment and rights
identified in paragraphs 1-5, inclusive, above:

          (a) One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) payable as follows:

               (1)  Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) on or before thirty days
                    after Closing;

               (2)  Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) on or before one hundred
                    eighty (180) days after Closing;

               (3)  Fifty  Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000.00)  on or  before  three
                    hundred sixty-five (365) days after Closing; and

          (b) For a period of ten years after Closing, compensation based on the
number of cremations  performed by BUYER at the Leased Premises to be calculated
as follows:  $10 for every  cremation  performed at the Leased  Premises for any
Neptune  Society;  $15 for every cremation  performed at the Leased Premises for
any other  individual  or entity.  Said  monies  shall be paid to SELLER for any
given month on or before the 15th day of the month  following the  performing of
the cremations.



<PAGE>


Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the event the conditions set forth infra in
paragraph 10 have not been fulfilled at the time any of the foregoing sums would
otherwise be due and payable to SELLER,  said sums shall be placed by BUYER into
a trust account and released to SELLER only at such time as when the  conditions
have been fulfilled.

     7.  Services of Joseph  Estephan.  For a period of one year after  Closing,
Joseph  Estephan  will  serve as a  non-exclusive  consultant  to BUYER.  Joseph
Estephan shall devote sufficient time in his capacity as a consultant to train a
manager for the crematory and other personnel of BUYER as shall be designated by
BUYER  and  under  BUYER's  supervision.  As  compensation  for said  consulting
services,  Joseph  Estephan  shall  receive  compensation  in the amount of Five
Thousand Dollars ($5,000) monthly for twelve months. Joseph Estephan will devote
at least sixty (60) hours per month as a consultant for BUYER.

     8.  Non-competition  Agreement.  For a period  of  three  (3)  years  after
Closing,  ESTEPHAN agree that they will not,  directly or indirectly,  hold more
than a five  percent  (5%)  ownership  interest in any  crematory  or work for a
crematory (other than for BUYER) in any capacity in Los Angeles County,  Ventura
County and/or  Orange  County.  The parties agree that,  given the nature of the
cremation  industry,  these counties  represent counties in which ESTEPHAN could
potentially  be in direct  competition  with BUYER if they were to engage in the
cremation business.  The parties expressly acknowledge that the restrictions set
forth in this  paragraph  are  reasonable  both as to duration and territory and
will not have the effect of preventing  ESTEPHAN from pursuing their profession.
ESTEPHAN's agreement not to compete is a material inducement to BUYER's entering
into this Agreement.

     9. No Assumption Of Obligations  By BUYER.  With the sole exception of that
Lease  Agreement  attached  hereto as Exhibit  "B",  BUYER is not  assuming  any
liability or obligation of SELLER,  either directly or indirectly,  expressly or
impliedly.

     10.  Conditions  To BUYER's  Obligations.  BUYER's  obligations  under this
Agreement are expressly  conditioned on the following conditions being satisfied
in full:

          (a)  Angelus  Metal  Finishing and  Polishing  Co.,  Inc.  consents in
               writing  to an  addendum  of the  Lease  Agreement  in  the  form
               attached hereto as Exhibit "C",


<PAGE>


          (b)  All  necessary  governmental  and  regulatory  bodies  consent in
               writing to the transfer of all permits and licenses necessary for
               BUYER to operate a crematory  from the Leased  Premises,  without
               the  imposition of any additional  material  obligations on BUYER
               other than those  obligations of SELLER  previously  disclosed to
               BUYER.

     If the foregoing  conditions  have not been fulfilled on or before December
31, 1992, BUYER shall have the option to void this Agreement.

     11. Representations by SELLER. SELLER represents and warrants to BUYER, and
this Agreement is made in reliance on, each and all of the following:

          (a)  SELLER is a California corporation, duly incorporated and validly
               existing and in good standing under California law.

          (b)  SELLER  has the full  power  and  authority  to enter  into  this
               Agreement  and  nothing  set  forth  herein  or  any   obligation
               undertaken  by SELLER  herein  shall be  violative  of any law or
               statute.

          (c)  From the date of this Agreement and continuing  through and as of
               Closing,  none of the  equipment  identified  in  Exhibit  "A" is
               subject  to any  liens  or  encumbrances  of any  kind or  nature
               whether consensual or by operation of law and SELLER has good and
               marketable title to each of said assets.

          (d)  SELLER is not now a party to any  litigation  whether in a court,
               arbitration,  tribunal or before any governmental agency.  SELLER
               has previously been a party to litigation but said litigation has
               been  terminated  and  SELLER has no  judgment  against it of any
               kind. Further,  SELLER has no outstanding obligation to anyone as
               the result of said litigation or any other litigation.

          (e)  SELLER  does not have any  claims  or  demands  asserted  or made
               against it and knows of no basis on which any claim or demand may
               be made  against  it.  As the  sole  exception  to the  foregoing
               representation,  SELLER has disclosed to BUYER the existence of a
               potential claim


<PAGE>


               against it by the Hammond family. SELLER has represented to BUYER
               that,  if this  claim is  asserted,  the claim will be covered by
               SELLER's  existing  insurance  policy and the limits of  SELLER's
               existing  insurance  policy  are  sufficient  to cover  the claim
               (including all defense costs) in its entirety.

          (f)  SELLER does not have any judgments entered against it.

          (g)  SELLER has duly filed all  federal,  state and local tax  returns
               and  documents  required  to be filed  and has paid all  federal,
               state and local taxes on a timely basis.  SELLER has not received
               any delinquency or assessment  notices from any taxing  authority
               and neither  SELLER nor any  property of SELLER is subject to any
               state or federal tax liens.

          (h)  BUYER will enjoy ownership of those assets  identified in Exhibit
               "A" free and clear of any  claims,  liens or demands of SELLER or
               SELLER's creditors.

     SELLER  hereby  indemnifies  and holds  BUYER  harmless  against any claim,
demand,  cause of  action,  judgment,  damages  or costs  (including  reasonable
attorney's fees) arising out of any breach or threatened breach of the aforesaid
warranties and representations.

     12.  SELLER's Right To Audit.  SELLER shall have the right to audit BUYER's
case  log at  BUYER's  place of  business  during  normal  business  hours  upon
reasonable  notice to BUYER.  Said right to audit may not be exercised by SELLER
more frequently than once every six months.

     13. BUYER's Undertaking.  BUYER covenants to use its best effort to obtain,
not later than 90 days after Closing ("Neptune Agreement  Deadline"),  a binding
agreement with The Neptune Society of Los Angeles,  Ltd.  ("Neptune-L.A.")  that
provides,  in part, that Neptune-L.A.  will provide BUYER with the lesser of 100
cases per month or 50% of Neptune-L.A.'s total number of cremation cases for any
given month for at least ten years after Closing. In the event such agreement is
not obtained by BUYER,  SELLER shall have the option for a period of thirty (30)
days after the Neptune  Agreement  Deadline within which to serve written notice
voiding this Agreement.


<PAGE>


     14. BUYER's  Reimbursement Of SELLER's Expenses.  BUYER agrees to reimburse
SELLER for those expenses  incurred by SELLER on BUYER's behalf in contemplation
of this  Agreement,  as set  forth in  Exhibit  "1)".  BUYER  further  agrees to
reimburse  SELLER  for any  additional  expenses  incurred  by SELLER on BUYER's
behalf provided that SELLER  receives  BUYER's  written  authorization  prior to
incurring  said expense.  BUYER agrees to advance the deposit for the new retort
to be ordered and installed in the Leased  Premises,  as well as to pay the cost
of installation and related expenses with respect to the new retort.

     15. Voiding Of Agreement By BUYER. In the event this Agreement is voided by
either  BUYER or  SELLER  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  paragraph  10 or 13,
respectively,  any sums paid by BUYER to SELLER under  paragraphs 6(a), 6(b) and
14 shall be immediately returned to BUYER and, conditioned on BUYER's receipt of
said funds,  BUYER shall immediately  reassign and transfer to SELLER all right,
title and interest in and to that Equipment set forth in Exhibit "A", that Lease
Agreement  attached hereto as Exhibit "B", and all permits and licenses assigned
to BUYER.  Additionally,  SELLER shall  purchase from BUYER,  at BUYER's  actual
cost, the new retort purchased by BUYER in  contemplation of this Agreement,  as
well as any other equipment or inventory  purchased by BUYER in contemplation of
or in furtherance of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
this  Agreement is voided,  BUYER shall retain all income  earned in operating a
crematory on the Leased  Premises from the time of Closing  through the time the
Agreement is voided and Joseph Estephan shall retain all monies paid to him as a
non-exclusive  consultant  to BUYER  under  paragraph  7 hereof from the time of
Closing through the time the Agreement is voided.

     16.  Survival of SELLER's  Representations  Warranties and  Indemnity.  The
representations,  warranties and covenants of SELLER herein shall remain in full
force  regardless  of any  investigation  or approval by BUYER and shall survive
Closing.

     17. Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit
of, and be enforceable by the heirs,  administrators,  executors, and assigns of
SELLER and of BUYER.

     18. Further  Documents.  Each party agrees to execute any further documents
reasonably necessary to effectuate the purpose of this Agreement.


<PAGE>



     19.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  the  laws  of the  State  of
California.

     20. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  contains the entire agreement of the
parties hereto, and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements between them
concerning the subject matter contained  herein.  There are no  representations,
agreements,  arrangements, or understandings, oral or written, between and among
the parties hereto, which are not fully expressed herein. This Agreement may not
be modified except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement  has been  executed  by the parties in Los
Angeles, California.

                                    HERITAGE CREMATION SERVICES, INC.


DATED:  March 31, 1992              BY:   /s/ Joseph Estephan
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          JOSEPH ESTEPHAN, its President


DATED:  March 31, 1992              BY:   /s/ Joseph Estephan
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          JOSEPH ESTEPHAN


DATED:  March 31, 1992              BY:   /s/ Elie Estephan
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          ELIE ESTEPHAN


DATED:  March 31, 1992              BY:   /s/ Emanuel Weintraub
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          EMANUEL WEINTRAUB





                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17


                        INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  is  made  ,and  entered  into  as  of  the  _____  day  of
____________________,  by and between  Neptune  Pre-Need Plan Inc.  (hereinafter
called "Neptune") and _____________ (hereinafter called "Salesperson").

     WHEREAS,  Salesperson  is engaged  in the  business  of  selling  goods and
services manufactured or furnished by others; and

     WHEREAS,  Neptune has the need for such services in its business of selling
pre-need cremation contracts; and

     WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement intend to create the relationship of
company and independent contractor, not that of employer and employee;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises and mutual  agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.  Salesperson  as  Independent  Contractor.  Salesperson  is and  will be
considered an independent  contractor  under this Agreement.  Nothing  contained
herein is  intended  by the  parties  to create an  employment  relationship,  a
partnership,  or a joint venture.  Salesperson hereby assumes all responsibility
for  any and  all  tax  obligations  arising  from  Salesperson's  status  as an
independent contractor.

     2. Salesperson's Duties.  Salesperson shall have the following duties under
this Agreement:

     (a)  Salesperson  shall  attempt  to sell the  services  offered by Neptune
Society of Los Angeles,  Ltd.  (hereinafter referred to as "Neptune Society") by
procuring the signatures of third persons on pre--need cremation contracts to be
performed by Neptune Society at a future date. Salesperson shall solicit members
of Neptune  Society and other leads provided by Neptune.  Salesperson  may also,
and is encouraged to, procure and solicit the Salesperson's own leads.

     (b)  Salesperson  shall  provide  any  and  all  equipment,  -supplies  and
materials  as may be  necessary  to  fulfill  Salesperson's  duties  under  this
Agreement.  Salesperson  is  also  responsible  for the  payment  of any and all
business or traveling expenses incurred in performing Salesperson's duties under
this  Agreement.  Salesperson  understands  that he/she may suffer a loss in the
event that the expenses  associated  with the items  described in this Paragraph
(b) exceed the Salesperson's compensation under Section 5 of this Agreement.

     (c) Salesperson shall hire, supervise and pay the assistants,  if any, that
Salesperson  feels are  necessary or desirable to fulfill  his/her  duties under
this Agreement.

     3. Salesperson's Rights.

     (a) Salesperson  retains the right to contract to provide similar  services
to other individuals and other businesses.

     (b)  Salesperson  shall have no obligation to work any particular  hours or
any particular amount of hours.

     (c) Salesperson shall have no obligation to perform any services other than
those required to complete its duties under this Agreement.



                                      -1-
<PAGE>

     (d)  Neptune  agrees  that it shall  have no right to control or direct the
details,  manner or means by which  Salesperson  accomplishes the results of the
work required of Salesperson under this Agreement.  Neptune, however, will sever
its  relationship  with  Salesperson upon learning that Salesperson has utilized
any illegal, fraudulent, deceptive or misleading methods of sales.

     (e) Salesperson may perform the duties required under this Agreement at any
location  selected  by  Salesperson.  Salesperson  shall not be  limited  to any
designated territory or route.

     (f)  Salesperson  may perform the duties  required  under this Agreement in
such order or sequence  determined  by  Salesperson  without  interference  from
Neptune or any other person.

     (g)  Salesperson  need not submit reports to Neptune.  Completed  pre--need
cremation contracts,  however,  must be submitted for the purpose of calculating
the commissions due to Salesperson.

     4.  Salesperson's  Expenses.  As full  and  complete  compensation  for the
services  required under this Agreement,  Salesperson  shall be entitled to only
the payments described in Section 5 of this Agreement.  Salesperson shall not be
entitled to bonuses , sick pay, fringe benefits, or any additional compensation.
Salesperson  shall  be  responsible  for all  expenses  incurred  in  fulfilling
Salesperson's duties under this Agreement.

     5. Payment.  Salesperson  shall be entitled to the following  compensation,
but only upon completing the sale of a pre--need cremation or related service to
the  satisfaction  of Neptune which shall not occur prior to the receipt of good
funds from the pre-need client.

     (a) For each completed basic pre-need  cremation  contract that Salesperson
procures,  the  Salesperson  shall  be  paid  $____________.  A  basic  pre-need
cremation  contract includes the sale of a cremation  container,  cremation urn,
crematory cost, membership fee, professional services fee and sales tax.

     (b)  Additional  compensation  is available  for the sale of the  following
services:

     (1) For the sale of a travel option, Salesperson shall be paid, in addition
to the other amounts set forth herein, the sum of $_____________;

     (ii) If the  basic  pre-need  cremation  contract  is  procured  through  a
self--generated  lead which is secured by the Salesperson and which is neither a
lead  provided by Neptune nor a sale to an existing  member of Neptune  Society,
the  Salesperson  shall be paid,  in  addition  to the other  amounts  set forth
herein, the sum of $_____________; and

     (iii)  If the  basic  pre-need  cremation  contract  is paid  in full  upon
execution by the pre-need client,  the Salesperson shall be paid, in addition to
the other amounts set forth herein, the sum of $____________.

     Amounts owed to Salesperson  on all properly  executed  pre-need  cremation
contracts  submitted to Neptune prior to the 15th day of each month will be paid
on or before the 20th day of such  month.  Payments  due to  Salesperson  on all
properly executed preneed



                                      -2-
<PAGE>

cremation  contracts  submitted  to Neptune  prior to the last day of each month
will be paid to Salesperson on or before the 5th day of the following month.

     6. Salesperson's Equipment.

     (a)  Salesperson  will provide any and all vehicles,  telephones  and other
equipment necessary to perform Salesperson's services hereunder at Salesperson's
sole cost and expense.

     (b) Salesperson  shall be solely  responsible for repairs,  maintenance and
all other expenses  associated  with all vehicles and other  equipment which are
used in fulfilling the terms of this Agreement.

     7.  Neptune's  Duties.  Neptune  shall  pay  Salesperson   compensation  in
accordance  with  Section 5 of this  Agreement.  No other  duties are assumed by
Neptune under this Agreement, including but not limited to the following:

     (a) Neptune shall not instruct  Salesperson as to the time, place or method
of performing Salesperson's duties under this Agreement.

     (b) Neptune shall not train  Salesperson  to perform the services  required
under this Agreement in any particular method or manner.

     (c)  Neptune  shall not hire,  supervise  or pay any  assistants  which the
Salesperson  deems  necessary or advisable for fulfilling  Salesperson's  duties
under this Agreement.

     (d) Neptune shall not provide Salesperson with any tools or equipment which
may be  necessary  or  desirable  to  fulfill  Salesperson's  duties  under this
Agreement.

     8. Complete  Agreement.  This is the complete agreement between the parties
and  supersedes  all  prior   contracts,   correspondence,   negotiations,   and
discussions.

     9. Construction.

     (a) This  Agreement  prevails over any  conflicting  parts of any pre--need
cremation contract or other document or agreement (whether  handwritten,  typed,
printed or oral).

     (b) This  Agreement  constitutes  the product of negotiation of the parties
hereto, and the enforcement hereof shall be interpreted in a neutral manner, and
not  more   strongly  for  or  against  any  party  based  upon  the  source  of
draftsmanship hereof.

     10.  Partial  Invalidity.  If any part or parts of this  Agreement are held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the rest will remain valid and enforceable.

     11.  Notices.  Any and all  notices  between  or among the  parties to this
Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed made or given when personally
served or within  three  days after  being  placed in the  United  States  mail,
postage  prepaid,   registered  or  certified,  return  receipt  requested,  and
addressed as follows:  Notices to  Salesperson  shall be addressed in the manner
indicated  following  Salesperson's  signature  on this  Agreement;  Notices  to
Neptune shall be addressed to Neptune Pre-Need Plan, Inc.,  ___________________.
The



                                      -3-
<PAGE>

address of any of the parties hereto may be changed by giving notice as required
in this paragraph.

     12.  Modification.  This Agreement may not be modified  except in a writing
signed by both parties.

     13.  Non-Waiver  of Rights  and  Breaches.  No  failure or delay of a party
hereto in the  exercise  of any right  given to such party  hereunder  or by law
shall  constitute a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any of such rights preclude any other further  exercise  thereof or of any other
right.  The waiver by a party hereto of any breach of any provision hereof shall
not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof,  or any breach of
any other provision.

     14. Term.

     (a) This  Agreement  shall be effective  for a term of one year,  and shall
continue for  successive  one-year  terms,  unless it is terminated  pursuant to
subsection (b) below.

     (b)  Due to the  extremely  sensitive  nature  of the  duties  required  of
Salesperson  under this  Agreement,  this  Agreement may be terminated by either
party, at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.  Services
provided before the termination of this Agreement will continue to be subject to
the terms hereof.

     15.  Choice of Law.  This  Agreement  shall be enforced and governed by and
construed under the laws of the State of California.

     16.  Trade  Secrets.   Salesperson  acknowledges  that,  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  Salesperson  will have  access  to trade  secrets  and  confidential
information  about Neptune and Neptune  Society,  their services,  customers and
business operations.  Salesperson agrees that, while this Agreement is in effect
and for a period of one year  after its  termination,  Salesperson  will not use
such  confidential  information  or trade  secrets for any purpose other than as
specifically  provided in this  Agreement and will not,  directly or indirectly,
disclose to any third person any such confidential information or trade secrets.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Neptune and Salesperson have executed this Independent
Contractor Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

SALESPERSON                                   NEPTUNE PRE-NEED PLAN, INC.
                                              By:
   Signature                                  Its:

   Print Name


   Street Address

   City/State/Zip Code

   Telephone Number


                                      -4-



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Agency Agreement
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


This Agreement is dated for reference July 22, 1999.

BETWEEN

          THE NEPTUNE  SOCIETY,  INC. of 102 N.E. 2nd Street,  Suite #777,  Boca
          Raton, Florida, 33432

                                                                 (the "Company")

AND

          STANDARD SECURITIES CAPITAL CORPORATION,  24 Hazelton Avenue, Toronto,
          Ontario M5R 2E2

                                                                   (the "Agent")

WHEREAS:

A.   The Company wishes to privately  sell 1,166,666  common shares at $6.00 USD
     per share;

B.   The Company intends to file with the United States  Securities and Exchange
     Commission a Form S-1 registration  statement to register the resale of the
     Common Shares; and

C.   The Company wishes to appoint the Agent to distribute the 1,166,666  common
     shares and the Agent is willing to accept the  appointment on the terms and
     conditions of this Agreement.

THE PARTIES to this Agreement therefore agree:

DEFINITIONS

1.   In this Agreement:

     (a)  "1933 Act" means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

     (b)  "Closing  Dates"  means  each of the First  Closing  Date,  the Second
          Closing Date and the Final Closing Date;



                                                                               1
<PAGE>


     (c)  "Common  Shares" means the  1,166,666  common shares in the capital of
          the Company to be offered and sold in the Private Placement;

     (d)  "Directed Selling Efforts" means "Directed selling efforts" as defined
          in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S of the 1933 Act;

     (e)  "Effective Date" means the first day that the  Registration  Statement
          becomes effective to register the resale of the Common Shares;

     (f)  "Exchange  Act" means the United  States  Securities  Exchange  Act of
          1934, as amended;

     (g)  "Final  Closing Date" means January 31, 2000 or such other date as the
          Company and the Agent may agree;

     (h)  "First  Closing  Date" means  August 6, 1999 or such other date as the
          Company and the Agent may agree;

     (i)  "First  Tranche"  means a 666,666 of the Common Shares to be purchased
          by the  Subscribers  and issued by the  Company  on the First  Closing
          Date;

     (j)  "Initial Filing Date" means the date which is 60 days from the date of
          the Final Closing Date;

     (k)  "Issue Price" means $6.00 USD per Common Share;

     (l)  "Private  Placement"  means the sale of the Common Shares on the terms
          and conditions of this Agreement;

     (m)  "Registration Statement" means a Form S-1 under the 1933 Act;

     (n)  "Regulation  S" means  Regulation  S adopted by the SEC under the 1933
          Act;

     (o)  "Reset  Price"  means the average  closing bid price of the  Company's
          common shares during the period from the 1st to the 90th day following
          the  Effective  Date but in any event  will not be less than $3.00 USD
          per common share;

     (p)  "Reset  Share"  means the  common  shares of the  Company  that may be
          issuable  pursuant to the formula as set out in  paragraph  13 of this
          Agreement;

     (q)  "Restricted  Period"  means  the one  year  period  commencing  on the
          Closing Date;

     (r)  "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;



                                                                               2
<PAGE>


     (s)  "Second Closing Date" means October 31, 1999 or such other date as the
          Company and the Agent may agree;

     (t)  "Second Tranche" means 166,667 of the Common Shares to be purchased by
          the Subscribers and issued by the Company on the Second Closing Date;

     (u)  "Securities" means the Common Shares and the Reset Shares, if any;

     (v)  "Share   Certificates"   means  the   certificates   of  the   Company
          representing  the  Common  Shares to be issued on each of the  Closing
          Dates in the names and denominations reasonably requested by the Agent
          or the Subscribers;

     (w)  "Subscribers" means the purchasers of the Common Shares in the Private
          Placement;

     (x)  "Subscription  Agreement" means the agreement to be duly completed and
          signed by the  Purchasers  in  connection  with the sale of the Common
          Shares;

     (y)  "Third  Tranche" means 333,333 of the Common Shares to be purchased by
          the  Subscribers  and issued by the Company on the Final Closing Date;
          and,

     (z)  "United  States" means the United States of America,  its  territories
          and possessions,  any State of the United States,  and the District of
          Columbia; and,

     (aa) "U.S.  Person"  means  "U.S.  Person"  as that term is defined in Rule
          902(o) of Regulation S of the 1933 Act.

APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

2.   The Company appoints the Agent as its exclusive agent and the Agent accepts
     the  appointment and agrees to act as the exclusive agent of the Company to
     use its  best  efforts  to find  and  introduce  to the  Company  potential
     investors  to purchase the Common  Shares at a purchase  price of $6.00 USD
     per common share.

3.   The Company will reserve or set aside sufficient  shares in its treasury to
     issue the Common Share and Reset Shares, if any.

AGENT'S FEE

4.   The  Company  shall pay to the Agent a fee of 10% of the gross  proceeds of
     the Private Placement payable by the Company to the Agent as follows:

     (a)  USD $500,000.00 on the Second Closing Date; and,
     (b)  USD $200,000.00 on the Final Closing Date.



                                                                               3
<PAGE>


OFFERING  RESTRICTIONS

5.   The Company  represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the
     Agent as follows:

     (a)  Neither the Company nor any of its  affiliates,  nor any person acting
          on their behalf, has made or will make:

          i.   any  offer to sell,  or any  solicitation  of an offer to buy any
               Securities to a U.S. Person or a person in the United States, or

          ii.  any sale of Securities  unless,  at the time the buy order was or
               will have been  originated,  the  purchase was outside the United
               States or the Company,  its affiliates,  and any person acting on
               its or their behalf  reasonably  believed  that the purchaser was
               outside the United States;

     (b)  During  the  period  in which the  Securities  are  offered  for sale,
          neither the Company nor any of its  affiliates,  nor any person acting
          on its or their  behalf  has made or will  make any  Directed  Selling
          Efforts  in the  United  States,  or has taken or will take any action
          that  would  cause  the  exemptions  afforded  by  Regulation  S to be
          unavailable for offers and sales of the Securities;

     (c)  The Company  undertakes and agrees that it will refuse to register any
          transfer of any Securities offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement
          in reliance upon  Regulation S unless such  Securities are transferred
          in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Regulation  S,  pursuant  to
          registration under the 1933 Act or pursuant to an available  exemption
          for the registration under the 1933 Act;

     (d)  Neither the Company nor any of its predecessors or affiliates has been
          subject to any order,  judgment,  or decree of any court of  competent
          jurisdiction  temporarily,  preliminary or permanently  enjoining such
          person for failure to comply with Rule 503 of  Regulation D concerning
          the filing of a notice of sales on Form D;

     (e)  Neither the Company,  any of its  affiliates  nor any person acting on
          its or their behalf have engaged or will engage in any form of general
          solicitation  or  general  advertising  (as  the  terms  are  used  in
          Regulation  D under the 1933 Act) with  respect  to offers or sales of
          the  Securities  in  the  United  States,  including   advertisements,
          articles,  notices or other communications published in any newspaper,
          magazine or similar media,  or broadcast over radio or television,  or
          any seminar or meeting  whose  attendees  have been invited by general
          solicitation or general advertising;



                                                                               4
<PAGE>


     (f)  The Company is not an "investment  company"  within the meaning of the
          United States Investment Company Act of 1940; and

     (g)  Except with  respect to the offer and sale of the  Securities  offered
          hereby,  the Company has not, since January 1, 1999, sold, offered for
          sale or solicited an offer to buy any of its  securities in the United
          States or to a U. S Person in a transaction  which, if integrated with
          this  offering of  Securities,  would  result in a  violation  of this
          registration requirement of applicable U.S. securities laws.

6.   The Agent  represents  and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with,  the
     Company as follows:

     (a)  The Agent  acknowledges  that the Securities  have not been registered
          under the 1933 Act and that such securities are being offered and sold
          outside the United States in reliance upon Rule 903 of Regulation S or
          in reliance upon an exemption  from  registration  provided under Rule
          506 or Regulation D under the 1933 Act;

     (b)  Neither the Agent nor any of its  affiliates  nor any person acting on
          the Agent's behalf or on behalf of any of their affiliates has made or
          will make:

          i.   any  offer to sell or any  solicitation  of an offer to buy,  any
               Securities to any U.S. Person or person in the United States,  or
               any sale of Securities to any purchaser  unless,  at the time the
               buy order was or will have been  originated,  the  purchaser  was
               outside the United  States,  or such Agent,  affiliate  or person
               acting  on  behalf  of  either  reasonably   believed  that  such
               purchaser was outside the United States;

          ii.  any Directed Selling Efforts in the United States with respect to
               the Securities; or,

          iii. any offer to sell or any  solicitation of an offer to buy, by any
               form of general  solicitation  or general  advertising  (as those
               terms  are used in  Regulation  D under  the 1933  Act) or in any
               manner  involving a public offering within the meaning of Section
               4(2) of the 1933 Act, any of the Securities;

     (c)  At or prior to confirmation of sale of the Securities,  the Agent will
          send to each  distributor  (as  defined in  Regulation  S) , dealer or
          person receiving a selling concession,  fee or other remuneration that
          purchases  Securities  during the Restricted  Period a confirmation or
          notice to substantially the following effect:

               "The  Securities   have  not  been  registered   under  the  U.S.
               Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  and
               may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for
               the account or benefit of



                                                                               5
<PAGE>


               a U.S.  persons (i) as part of their  distribution at any time or
               (ii) otherwise until one year after the later of the commencement
               of the  offering and the closing  date,  except in either case in
               accordance with  Regulation S (or Rule 144A, if available)  under
               the  Securities  Act. Terms used herein have the meaning given to
               them in Regulation S."

     (d)  The Agent agrees that neither it nor any of its affiliates will engage
          in any hedging  transactions with respect to the Securities during the
          Restricted Period.

7.   The  Company  and the Agent agree that the Common  Shares  offered  will be
     issued in three  tranches  with the First Tranche to be issued on the First
     Closing Date,  the Second  Tranche to be issued on the Second Closing Date;
     and the Third Tranche to be issued on the Final Closing Date.

REGISTRATION PROVISION

8.   The  Company  shall use its best  efforts to file on or before the  Initial
     Filing Date, a  Registration  Statement with the SEC to register the resale
     of  the  Common  Shares  without  restriction,  except  that,  the  selling
     shareholders must provide a buyer with the prospectus  contained within the
     Registration Statement.

9.   The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration  Statement
     to be effective as soon as possible  from the Initial  Filing Date,  but in
     any event within 120 days for the Initial Filing Date.

10.  The  Company  shall  provide  the  Subscribers  a  copy  or  copies  of the
     prospectus,  as  reasonably  requested,  or to the  Agent on  behalf of the
     Subscribers, at the sole expense of the Company

11.  The Company shall file  amendments to the  Registration  Statement with the
     SEC that may be required from time to time to maintain the effectiveness of
     the Registration Statement from the Effective Date to and including January
     31, 2001 or such earlier date when the Company receives written notice from
     the Agent that all of the Common Shares have been sold.

RESALE RESTRICTIONS

12.  The Agent further  acknowledges  and agrees that the Securities may also be
     subject to resale restrictions in jurisdictions outside of the United State
     and Canada of which the  Company  makes no  representations  or promises to
     qualify the Common  Shares  and/or the Reset  Shares,  if any,  for sale or
     resale in or from such jurisdictions.



                                                                               6
<PAGE>


13.  The Agent  acknowledges  and  agrees  that the Share  Certificates  and the
     certificates  representing the Reset Shares,  if any, will bear a legend in
     substantially the following form:

          "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
          UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "U.S. SECURITIES
          ACT"), AND MAY BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO
          THE COMPANY, (B) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904
          OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S.  SECURITIES  ACT, IF AVAILABLE,  AND IN
          COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE  STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (C) PURSUANT TO
          AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S.  SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED
          BY RULE 144  THEREUNDER,  IF  APPLICABLE,  AND IN COMPLIANCE  WITH ANY
          APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS,  OR (D)  WITH THE  PRIOR  WRITTEN
          CONSENT  OF  THE   COMPANY,   PURSUANT  TO  ANOTHER   EXEMPTION   FROM
          REGISTRATION  UNDER THE U.S.  SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE  STATE
          SECURITIES LAWS.

RESET RIGHTS

14.  The Issue  Price will be subject to reset  which may result in the  Company
     issuing  additional  shares to the  Subscribers  according to the following
     formula:

<TABLE>

<S>                                                              <C>
1,166,666 Common Shares x [(Issue Price x 125%) - Reset Price] = Total Reset Shares
- -------------------------------------------------------------
                 Reset Price
</TABLE>


15.  If the  Total  Reset  Shares  as  calculated  using  the  formula  above is
     negative, it shall be deemed to be zero.

16.  The Company will issue the Reset Shares,  if any, to the Agent on or before
     the  120th  day  following   the  Effective   Date  be  delivery  of  share
     certificates  of the  Company  in the  name  and  denominations  reasonably
     specified  by the Agent in  writing to the  Company.  Such  notice  must be
     received by the Company on or before the 100th day  following the Effective
     Date.

CLOSING AND CLOSING DOCUMENTS

17.  The  Closing  will take  place at 1:00 p.m.  (Toronto  time) on each of the
     Closing Dates.

18.  If the Company has satisfied all of its  obligations  under this Agreement,
     the Agent will,  on the Closing,  pay the  Proceeds to the Company  against
     delivery of the Share Certificates.



                                                                               7
<PAGE>


REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE AGENT

19.  The Agent covenants with the Company that it will:

     (a)  not  solicit  offers to  purchase  or sell the Common  Shares so as to
          require  registration  thereof or filing of a prospectus  with respect
          thereto under, or as to knowingly breach in any material respect,  the
          laws of any jurisdiction  including,  without  limitation,  the United
          States of  America,  or any  state  there  of,  Canada  or the  United
          Kingdom,  and not solicit offers to purchase or sell the Common Shares
          in any jurisdiction  outside of the USA where the solicitation or sale
          of  the  Common   Shares  would  result  in  any  ongoing   disclosure
          requirements in such jurisdiction, or any registration requirements in
          such  jurisdiction,  except  for the  filing  of a notice or report of
          solicitation or sale, or where the Company may be subject to liability
          in  connection  with the sale of the Common Shares which is materially
          more onerous than its liability under the 1933 Act;

     (b)  obtain from each  Purchaser  an executed  Subscription  Agreement in a
          form reasonably acceptable to the Company and to the Agent relating to
          the transaction herein  contemplated,  together with all documentation
          as may be necessary in connection with the subscription for the Common
          Shares; and

     (c)  refrain from  advertising the Offering in printed media of general and
          regular paid circulation, radio or television.

20. The Agent represents and warrants to the Company that:

     (a)  it is a valid and subsisting  entity under the laws of the Province of
          Ontario;

     (b)  it is a securities dealer registered under the Ontario Securities Act;
          and

     (c)  it will only effect  sales under the  offering to persons  outside the
          United  States of America and outside of Canada,  and in  jurisdiction
          where the Securities may be lawfully offered and sold.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

21.  The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to and with the Agent
     that:

     (a)  the  Company  and each of the  subsidiaries  are valid and  subsisting
          corporations  duly incorporated and in good standing under the laws of
          the  jurisdictions  in which  they are  incorporated  ,  continued  or
          amalgamated;



                                                                               8
<PAGE>


     (b)  the Company and each of the subsidiaries is conducting its business in
          compliance  with all applicable  laws,  rules and  regulations of each
          jurisdiction  in which its  business  is  carried  on and,  except for
          Neptune Management Corp's funeral establishment  licenses and Heritage
          Alternatives  Inc.  crematory  license which are pending transfer from
          their previous owners by the State of California, the Company and each
          of the  subsidiaries is duly licensed,  registered or qualified in all
          jurisdictions  in which it owns,  leases or operates  its  property or
          carries on  business  to enable its  business  to be carried on as now
          conducted and its property and assets to be owned, leased and operated
          and all such licences,  registrations and qualifications are valid and
          subsisting and in good standing, except in respect of matters which do
          not  and  will  not  result  in any  material  adverse  change  to the
          business,  business prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of
          the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

     (c)  the Company legally and beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, all
          of the issued  and  outstanding  shares in the  capital of each of its
          subsidiaries and in each case,  except for the pledge of the shares of
          Neptune  Management  Corp.,  Heritage  Alternatives  Inc.  and Neptune
          Pre-need  Plan  Inc.  under  the terms  and  condition  of a  Purchase
          Agreement dated for reference March 26, 1999, such shares are free and
          clear of all mortgages,  liens, charges,  pledges,  security interest,
          encumbrances,  claims or demand  of any kind  whatsoever.  All of such
          shares  have  been  duly   authorized   and  validly  issued  and  are
          outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable  shares and no person has
          any right,  agreement  or option,  present  or future,  contingent  or
          absolute  or any right  capable  of  becoming  a right,  agreement  or
          option,  for the purchase from the Company or any of its  subsidiaries
          an interest in any such  shares or for the issue or  allotment  of any
          unissued shares in the capital of any of its subsidiaries or any other
          security  convertible  into or  exchangeable or excisable for any such
          shares;

     (d)  the authorized  capital of the Company is 50,000,000 common shares and
          the issued  capital of the Company is 12,000,000  common  shares,  and
          except for options to purchase commons shares currently outstanding to
          employees  of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries,  no person  has any
          right, agreement or option, present or future,  contingent or absolute
          or any right  capable of becoming a rights,  agreement or option,  for
          the issue or allotment  of any  unissued  shares in the capital of the
          Company or any other  security  convertible  into or  exchangeable  or
          exercisable for any such shares or to require the Company to purchase,
          redeem or otherwise  acquire any of the issued and outstanding  common
          shares;

     (e)  there has not been any material  change in the assets,  liabilities or
          obligations  (absolute,  accrued,  contingent  or  otherwise)  of  the
          Company  or  any  of the  subsidiaries  that  has  not  been  publicly
          disclosed;



                                                                               9
<PAGE>


     (f)  there  has not  been  any  material  change  in the  capital  stock or
          long-term debt of the Company or any of the subsidiaries  that has not
          been publicly disclosed;

     (g)  there  has not been any  material  change  in the  business,  business
          prospects,  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  or  results  of the
          operations of the Company or any of the subsidiaries that has not been
          publicly disclosed;

     (h)  the Company and each of the  subsidiaries  have carried on business in
          the ordinary course;

     (i)  the audited combined financial  statements for the year ended December
          31, 1998 and the  unaudited  financial  statement  for any  subsequent
          period in respect of which such  statements have been delivered by the
          Company to its  security  holders  prior to the Closing  Date  present
          fairly the financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries for
          the period then ended;

     (j)  the Company has complied and will come fully with the  requirements of
          all  applicable  corporate  and  securities  laws,  including  without
          limitation,  the 1933 Act in  relation to the issue and trading of its
          securities and in all matters relating to the Private Placement;

     (k)  neither  the  Company  nor any of its  subsidiaries  is in  breach  or
          violation  of or  default  under  (and no event  has  occurred  and is
          continuing  which  with the  giving of notice or lapse of time or both
          would constitute an event of default under), and neither the execution
          and  delivery by the  Company of this  Agreement  or the  Subscription
          Agreements,  nor the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated
          hereby  or  thereby  nor the due  observance  and  performance  by the
          Company of its covenants or in breach or violation of, or  constitutes
          or will  constitute  a default  (or any event which with the giving of
          notice or lapse of time or both would  constitute an event of default)
          under,  any of the terms or  provisions  of the  constating  documents
          resolutions of the directors or  shareholders of the Company or any of
          its  subsidiaries,  or any of the terms or provisions of any agreement
          or  instrument  of which the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is a
          party or by which the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is bound or
          to which any of their respective properties or assets are subject, the
          effect of any of which  breaches,  violations,  conflicts or defaults,
          singularly or in the aggregate,  might materially adversely affect the
          financial condition,  results of operations,  business or prospects of
          the Company and its  subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,  or would impair
          the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated
          hereby  or to  duly  observe  and  perform  any  of its  covenants  or
          obligations contained herein or in the Subscription Agreements;

     (l)  except as disclosed in Schedule "A" to this Agreement, the Company nor
          its subsidiaries is a party to any actions, suits or proceedings which
          could materially



                                                                              10
<PAGE>


          affect its business or financial condition, and no such actions, suits
          or proceeding have been threatened or, to the best of the knowledge of
          the Company are contemplated;

     (l)  this Agreement has been authorized by all necessary  corporate  action
          on the part of the Company; and

     (m)  the Company shall deliver to the Agent and the Subscriber on the first
          Closing Date a legal opinion in a form  satisfactory  to the Agent and
          the Company.

EXPENSES OF AGENT

22.  The Company will pay all of the expenses of the Private  Placement  and the
     Registration  Statement  and all the  expenses  reasonably  incurred by the
     Agent  in  connection  with  the  Private  Placement  and the  Registration
     Statement  including,  without  limitation,  the fees and  expenses  of the
     solicitors for the Agent.

23.  The Agent, may from time to time, render accounts for its expenses incurred
     in connection  with the Private  Placement to the Company for payment on or
     before the dates set out in such accounts.

24.  The  Company  authorizes  the Agent to deduct its  reasonable  expenses  in
     connection  with the  Private  Placement  from the  proceeds of the Private
     Placement,  including  expenses  for  which  an  account  has not yet  been
     rendered.

INDEMNITY

25.  The Company will  indemnify  the Agent,  its  affiliates  and its officers,
     directors,  employees and agents and save them harmless against all losses,
     claims, damages, or liabilities:

     (a)  existing  (or  alleged  to exist)  by  reason  of an untrue  statement
          contained in the  Registration  Statement,  Subscription  Agreement or
          other  written  or  oral  representation  made  by the  Company  to an
          investor  or  potential   investor  in  connection  with  the  Private
          Placement or by reason of the omission to state any fact  necessary to
          make  the  statement  not  misleading   (except  for  information  and
          statement referring solely to the Agent);

     (b)  arising directly or indirectly out of any order made by any regulatory
          authority based upon an allegation  that any such untrue  statement or
          omission exists (except  information and statement referring solely to
          the Agent),  that trading in or  distribution  of the Securities is to
          cease;



                                                                              11
<PAGE>


     (c)  resulting   from  the  Company's   failure  to  obtain  the  requisite
          regulatory  approval to the Private  Placement or to the  Registration
          Statement;

     (d)  resulting  form the breach by the  Company of any of the terms of this
          Agreement;

     (e)  resulting  from any  representation  or  warranty  made by the Company
          herein not being true or ceasing to be true;

     (f)  if the Company  fails to issue and deliver  the  certificates  for the
          Securities in the form and denominations  satisfactory to the agent at
          the time and place  required  by the Agent  with the  result  that the
          completion of a sale of the Common Shares does not take place; or

     (g)  if,  following the  completion of a sale of any of the  Securities,  a
          determination  is made by any  competent  authority  setting aside the
          sale, unless that  determination  arises out an act or omission of the
          Agent.

26.  If any  action or claim is  brought  against  the Agent in respect of which
     indemnity may be sought from the Company  pursuant to this  Agreement,  the
     Agent will promptly notify the Company in writing.

27.  The Company will assume the defence of the action or claim,  including  the
     employment of counsel and the payment of all expenses.

28.  The Agent will have the right to employ separate  counsel,  and the Company
     will pay the fees and expenses of such counsel.

NOTICE

29.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  will be given in  writing  and must be
     delivered,  sent by telex, telegram or telecopier or mailed by prepaid post
     and  addressed  to the party to which  notice is to be given at the address
     indicated  above,  or an  another  address  designated  by either  party in
     writing.

30.  If notice is sent by telex, telegram or telecopier or is delivered, it will
     be deemed to have been given at the time of transmission or delivery.

31.  If notice is  mailed,  it will be  deemed  to have been  received  48 hours
     following the date of mailing of the notice.

TIME

32.  Time is of the essence of this Agreement.



                                                                              12
<PAGE>


SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

33.  The representations,  warranties, covenants of the Company contained n this
     Agreement  will  survive  the  closing  of the  purchase  and  sale  of the
     Securities.

ENUREMENT

34.  This  Agreement  enures to the  benefit of and is binding on the parties to
     this Agreement and their successors and permitted assigns.

HEADINGS

35.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience or reference only and do
     not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

COUNTERPARTS

36.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more  counterparts,  each of which
     will be deemed  to be an  original  and all of which  will  constitute  one
     agreement, effective as of the reference dated given above.

GOVERNING LAW

37.  This Agreement shall be construed with, and the rights of the parties shall
     be  governed  by,  the laws of the  Province  of  Ontario,  and each of the
     parties irrevocably attorns to the jurisdictions of the court of Ontario.


This document was executed and delivered as of the date given above.

THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.

Per: /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
     -------------------------------------------
     Suzanne Wood, President and Director

STANDARD SECURITIES CAPITAL CORPORATION

Per: /s/ [Illegible]
     -------------------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory





                                                                              13

<PAGE>



                                   Schedule A
             Agency Agreement between The Neptune Society, Inc. and
       Standard Securities Capital Corp. dated for reference July 22, 1999



                    Listing of Actions, Suits or Proceedings


Actions/Claims

Case No.  BC201045  Filed  November 19, 1998 between Karen  Vogtpowell and Kenna
Figueroa  v.  Neptune-Los  Angeles,   Ltd.,  Neptune-San  Pedro  Ltd.,  Heritage
Alternatives, Ltd. Emanuel Weintraub

Case No.  BC202774  File  December  22, 1998 between  Neptune  Society of Orange
County,  Neptune  Society of Fresno,  Neptune  Society of Central  California v.
Neptune Management Corporation, A California Corporation; Neptune Society of Los
Angeles, Ltd., A California Ltd. Partnership, Emanuel Weintraub, Larry Miller

Case No.  233025-R4  File  January 23,  1997  between The People of the State of
California  v. Neptune  Society of Los  Angeles,  Ltd.,  Neptune  Society of Los
Angeles, San Pedro, Neptune Society of Los Angeles,  Burbank, Neptune Society of
Santa Barbara,  Heritage  Crematorium,  Heritage  Alternatives,  Inc. and Does 1
through 10 inclusive


Pending Actions/Claims

Neptune  Society of Los Angeles - Joreen Long  claimant,  Gaylord Long decedent,
DOD June 15, 1999, Insurer: Evanston Insurance




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amendment to the Agency Agreement dated for reference July 22, 1999 (the "Agency
Agreement")  between The Neptune  Society,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  and Standard
Securities Capital Corporation (the "Agent")
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


WHEREAS:

A.   The Company  wishes to amend  certain  terms and  conditions  of the Agency
     Agreement; and,

B.   The  Agent is  willing  to amend  the  Agency  Agreement  on the  terms and
     conditions of this Amendment,

THE PARTIES to this Amendment therefore agree:

1.   All  capitalized  terms in this  Amendment  shall have the same  meaning as
     defined in the Agency Agreement.

2.   Paragraph 1(h) of the Agency Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and
     replaced as follows:

          (h)  "First  Closing  Date" means August 6, 1999 or such other date as
               the Company and the Agent may agree;

3.   Paragraph 21 (d) of the Agency  Agreement  shall be deleted in its entirety
     and replaced as follows:

          (d)  the authorized capital of the Company is 50,000,000 common shares
               and the  issued  capital  of the  Company  is  12,000,000  common
               shares,  and  except  for  options  to  purchase  commons  shares
               currently  outstanding  to  employees  of  the  Company  and  its
               subsidiaries and warrants issued in connection with the deferment
               of loan and interest payments, no person has any right, agreement
               or option, present or future, contingent or absolute or any right
               capable of becoming a rights,  agreement or option, for the issue
               or allotment of any unissued shares in the capital of the Company
               or  any  other  security  convertible  into  or  exchangeable  or
               exercisable  for any such  shares or to  require  the  Company to
               purchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire  any of the  issued  and
               outstanding common shares;

3.   This Amendment shall be construed with, and the rights of the parties shall
     be governed by, the laws of the Province of Ontario and each of the parties
     irrevocably attorns to the jurisdictions of the court of Ontario.



                                                                               1

<PAGE>


4.   This Amendment may be executed in two or more  counterparts,  each of which
     will  deemed  to be an  original  and  all of  which  will  constitute  one
     agreement, effective as of the date below.


Dated this 5th day of August 1999.


THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.


Per:  /s/ Suzanne L. Wood
      ---------------------------------------
      Suzanne Wood, President and Director



STANDARD SECURITIES CAPITAL CORPORATION


/s/ [Illegible]
- ----------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory











                                                                               2




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20


                                                                       Exhibit A
                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

                            THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.
                                  COMMON SHARES


The undersigned  purchaser  ("Purchaser") hereby irrevocably  subscribes for and
agrees to  purchase  the number of common  shares (the  "Common  Shares") of The
Neptune  Society,  Inc.,  a Florida  corporation  ("Company"),  indicated on the
signature page hereto in consideration  of US$____ per share ("Purchase  Price")
at the closings of the transactions contemplated hereby ("Transaction").

The execution by the  Purchaser of this  Subscription  Agreement  ("Subscription
Agreement")  will  constitute  an  offer  by the  Purchaser  to the  Company  to
subscribe  for the Common  Shares.  The Company's  acceptance of such offer,  as
evidenced by the signature of its authorized  officer below,  will constitute an
agreement  between the  Purchaser  and the Company for the Purchaser to purchase
from the Company,  and for the Company to issue and sell to the  Purchaser,  the
Common Shares upon the terms and conditions contained herein.

In connection with such  subscription.  Purchaser hereby agrees,  represents and
warrants as follows:

1.   Agreement to Purchase; Calculation of Number of Common Shares.

     1.1  Subscription to Purchase.

     Purchaser hereby  subscribes for and purchases that number of Common Shares
set forth on the signature page hereto, at the times set forth therein, pursuant
to the terms of this Subscription Agreement.

     Simultaneously  with the  execution  of this  Subscription  Agreement,  the
Purchaser  shall pay to the Company the Purchase  Price for the number of Common
Shares  subscribed for in "Payment 1" by check payable to "The Neptune  Society,
Inc."  which shall be applied to payment for the Common  Shares  subscribed  for
herein.  Thereafter,  the Purchaser  shall pay to the Company the Purchase Price
for the Common Shares  subscribed for in each  succeeding  tranche no later than
two days after the Company  provides the Purchaser  notice of a Closing (as that
term is defined herein).

     The  Company may accept or reject any  subscription  in whole or in part or
may elect to allot to any  prospective  investor  less than the number of Common
Shares applied for by such investor.

     1.2  Reset Rights Adjustments

     The number of shares  purchased  pursuant  to this  Subscription  Agreement
shall be subject to reset rights.  The Company agrees to issue additional shares
to the Purchaser  based an adjustment to the Purchase  Price (" Reset Price") in
accordance with the formula set forth below:

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                 <C>
Number of Common Shares Purchased x [($_____ x 125%)-Reset Price] = Total Reset Shares
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                       Reset Price

</TABLE>



                                      -1-
<PAGE>


For the purposes of calculating the Total Reset Shares, the Reset Price shall be
the average  closing bid price of the Company's  common shares during the period
from the 1st to the 90th  day  following  the  effective  date of the  Company's
resale  registration  statement (as provided for in Section 3 below), but in any
event will not be less than US$3.00 per common share.  If the Total Reset Shares
as  calculated  using the above  formula is  negative,  it shall be deemed to be
zero.

2.   Delivery of Common Shares.

     Payment of the purchase price for the Common Shares  purchased  hereby will
take place in three  tranches.  Subject to such  earlier or later date as may be
agreed to between the Company and the Purchaser, "Payment 1" must be made to the
Agent no later  than  ______________;  "Payment  2" must be made to the Agent no
later than  ____________,  1999;  and  "Payment  3" must be made to the Agent no
later than ____________, 2000.

     Upon receipt of each payment, the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser a
certificate (or certificates,  if requested in writing by Purchaser representing
the number of Common Shares purchased,  registered in the name of the Purchaser.
The  Company  and the  Purchaser  also  hereby  agree to execute  and deliver at
Closing such other documents as may be necessary or appropriate.

3.   Resale Registration.

     The  Purchaser  and the  Company  undertake  and  agree  to the  terms  and
conditions of the Registration  Rights Agreement related to the Common Shares as
set forth on Schedule 1 attached to this Subscription Agreement.

4.   Information Concerning the Company.

     Purchaser acknowledges that he, she or it has received all such information
as  Purchaser  deems  necessary  and  appropriate  to enable  him,  her or it to
evaluate  the  financial  risk  inherent in making an  investment  in the Common
Shares and Reset  Shares,  if any,  including  but not limited to the  Company's
Confidential  Offering  Memorandum,  and the documents  and  materials  included
therewith   ("Disclosure   Documents").   Purchaser  further  acknowledges  that
Purchaser has received  satisfactory  and complete  information  concerning  the
business and financial  condition of the Company in response to all inquiries in
respect thereof.

5.   Economic Risk and Suitability.

     Purchaser represents and warrants as follows:

     (a)  Purchaser realizes that Purchaser's  purchase of the Common Shares and
          Reset  Shares,  if any,  involves a high  degree of risk and will be a
          speculative  investment,  and  that  he,  she or it is  able,  without
          impairing Purchaser's  financial condition,  to hold the Common Shares
          and Reset Shares, if any, for an indefinite period of time.

     (b)  Purchaser  recognizes that there is no assurance of future  profitable
          operations  and that  investment in the Company  involves  substantial
          risks, and that the Purchaser has taken full



                                      -2-
<PAGE>


          cognizance of and  understands all of the risks factors related to the
          purchase of the Common Shares and Reset Shares, if any.

     (c)  Purchaser has carefully  considered  and has, to the extent  Purchaser
          believes  such  discussion   necessary,   discussed  with  Purchaser's
          professional  legal, tax and financial  advisors the suitability of an
          investment  in the  Company  for  the  particular  tax  and  financial
          situation of Purchaser and that Purchaser and/or Purchaser's  advisors
          have determined  that the Common Shares and the Reset Shares,  if any,
          are a suitable investment for Purchaser.

     (d)  The financial  condition and investment of Purchaser are such that he,
          she or it is in a financial position to hold the Common Shares and the
          Reset Shares, if any, for an indefinite period of time and to bear the
          economic  risk of,  and  withstand  a complete  loss of, the  Purchase
          Price.

     (e)  Purchaser alone, or with the assistance of professional  advisors, has
          such knowledge and  experience in financial and business  matters that
          the  undersigned  is  capable  of  evaluating  the merits and risks of
          Purchaser's  purchase of the Common  Shares and the Reset  Shares,  if
          any, or has a pre-existing  personal or business relationship with the
          Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons of a
          duration  and nature that enables the  undersigned  to be aware of the
          character,   business  acumen  and  general   business  and  financial
          circumstances of the Company or such other person.

     (f)  Purchaser has carefully read the Disclosure  Documents and the Company
          has  made   available  to  Purchaser  or   Purchaser's   advisors  all
          information   and  documents   requested  by  Purchaser   relating  to
          investment  in  the  Common  Shares,   and  has  provided  answers  to
          Purchaser's  satisfaction to all of Purchaser's  questions  concerning
          the Company and the Offering.

     (g)  Purchaser has relied solely upon the Disclosure  Documents,  advice of
          his or her  representatives,  if any, and  independent  investigations
          made by the Purchaser and/or his or her purchaser representatives,  if
          any, in making the decision to purchase the Common  Shares  subscribed
          for herein and  acknowledges  that no  representations  or  agreements
          other than those set forth in the Disclosure  Documents have been made
          to the Purchaser in respect thereto.

     (h)  All information which the Purchaser has provided concerning  Purchaser
          himself,  herself or itself is correct and complete as of the date set
          forth  below,  and if there  should  be any  material  change  in such
          information  prior  to the  acceptance  of this  subscription  for the
          Common Shares, he, she or it will immediately provide such information
          to the Company.

     (i)  Purchaser confirms that Purchaser has received no general solicitation
          or general advertisement and has attended no seminar or meeting (whose
          attendees  have been  invited by any general  solicitation  or general
          advertisement)  and has received no  advertisement  in any  newspaper,
          magazine, or similar media, broadcast on television or radio regarding
          the offering of the Common Shares.

     (j)  Purchaser  is at  least 21 years  of age and  resides  at the  address
          indicated below.



                                      -3-

<PAGE>


6.       Restricted Securities.

     Purchaser  acknowledges  that the Company has hereby disclosed to Purchaser
in writing:

     (a)  The  Common  Shares  and the  Reset  Shares,  if any,  have  not  been
          registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the "1933
          Act"), or the securities  laws of any state of the United States,  and
          such securities must be held indefinitely unless a transfer of them is
          subsequently  registered  under the 1933 Act, or such  securities  are
          sold  pursuant  to  Regulation  S under the 1933 Act or pursuant to an
          exemption from registration under the 1933 Act; and

     (b)  The Company will make a notation in its records of the above-described
          restrictions on transfer and of the legend described below.

7.   Legend.

     Purchaser  agrees  that all of the  certificates  representing  the  Common
Shares and the Reset Shares,  if any,  shall have  endorsed  thereon a legend in
substantially the following form:

     THESE  COMMON  SHARES  HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  UNITED  STATES
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "1933 ACT") OR THE SECURITIES  LAWS
     OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED  STATES AND MAY BE  OFFERED,  SOLD OR  OTHERWISE
     TRANSFERRED  ONLY (I) TO THE  COMPANY,  (II)  OUTSIDE THE UNITED  STATES IN
     COMPLIANCE  WITH RULE 904 OF  REGULATION  S UNDER  THE 1933  ACT,  (III) IN
     COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE 1933 ACT PROVIDED
     BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER,  OR (IV) IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANOTHER  EXEMPTION FROM
     REGISTRATION,  IN EACH CASE AFTER  PROVIDING  EVIDENCE  SATISFACTORY TO THE
     COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE MADE WITHOUT  REGISTRATION UNDER THE 1933
     ACT.

8.   Further Limitations on Disposition.

     Without in any way limiting its representations set forth above,  Purchaser
further  agrees  that it shall in no event  make any  disposition  of all or any
portion of the Common Shares or the Reset Shares unless:

     (a)  There is then in effect a  registration  statement  under the 1933 Act
          covering such proposed  disposition  and such  disposition  is made in
          accordance with said registration statement; or

     (b)  (i)  Purchaser  shall  have  notified  the  Company  of  the  proposed
          disposition  and shall have  furnished  the Company  with a reasonably
          detailed  statement  of the  circumstances  surrounding  the  proposed
          disposition;  (ii) Purchaser  shall have furnished the Company with an
          opinion of his or her counsel to the effect that such disposition will
          not require  registration  under the 1933 Act;  and (iii) such opinion
          shall be in form and  substance  reasonably  acceptable to counsel for
          the Company  and the  Company  shall have  advised  Purchaser  of such
          acceptance.




                                      -4-

<PAGE>


9.   Offering Limited to Qualified Investors.

     Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

     (a)  (i)       the  Purchaser  is not a  "U.S.  Person,"  as  such  term is
                    defined  by Rule  902 of  Regulation  S under  the Act  (the
                    definition  of which  includes,  but is not  limited  to, an
                    individual  resident  in the United  States and an estate or
                    trust of which any  executor  or  administrator  or trustee,
                    respectively,  is a  U.S.  Person  and  any  partnership  or
                    corporation  organized or incorporated under the laws of the
                    United States);

          (ii)      the  Purchaser  was outside the United States at the time of
                    execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement;

          (iii)     no offers to sell the Common Shares or the Reset Shares,  if
                    any,  were  made by any  person to the  Purchaser  while the
                    Purchaser was in the United States;

          (iv)      the Common  Shares  and the Reset  Shares,  if any,  are not
                    being acquired,  directly or indirectly,  for the account or
                    benefit of a U.S. Person or a person in the United States;

          (v)       the Purchaser  agrees not to engage in hedging  transactions
                    with regard to the Common  Shares or the Reset  Shares prior
                    to the  expiration of the one-year  distribution  compliance
                    period set forth in Rule 903(b)(3) of Regulation S under the
                    1933 Act;  and (vi) the  Purchaser  acknowledges  and agrees
                    with the Company  that the Company  shall refuse to register
                    any  transfer of the Common  Shares or the Reset  Shares not
                    made in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Regulation S,
                    pursuant to registration  under the 1933 Act, or pursuant to
                    an available exemption from registration under the 1933 Act;

          or,

     (b)  that the Purchaser  satisfies one or more of the categories  indicated
          below (please place an "X" on the appropriate lines):

               ____ Category 1. An organization  described in Section  501(c)(3)
                    of the United States Internal Revenue Code, a corporation, a
                    Massachusetts or similar business trust or partnership,  not
                    formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities,
                    with total assets in excess of US$5,000,000;




                                      -5-

<PAGE>



               ____ Category 2. A natural person whose  individual net worth, or
                    joint  net  worth  with that  person's  spouse,  at the date
                    hereof exceeds US$1,000,000;

               ____ Category 3. A natural person who had an individual income in
                    excess of US$200,000 in each of the two most recent years or
                    joint  income  with  that  person's   spouse  in  excess  of
                    US$300,000  in  each of  those  years  and has a  reasonable
                    expectation of reaching the same income level in the current
                    year;

               ____ Category  4. A trust that (a) has total  assets in excess of
                    US$5,000,000, (b) was not formed for the specific purpose of
                    acquiring  the   Securities  and  (c)  is  directed  in  its
                    purchases of securities  by a person who has such  knowledge
                    and experience in financial and business matters that he/she
                    is  capable  of  evaluating  the  merits  and  risks  of  an
                    investment in the Common Shares and Reset Shares, if any;

               ____ Category  5. An  investment  company  registered  under  the
                    Investment  Company  Act of 1940 or a  business  development
                    company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act;

               ____ Category 6. A Small Business  Investment Company licensed by
                    the U.S. Small Business  Administration under Section 301(c)
                    or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958;

               ____ Category  7.  A  private  business  development  company  as
                    defined in Section  202(a)(22)  of the  Investment  Advisors
                    Acts of 1940; or

               ____ Category  8. An  entity in which  all of the  equity  owners
                    satisfy  the  requirements  of one or more of the  foregoing
                    categories.

10.  Understandings.

     Purchaser understands, acknowledges and agrees with the Company as follows:

     (a)  Except  as set  forth in  paragraph  1  above,  the  Purchaser  hereby
          acknowledges and agrees that the subscription hereunder is irrevocable
          by the undersigned,  that,  except as required by law, the undersigned
          is not  entitled  to cancel,  terminate  or revoke  this  Subscription
          Agreement or any agreements of the undersigned hereunder and that this
          Subscription  Agreement  and such other  agreements  shall survive the
          death or disability of the  undersigned  and shall be binding upon and
          inure to the  benefit  of the  parties  and  their  heirs,  executors,
          administrators,   successors,   legal  representatives  and  permitted
          assigns.  If the undersigned is more than one person,  the obligations
          of the  undersigned  hereunder  shall be  joint  and  several  and the
          agreements,  representations,  warranties and  acknowledgments  herein
          contained  shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such
          person and his/her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal
          representatives and permitted assigns.




                                      -6-
<PAGE>


     (b)  No federal or state agency has made any finding or determination as to
          the  accuracy  or adequacy of the  Disclosure  Documents  or as to the
          fairness  of the  terms  of  this  offering  for  investment  nor  any
          recommendation  or  endorsement  of the  Common  Shares  or the  Reset
          Shares, if any.

     (c)  The  representations,  warranties  and  agreements of the  undersigned
          contained herein and in any other writing delivered in connection with
          the transactions  contemplated hereby shall be true and correct in all
          respects  on and as of the date of the sale of the  Common  Shares and
          the Reset Shares,  if any, as if made on and as of such date and shall
          survive the execution and delivery of this Subscription  Agreement and
          the purchase of the Common Shares.

     (d)  THE  COMMON  SHARES  AND  THE  RESET  SHARES,   IF  ANY,  MAY  NOT  BE
          TRANSFERRED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER
          THE  1933  ACT AND  APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS,  PURSUANT  TO
          REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.  PURCHASERS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT
          THEY WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL  RISKS OF THIS  INVESTMENT
          FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

11.  Miscellaneous.

     (a)  On or after the date of this Agreement,  each of the parties shall, at
          the request of the other, furnish,  execute and deliver such documents
          and  instruments  and take such other action as the  requesting  party
          shall  reasonably  require as  necessary or desirable to carry out the
          transactions  contemplated  herein.

     (b)  This Agreement,  including all matters of  construction,  validity and
          performance,  shall be  governed  by and  construed  and  enforced  in
          accordance  with the laws of the State of  Washington,  as  applied to
          contracts  made,  executed and to be fully  performed in such state by
          citizens of such state,  without  regard to its conflict of law rules.
          The parties hereto agree that the exclusive jurisdiction and venue for
          any action brought  between the parties under this Agreement  shall be
          the state and federal courts sitting in King County,  Washington,  and
          each of the parties  hereby agrees and submits itself to the exclusive
          jurisdiction and venue of such courts for such purpose.

     (c)  This Agreement  comprises the entire agreement between the parties. It
          may be  changed  only by  further  written  agreement,  signed by both
          parties.  It supersedes  and merges within it all prior  agreements or
          understandings  between  the  parties,  whether  written  or oral.  In
          interpreting or construing  this  Agreement,  the fact that one or the
          other of the parties may have drafted this  Agreement or any provision
          shall not be given any weight or relevance.

     (d)  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,  each of which will be
          deemed  to be an  original  and  all  of  which  will  constitute  one
          agreement. A facsimile copy is deemed to be effective delivery of this
          Agreement.




                                      -7-
<PAGE>



Date: ____________________, 1999.



- --------------------------                      $-------------------------------
Number of Common Shares purchased                Aggregate Purchase Price


<TABLE>

Payment Number               Number of Shares             Price Per Share               Purchase Price
- --------------               ----------------             ---------------               --------------
<S>                          <C>                          <C>                            <C>
Payment 1                                                    $______

Payment 2                                                    $______

Payment 3                                                    $______

Totals

</TABLE>



- --------------------------                      --------------------------------
Signature                                       Name - Typed or Printed


                                                --------------------------------
                                                Title (if applicable)



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber's Address


- --------------------------                      --------------------------------
Telephone Number                                Social Security Number, if any


Manner in Which Title is to be Held.  State precisely the name or names in which
the Common Shares and the Reset Shares, if any, are to be registered and whether
the Common Shares and the Reset Shares,  if any, are to be held as joint tenants
with right of survivorship, as tenants in common, individually or otherwise:

                  ---------------------------------------------

                  ---------------------------------------------



                                   ACCEPTANCE

     The  foregoing  Subscription  Agreement  and  the  consideration  reflected
therein are hereby accepted.





                                      -8-
<PAGE>



DATE: __________________________, 1999.


                                        THE NEPTUNE SOCIETY, INC.


                                        By -------------------------------------

                                        Its  -----------------------------------





                                      -9-




                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.21


                                                                      Schedule 1

                          Registration Rights Agreement


All terms within this Registration  Rights Agreement shall have the same meaning
as defined in the Subscription Agreement.

For  purposes  of  this   declaration   ("Registration   Rights   Declaration"),
"register," "registered," and "registration" refer to a registration effected by
preparing and filing a registration  statement or similar document in compliance
with the 1933 Act,  and the  declaration  or ordering of  effectiveness  of such
registration  statement  or  document.

1.   Within  sixty (60) days of the  Closing  Date of Payment 3 pursuant  to the
     Subscription  Agreement by and between the Company and the  Purchaser,  the
     Company will use its best efforts to:

     a.   Prepare and file with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
          "Commission")  a  registration  statement  on Form S-1 to register the
          Common  Shares for resale under the 1933 Act, and use its best efforts
          to cause such registration statement to become effective,  and prepare
          and file with the  Commission  such  amendments  to such  registration
          statement and supplements to the prospectus  contained  therein as may
          be necessary to keep such registration  statement  effective until the
          earlier of (i) ________________,  and (ii) such time as all the Common
          Shares have been  resold or may be resold by the holders  thereof in a
          three-month period in reliance upon Rule 144 under the 1933 Act;

     b.   Furnish  to the  Purchaser  such  reasonable  number  of copies of the
          registration   statement,   preliminary   prospectus  and  such  other
          documents as may be  reasonably  required in order to  facilitate  the
          public offering of the Common Shares;

     c.   Use its best  efforts to register or qualify the Common  Shares  under
          such state  securities or blue sky laws of such  jurisdictions  as the
          holders may  reasonably  request in  writing,  except that the Company
          shall not for any purpose be required to execute a general  consent to
          service  of  process  or  to  qualify  to  do  business  as a  foreign
          corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified;

     d.   Notify the Purchaser  promptly after it shall receive notice  thereof,
          of the time when such registration statement has become effective or a
          supplement  to  any  prospectus  forming  part  of  such  registration
          statement has been filed;

     e.   Notify  the  Purchaser  as to any  request by the  Commission  for the
          amending or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus
          or for additional information;

     f.   Prepare and promptly file with the Commission and promptly  notify the
          holders  of the  filing  of  such  amendment  or  supplement  to  such
          registration  statement or  prospectus  as may be necessary to correct
          any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating
          to such securities is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, any
          event shall have  occurred as the result of which any such  prospectus
          or any other  prospectus  as then in effect  would  include  an untrue
          statement  of a  material  fact or omit to  state  any  material  fact
          necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  the  light  of the
          circumstances  in which  they were  made,  not  misleading;  provided,
          however, that the Company may delay the filing of


                                                                               1
<PAGE>


          any such amendment or supplement (for a period not to exceed 90 days),
          if the Company shall in good faith  determine  that such  amendment or
          supplement   would   require   the  Company  to  disclose  a  material
          development or potential material  development  involving the Company,
          the  disclosure of which would have a material  adverse  effect on the
          Company;  provided,  further, that the Company may suspend use of such
          registration  statement  in such  instance or as may be  necessary  to
          update or amend such  registration  statement  to  correct  any untrue
          statement  of a material  fact in, or an omission  of a material  fact
          from,  such  registration  statement;  and

     g.   Advise the Purchaser, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain
          knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission
          suspending the  effectiveness  of such  registration  statement or the
          initiation  or  threatening  of any  proceeding  for that  purpose and
          promptly  use its best  efforts to prevent  the  issuance  of any stop
          order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

2.   All fees, costs and expenses of and incidental to the registration required
     by this  Registration  Rights  Agreement  shall be  borne  by the  Company,
     provided,  however,  that any holders  participating  in such  registration
     shall  bear  their  pro  rata  share  of  any  underwriting   discount  and
     commissions   and  transfer  taxes.   The  fees,   costs  and  expenses  of
     registration to be borne by the Company shall include,  without limitation,
     all  registration,  filing,  and NASDAQ (or any other applicable  quotation
     system or exchange) fees,  printing  expenses,  fees and  disbursements  of
     counsel and accountants for the Company,  all legal fees and  disbursements
     and other expenses of complying  with state  securities or blue sky laws of
     any  jurisdictions  in  which  the  securities  to  be  offered  are  to be
     registered  or  qualified,  the  premiums  and other  costs of  policies of
     insurance  against  liability (if any) arising out of such public offering,
     and  reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of one  counsel  for the  selling
     security  holders.  Any other  expenses  incurred by the  selling  security
     holders not expressly included above shall be borne by the selling security
     holders.







                                                                               2




                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1


The subsidiaries of The Neptune Society, Inc. are as follows:

     o    Neptune  Society of America,  Inc., a company  incorporated  under the
          laws of the State of California;

     o    Neptune Management Corp., a company incorporated under the laws of the
          State of California;

     o    Heritage Alternatives,  Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of
          the State of California;

     o    Neptune Pre-Need Plan, Inc., a company  incorporated under the laws of
          the State of California;

     o    Neptune Funeral Services, Inc.;

     o    Neptune Funeral Services of Westchester, Inc.;

     o    Neptune-Los Angeles, Ltd., a limited partnership under the laws of the
          State of California;

     o    Neptune-Santa  Barbara,  Ltd., a limited partnership under the laws of
          the State of California;

     o    Neptune-Miami, Ltd., a limited partnership under the laws of the State
          of Florida;

     o    Neptune-St.  Petersburg, Ltd., a limited partnership under the laws of
          the State of Florida;

     o    Neptune-Ft.  Lauderdale, Ltd., a limited partnership under the laws of
          the State of Florida;

     o    Neptune-Nassau,  Ltd.,  a  limited  partnership  under the laws of the
          State of California;

     o    Neptune-Westchester, Ltd., a limited partnership under the laws of the
          State of California; and

     o    Heritage  Alternatives,  L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of
          the State of California.



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1999
<CASH>                                         818,221
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  156,372
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                             1,010,068
<PP&E>                                               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              65,044,295
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       10,900,537
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                     1,089,000
<OTHER-SE>                                   9,096,265
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                65,044,295
<SALES>                                      4,091,433
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             5,246,581
<CGS>                                        2,364,817
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                4,117,753
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               513,091
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              1,132,684
<INCOME-TAX>                                   199,042
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   933,641
<EPS-BASIC>                                     0.08
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.08





</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission